Home

Samsung DV455 User's Manual

1. Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _55 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 55 2012 06 26 12 16 47 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias PASO 10 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal onott ERAS Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal ff Temp Spin Soil Level Comia oa PASO 12 Soil Le Con 56_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 56 Power Start Pause Start Pause Start Pause Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spn Signal on Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal on Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Medium ev Light Spin Soil Level TT My yde Delay Start Pure Gide eg Steam Soil Level Delay Rat en Spin Soll Level Saige OS Start Pause Start Pause Start Pause Una vez que el tel fono est conectado a la m quina presione los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa simult neamente durante 5 segundos Despu s de 5 segundos en la pantalla LED se visualizar el ciclo de lavado original Despu s de visualizar el ciclo de lavado espere aproximadamente 1 minuto Observar que el cono de Wi Fi comienza a parpadear Cuando el cono de Wi Fi aparezca en pantalla presione el bot n Signal Sefial y mant ngalo presionado durante 3 segundos El cono de Wi Fi dejar de parpadear L
2. G Selector de ciclos Para seleccionar un ciclo gire el disco Selector de ciclos hasta llegar al ciclo deseado La luz del indicador junto al nombre del ciclo se iluminara Los ciclos Lana Delicado Esterilizar Ropa de cama Carga pesada Eco Normal y Sint tica son ciclos de la opci n Sensor Dry Secado con sensor La opci n Sensor Dry Secado con sensor detecta autom ticamente la humedad en la carga y apaga la secadora cuando alcanza el nivel de secado seleccionado very dry muy seco a damp dry centrifugado parcial Eco Normal Eco Normal Este ciclo reduce el uso de energ a hasta un 15 en comparaci n con el ciclo Normal Ajusta el tiempo y la temperatura del ciclo para mayor eficiencia Normal Utilice este ciclo para secar cargas tales como algod n ropa interior y lino Heavy Duty Acci n fuerte Utilice este ciclo para obtener m s calor para las telas resistentes tales como los jeans el corderoy y la ropa de trabajo Perm Press Plancha permanente Seca autom ticamente prendas de algod n sin arrugas tambi n telas sint ticas tejidos y telas que requieren planchado permanente Bedding PLUS M s ropa cama para prendas voluminosas como frazadas s banas y edredones Delicates Delicada Este ciclo fue dise ado para secar prendas sensibles al calor a baja temperatura de secado Wool Lana S lo para lana que pueda lavarse en lavadora y secarse en secadora Las cargas deben tener un peso inf
3. Dry Flat Ak Do Not Bleach A Hand Wash Heat Setting 48 Do Not Tumble Dry o Steam added to Water Temperature High A lor eee Hot Medium z4 Do Not Iron Warm Low Dryclean e Cold O Any Heat Dry Clean Bleach noHeat Air XX Do Not Dry Clean Any Bleach when Iron Dry or Steam i needed Temperatures Line Page Dl Only Non Chlorine O color safe GA High m Drip Dry Bleach when needed Q Tumble Dry Cycle A Medium Dry Flat Normal cA Low Permanent Press Wrinkle Resistant Wrinkle Control lo Gentle Delicates The dot symbols represent appropriate wash water temperatures for various items The temperature range for Hot is 105 125 F 41 52 C for Warm 85 105 F 29 41 C and for Cold 60 85 F 16 29 C Wash water temperature must be a minimum of 60 F 16 C for detergent activation and effective cleaning DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 71 Appendix _71 2012 06 25 XIGNAddV 90 5 2125 Appendix PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT This appliance is manufactured from recyclable materials If you decide to dispose of this appliance please observe local waste disposal regulations Cut off the power cord so that the appliance cannot be connected to a power source Remove the door so that animals and small children cannot get trapped inside the appliance DECLARATION OF CONFORMIT
4. Ap ndice _81 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 81 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Ap ndice 6 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work hat uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states erms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though he source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law f such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus por
5. NE PAS d monter NE PAS toucher Suivre attentivement les instructions D brancher la prise murale S assurer que l appareil est reli la terre afin d viter tout choc lectrique Contacter le service d assistance technique pour obtenir de l aide DDE Remarque Ces symboles d avertissement ont pour but d viter tout risque de blessure corporelle Respectez les en toutes circonstances Lisez attentivement la section Consignes de s curit de ce manuel et conservez ce dernier en lieu s r afin de pouvoir le consulter ult rieurement CONSERVEZ SOIGNEUSEMENT CES CONSIGNES 4_ Mesures de s curit DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec11 4 2012 06 26 12 17 12 ANAVERTISSEMENT Risque d incendie L installation du s che linge doit tre effectu e par un technicien qualifi e L installation du s che linge doit se faire conform ment aux instructions du fabricant et aux r glementations locales e N quipez jamais un s che linge de conduits de ventilation en plastique flexible Si vous utilisez un conduit en m tal flexible de type aluminium celui ci doit tre conforme aux sp cifications du fabricant et adapt une utilisation sur s che linge Les mat riaux flexibles utilis s dans les syst mes d vacuation de l air ont tendance se plier s craser et retenir les peluches de tissu Ces conditions emp chent une vacuation ad quate de l air et augmente
6. SPECIAL LAUNDRY TIPS Please follow the care label or manufacturer s instructions for drying special items If care label instructions are not available use the following information as a guide Bedspreads amp Comforters e Follow the care label instructions or dry on the Bedding Plus Make sure the item is thoroughly dry before using or storing May require repositioning to ensure even drying Blankets Use Normal cycle and dry only one blanket at a time for best tumbling action Make sure the item is thoroughly dry before using or storing Curtains amp Draperies Use the Perm Press cycle and Low or Extra Low temperature to help minimize wrinkling Dry these in small loads for best results and remove as soon as possible Cloth Diapers Use the Normal cycle and the High temperature settings for soft fluffy diapers Down filled Items jackets sleeping bags comforters etc Use the Normal cycle and the Low or Extra Low temperature setting Adding a couple of dry towels shortens drying time and absorbs moisture Foam Rubber rug backs stuffed toys shoulder pads etc DO NOT dry on a heat setting Use the Air Fluff cycle no heat WARNING Drying a rubber item with heat may damage it or be a fire hazard Pillows Use the Normal cycle Add a couple of dry towels and a pair of clean sneakers to help the tumbling action and to fluff the item DO NOT dry kapok or foam pi
7. Funciona mejor con cargas peque as de 1 a 4 prendas Cargue menos prendas Cargue prendas similares Quedan olores en la ropa despu s de Refrescar Las telas que contienen olores fuertes deben lavarse en un ciclo normal Gotea agua de la boquilla cuando comienza Proceso de vapor Esto se debe a la condensaci n del vapor El goteo de agua se detendr en unos minutos No se ve el agua rociada durante Proceso de vapor El agua rociada es dif cil de ver cuando la puerta est cerrada DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec6 67 Troubleshooting _67 2012 06 26 ONILOOHSI19NOHL 90 12 16 52 Troubleshooting C DIGOS DE INFORMACI N 68_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec6 68 Pueden aparecer c digos de informaci n para ayudarle a comprender mejor qu ocurre con la secadora PANTALLA DE 4 ERROR SIGNIFICADO SOLUCION iE La resistencia del termistor es muy baja o Limpie el filtro o el conducto de ventilaci n muy alta Si el problema contin a llame al servicio t cnico La resistencia dertermistor para 5 m Limpie el filtro o el conducto de ventilaci n tE3 detecci n del bloqueo de la ventilaci n es Si el probl tin a ll icio t cni muy baja o muy alta el problema contin a llame al servicio t cnico Temperatura de calentamiento no HE v lida cuando la secadora est en Comun quese con el servicio t cni
8. Gas and Electric Dryer user manual 100 Recycled Paper imagine the possibilities Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product To receive more complete service or accessory parts please register your product at or contact www samsung com register 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 ari DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 1 2012 06 25 5 20 16 Features e Extra Large Capacity Ultra drying capabilities are at your fingertips Now you can dry extra large loads Our ultra large 7 5 cu ft capacity dryer circulates more air through your clothes drying them faster for a wrinkle free result e Smart Control Elec Model Only Samsung s innovative Smart Control technology enables you to control your dryer through personal technology devices such as smart phones You don t have to be on standby until the cycle ends The Smart Control allows you to monitor the drying process and lets you know when the cycle is complete e Smart Monitor Gas Model Only Samsung s innovative Smart Monitor technology enables you to monitor your dryer through personal technologies such as smart phones You don t have to be on standby until the cycle ends Smart Monitor allows you to monitor the drying process and let you know when the cycle is complete e Smart Care Samsung s Smart Care an automatic error monitoring system detects and diagnoses problems at an early stage and provides a quick and easy solution With the innovative Smart Remote
9. MOBILE HOME INSTALLATIONS The installation of the dryer in a mobile home must conform to the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards Title 24 CFR Part 3280 formerly the Federal Standards for Mobile Home Construction and Safety Title 24 HUD Part 280 1975 for the United States or CSA Standards 2240 for Canada e When installing a dryer in a mobile home provisions for anchoring the dryer to the floor must be made e Locate an area with adequate fresh air e A minimum unobstructed space of 72 in 465 cm is required e Call 1 800 SAMSUNG for information on purchasing the Floor Anchoring Kit as an accessory e All mobile home installations must be exhausted to the outside with the exhaust duct termination securely fastened to the mobile home structure using materials that will not combust e The exhaust duct may not terminate underneath the mobile home e Refer to the following Exhausting section for more information EXHAUSTING The dryer shall not be exhausted into a chimney a wall a ceiling an attic a crawl space or a concealed space of a building Exhausting the dryer to the outside will prevent large amounts of lint and moisture from being blown into the room Refer to the Ducting requirements section on page 13 for the maximum duct length and number of bends e All dryers must be exhausted to the outside e Do not assemble the duct with screws or other fastening means that ext
10. SdIL SNOILONYLSNI ONI1VHIdO ZO 5 21 15 Operating instructions tios Device certification 1 The Device Certification only needs to be Figure 1 run with the initial setup Touch the Indoor Control tab to search for the washer s name Once the washer s name is displayed touch Indoor A tab Washer Outdoor lt a Connection Comme tal mt eit LED re 2 Verify the that the Wi Fi icon is not blinking Press the Temp 8 Start Figure 3 ES Pause buttons simultaneously for 5 seconds AP will now be E L y displayed 3 Once the AP is displayed you need to turn the knob counter clockwise until PS is displayed After the PS is displayed press the Start Pause button 46_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec3 46 2012 06 25 5 21 16 4 After you the touch the washer name tab you need to touch the Figure 5 confirm tab to proceed with the certification 5 After you touch the confirm tab you will now start preparing the Figure 6 certification SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO 6 Follow the instructions displayed on the phone to start the washer Figure 7 setup Operating instructions tips _47 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 47 2012 06 25 5 21 17 Operating instructions tios 7 Once the Start Pause button is pressed the PS will start to blink Figure 8 Once it starts blinking the phone will automatically s
11. Si el servicio t cnico no est disponible SAMSUNG puede optar por transportar el producto hasta y desde el servicio t cnico autorizado SAMSUNG reparar reemplazar el producto u ofrecer un reembolso a su criterio y sin cargo adicional tal como se establece en la presente garant a con piezas o productos nuevos o reacondicionados si se comprueba que es defectuoso durante el per odo limitado de la garant a especificado anteriormente Todas las piezas y los productos reemplazados pasan a ser propiedad de SAMSUNG y deben ser devueltos a SAMSUNG Las piezas y los productos reemplazados asumen la garant a original que resta o noventa 90 d as el per odo que sea el m s prolongado La presente garant a limitada cubre defectos de fabricaci n de los materiales y la mano de obra encontrados durante el uso normal y dom stico de este producto y no ser v lida para lo siguiente da os que ocurran durante el env o entrega e instalaci n aplicaciones y Usos para los cuales el presente producto no fue destinado n meros de serie o producto alterados da o cosm tico o acabado exterior accidentes abuso descuido incendio inundaci n ca da de rayos u otros casos fortuitos o de fuerza mayor uso de productos equipo sistemas utilidades servicios piezas suministros accesorios aplicaciones instalaciones reparaciones cableado externo o conectores no provistos ni autorizados por SAMSUNG que da en este producto o que acarreen
12. e Es posible que sea necesario volver a colocar los art culos grandes y voluminosos como las frazadas o los edredones para garantizar un secado uniforme e Verifique que la secadora est drenando en forma correcta para extraer el agua de la carga adecuadamente Es posible que la carga sea demasiado peque a como para secarse correctamente Agregue algunas toallas Hace ruido e Verifique si en la carga hay objetos tales como monedas botones flojos clavos etc Retirelos de inmediato e Es normal escuchar el ruido de la v lvula de gas de la secadora o que el ciclo del dispositivo de calor se enciende o se apaga durante el ciclo de secado e Aseg rese de que la secadora est correctamente nivelada tal como se describe en las instrucciones de instalaci n Es normal que la secadora emita un zumbido debido a alta velocidad del aire que se mueve por el tambor de la secadora y el sistema de drenaje No seca de manera uniforme e Es posible que las costuras los bolsillos y otras reas resistentes similares no se sequen por completo cuando el resto de la carga ha llegado al nivel de secado seleccionado Esto es normal Seleccione la opci n Very Dry Super secado si lo desea e Sise seca un art culo pesado con una carga liviana por ejemplo una toalla con s banas es posible que el art culo pesado no se seque completamente cuando el resto de la carga ha alcanzado el nivel de secado seleccionado Separe los art culos pesados de los
13. f the power button is pressed or the door is opened the power is immediately turned off Y For more information about the duct installation please refer to the Ducting requirements section on page 13 e Although the dryer is available even if the blockage message is displayed the drying time may be extended e f the LEVEL 1 message is displayed the first time the dryer is run after the installation check the connection and clean the duct If the LEVEL 1 message appears even after you have checked and cleaned the ducts this may indicate that there are some restrictions of the duct due to the length condition etc If this occurs you can use the dryer normally and no countermeasures need to be taken However the drying time may be extended or the drying performance may be degraded 36_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 36 2012 06 25 5 21 09 SETTING UP SMART CONTROL AND SMART MONITORING Connect a wired wireless router or modem and the dryer through a wireless connection connect to www samsungsmartappliance com and then register the dryer with the Smart Control the Smart Monitoring service The Smart Control function of the electronic model contains the Smart Monitoring function of gas model Any actions on your dryer will turn off the Smart Control Function Opening Door Tapping the LCD panel Pushing Buttons Etc This product does nat contain a wireless router Configur
14. tat etc Si cela se produit vous pouvez utiliser le s che linge normalement et aucune contre mesure ne doit tre prise Cependant le temps de s chage peut tre prolong ou la performance du s che linge peut tre d grad e 36_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 36 2012 06 26 12 17 18 CONFIGURATION DES FONCTIONS SMART CONTROL ET SMART MONITORING Connectez un routeur ou un modem c bl sans fil et le s che linge via une connexion sans fil connectez vous www samsungsmartappliance com et enregistrez le s che linge Smart Control le service de surveillance intelligente Smart Monitoring La fonction Smart Control du mod le lectronique poss de la fonction Smart Monitoring du mod le gaz Toute action effectu e sur votre s che linge d sactive la fonction Smart Control ouvrir le hublot appuyer sur l cran LCD pousser un bouton etc Cet appareil ne contient pas de routeur sans fil Configuration du routeur modem sans fil e Cet appareil prend en charge le protocole DHCP protocole de configuration de l h te dynamique Si vous souhaitez utiliser un routeur modem sans fil existant activez le serveur DHCP ou la fonction du routeur modem e R glez le canal pour la connexion du routeur modem sans fil un canal qui n est pas utilis e Seuls les types de cryptage WEP TKIP ou TKIP AES sont pris en charge par le s che linge Les autres types de crypt
15. 1 Press and hold the Time and Delay Start buttons for 3 seconds when an error occurs or if you haven t pressed any buttons on the dryer after you turned the power on 2 When the Smart Care function is activated the LED on the window display rotates for 2 or 3 seconds and then the Pa o ma error code will appear in the display panel E ou a a0 3 Run the Smart Care app on your smart phone e A Time S j The Smart Care function is optimized with Galaxy S Galaxy S2 iPhone 4 and iPhone 4S 4 Ifthe smart phone s camera is focused on the display panel of the dryer the panel and error message is automatically recognized and the error type and countermeasures are displayed on the smart phone 5 If the smartphone fails to recognize the error code more than twice please enter the error code displayed on the display panel of the dryer manually into the Smart Care app Downloading the Smart Care app Download the Samsung Laundry App into your mobile phone from the Android market or Apple App store Search word Samsung Smart Washer Dryer Precautions when using Smart Care e f light from a light bulb fluorescent bulb or lamp is reflected on the display panel of the washing machine the smartphone may not be able to recognize the panel or error message easily e f you hold the smartphone at too large an angle relative to the front of the display panel it may not be able to recognize the error code For best results h
16. 68 6 cm 3 pulg 2 5 pulg 772 2 pulg 7 6 cm Eme 196 2 cm 48 pulg 310 cm Gabinete o puerta l A gt e 1 pulg 27 pulg 2 5 cm 68 6 cm 24 pulg 155 cm __ gt je 1 pulg 34 1 pulg 5 9 pulg 2 5cm 86 5 cm 15 cm Espacio necesario El codo del drenaje externo requiere espacio adicional No se recomienda apilar el modelo DV457 sobre la lavadora puede resultar dif cil controlar el panel LCD por el ngulo de visualizaci n 16_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 16 2012 06 26 12 16 32 INSTALACIONES EN CASAS RODANTES La instalaci n de la secadora en casas rodantes debe cumplir con la Norma de Construcci n y Seguridad de Casas Fabricadas T tulo 24 CFR Parte 3280 denominada anteriormente Norma Federal para la Construcci n y la Seguridad de Casas Rodantes T tulo 24 HUD Parte 280 1975 para los Estados Unidos o las Normas CSA 7240 para Canad e Cuando se instala una secadora en una casa rodante se debe tener la precauci n de asegurar la secadora al piso e Ubique un rea en la que circule suficiente aire fresco Se requiere un espacio m nimo de 72 pulg 465 cm sin obstrucciones e Llame al 1 800 SAMSUNG para obtener m s informaci n acerca de la compra del kit de anclaje al piso como accesorio e Todas las instalaciones en casas rodantes deben tener un drenaje con salida hacia el exterior y la terminaci n de
17. Toutes les pi ces et tous les produits remplac s deviennent la propri t de SAMSUNG et doivent tre retourn s SAMSUNG La p riode de garantie qui s applique aux pi ces et produits remplac s est la p riode restante de la garantie initiale ou une p riode de quatre vingt dix 90 jours dans tous les cas la p riode la plus longue des deux p riodes susmentionn es s applique Cette garantie limit e couvre les vices de fabrication au niveau des pi ces et de la main d uvre survenant la suite d une utilisation normale et non commerciale de ce produit et ne s applique pas dans les cas suivants tout dommage survenant au cours de l exp dition de la livraison et de l installation toute utilisation de l appareil contraire au but auquel il tait destin tout num ro de produit ou de s rie effac tout dommage du rev tement ext rieur ou de l aspect du produit tout dommage caus par un accident une utilisation non conforme une n gligence un incendie o une inondation la foudre ou une autre catastrophe naturelle toute utilisation de produits d quipements de syst mes d appareils de services de pi ces de fournitures d accessoires d applications d installations de r parations de c blages externes ou de connecteurs non fournis ou autoris s par SAMSUNG et susceptibles d endommager ledit appareil ou de nuire son fonctionnement toute surtension fluctuation ou tension de ligne lectrique incorrecte
18. conectada Toque la pesta a Start New Wash Iniciar nuevo Figura 13 lavado y podr controlar la lavadora desde el tel fono Washer Ea 2 D m Washer is on pu Connected to Samsung Washer via Wii ES Q gt wn Start New Wash 13 Finaliz la Certificaci n de dispositivos y la lavadora est conectada a su tel fono Figura 14 inteligente Normal Heavy Duty Bedding PLUS Sanitize Stain Away Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _49 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 49 2012 06 26 12 16 44 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Uso de la aplicaci n m vil Aseg rese de que el cono de Wi Fi no parpadee Si el cono parpadea presione el bot n Signal Se al y mant ngalo presionado hasta que el cono deje de parpadear Cuando se active el cono de la traba de la puerta la unidad estar lista Ahora presione el cono de la Lavadora Medium d Score secadora inteligente SAMSUNG Eco Wam Low 8 Cold No Spin Temp Spin ram tight child toe Cuando toque el icono de la Lavadora secadora inteligente SAMSUNG el tel fono buscar la lavadora Una vez que el tel fono se conecte con la lavadora aparecer el nombre de la lavadora o MAC Ahora toque el nombre de la lavadora Corriente the LED rr Una vez establecida la conexi n toque la pesta a Start New Wash Iniciar nuevo lavado En la pantalla de la unidad debe visualizarse Cho
19. e you want to one AP for each of the washer and dryer select the corresponding AP for each of the products in the Smart Washer app e When both a washer and dryer are installed they can be controlled through one AP What kind of AP access poin should use e Since the washer or dryer is controlled through the AP from the inside or outside of the house we recommend a high performance AP e Use an AP with Wi Fi certification mark e Since an AP with 2 or more antennas provides better performance we recommend purchasing a wireless AP with 2 or more antennas How can check if the AP is out of order e Connect to the AP on a smartphone and check if you can connect to the Internet If you can connect to the Internet the AP is normal e Check if the LEDs on the AP are blinking If all the LEDs are turned off it indicates that the power is turned off e If the AP doesn t seem to be working properly request after sales service do not have a PC Can use the indoor and outdoor control features e Ifthe Internet can be accessed inside of the house the feature is available However you have to sign up on the Samsung web site and resgister the product How many users can control a washer or dryer e Multiple users can control the washer or dryer only if the Smart Washer app is authenticated DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec6 69 Troubleshooting _69 2012 06 25 ON
20. la machine via le r seau 4 Instructions et conseils d utilisation _55 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 55 2012 06 26 12 17 26 NStructionsetconsalsd utlIsation TAPE 10 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal On off Spin sr cot me E Temp Spin Soil Level Comia Sawa Spin Soil Level 56_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 56 Power O Start Pause Start Pause Start Pause Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spn Signal on Pre Wash Extra Rinse Entended Spin Signal On off Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spn Signal CN Start Pause Medium ev Light Spin Soil Level mm Start Pause sa Normal ev Light Soil Level Start Pause Soil Level Temp Spin Loan Sot Une fois que le t l phone est connect la machine appuyez simultan ment sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause pendant 5 secondes Apr s 5 secondes le cycle de lavage d origine s affiche l cran LED DEL Une fois que le cycle de lavage est affich attendez environ 1 minute L ic ne Wi Fi commence ainsi clignoter Une fois que l ic ne Wi Fi est affich appuyez sur Signal et maintenez enfonc pendant 8 secondes L ic ne Wi Fi s arr te de clignoter La machine est maintenant pr te ex cuter la certi
21. tout r glage effectu par l acheteur et tout non respect des consignes d utilisation d entretien et de respect de l environnement couvertes ou prescrites dans le pr sent carnet d entretien tout d montage ou toute r installation de l appareil tout probl me r sultant d une prolif ration d insectes nuisibles Garantie _89 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec8 89 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Garante Cette garantie limit e ne couvre pas les probl mes r sultant d un courant d une tension ou d une alimentation lectrique incorrects ainsi que d ampoules lectriques de fusibles ou de c blage inappropri s Elle ne couvre pas non plus le co t des appels au service d assistance pour obtenir des instructions ou la r paration des erreurs d installation SAMSUNG ne garantit pas que l appareil sera exempt de tout probl me ou qu il fonctionnera sans interruption SAUF EXCEPTION MENTIONN E DANS LE PR SENT DOCUMENT SAMSUNG NE FOURNIT AUCUNE GARANTIE EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE QUANT CET APPAREIL Y COMPRIS MAIS SANS S Y LIMITER LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES DE QUALIT MARCHANDE DE CONTREFA ON O D APTITUDE UN USAGE PARTICULIER AUCUNE GARANTIE QU ELLE SOIT DONN E PAR UN TIERS UNE ENTREPRISE OU UNE PERSONNE MORALE NE POURRA TRE CONSID R E COMME UN ENGAGEMENT VIS VIS DE SAMSUNG SAMSUNG NE SERA AUCUNEMENT RESPONSABLE EN CAS DE PERTE DE B N FICES DE MANQUE GAGNER D INCAPACIT R ALISER DES ECONOMIES OU TOUT A
22. 10_ contenido DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec2 10 12 12 13 13 14 15 15 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 23 23 26 26 27 29 34 35 35 35 36 37 40 52 62 64 64 64 64 Desembalaje de la secadora Consulte los Requisitos para el drenaje Requisitos b sicos Requisitos para el tendido de conductos mportante para el instalador Consideraciones acerca de la ubicaci n nstalaciones del electrodom stico en un gabinete o en un hueco nstalaciones en casas rodantes Drenaje Requisitos en cuanto al gas nstrucciones de instalaci n de la comunidad de Massachusetts Requisitos el ctricos Conexi n a tierra Conexiones el ctricas Conexi n de la manguera de entrada Reemplazo de las piezas y los accesorios Instalaci n Lista de verificaci n final de la instalaci n Sugerencias acerca del drenaje de la secadora Inversi n de la puerta Descripci n general del panel de control Rack Dry Secado en estante Limpie el filtro para pelusas Cargue la secadora de manera adecuada C mo comenzar Sensor de ventilaci n Configuraci n del Control Remoto y la Supervisi n inteligente Uso de la aplicaci n m vil Android Uso de la aplicaci n m vil OS Registrar su secadora Panel de control Tambor Tambor de acero inoxidable Exterior de la secadora Sistema de drenaje de la secadora 2012 06 26 12 16 30 SUGERENCIAS PARA PRENDAS ESPECIALES SOLUCI N DE PROBLEMAS DV455 02836F 02 MES
23. 12_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 12 2012 06 26 12 16 30 Herramientas necesarias CEE Ss Llave inglesa para tuber as s lo de gas Llave de tuercas Pinzas C ter AG Nivel Destornillador Phillips Cinta para conductos Llave inglesa REQUISITOS BASICOS Aseg rese de tener todo lo necesario para realizar una instalaci n adecuada Se requiere un TOMACORRIENTE CON CONEXI N A TIERRA Consulte la secci n Requisitos el ctricos en la p gina 19 Un CABLE DE ALIMENTACI N para secadoras el ctricas excepto Canad Los CONDUCTOS DE GAS si se trata de una secadora a gas deben cumplir con los c digos locales y nacionales El SISTEMA DE DRENAJE debe ser un conducto de drenaje de metal r gido o flexible con un recubrimiento de metal resistente REQUISITOS PARA EL TENDIDO DE CONDUCTOS Utilice un conducto de acero galvanizado r gido o de aluminio r gido de 4 pulgadas 10 2 cm de di metro lo utilice un conducto de menor tama o Los conductos de m s de 4 pulgadas 10 2 cm de di metro pueden ocasionar una mayor acumulaci n de pelusa Debe extraer la pelusa regularmente Si es preciso utilizar un conducto de metal flexible utilice el tipo que viene con un recubrimiento de metal resistente No utilice un conducto flexible con un recubrimiento delgado Se puede producir una obstrucci n importante si se dobla el conducto flexible en orma demasiado marcada unca i
24. 3 Soulevez le hublot et retirez le du s che linge _ 4 Retirez les deux vis du panneau avant J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO 5 Retirez les deux vis sur le c t oppos de la charni re du hublot 6 Retirez les deux vis du dispositif de fermeture 7 Remontez les deux vis dans les trous internes 8 Retirez une vis de la charni re du hublot La vis sert pr fixer le hublot au panneau avant Installation du s che linge _27 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 27 2012 06 26 12 17 15 Installation du s che linge 9 Remontez les vis dans les autres trous 10 Placez le hublot de l autre c t et refixez le sur le s che linge 11 Remontez le dispositif de fermeture 12 R engagez les vis dans les trous restants 28_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 28 2012 06 26 12 17 15 Instructions et consells a utilisation Afin de limiter les risques d incendie d lectrocution ou de blessures aux personnes consultez la fe section CONSIGNES IMPORTANTES DE SECURITE avant d utiliser cet appareil PR SENTATION DU PANNEAU DE COMMANDES Eco Normal Sensor Elec Smart Control 1 Press amp Hold 3sec for Extra Functions Power Perm Press eee Adjust Manual Fmd Dry el ime i i as Li Adjust uick Dry Wrinkle F Time iStartPause g 3 Prevent e Ve
25. 3 gt 27 po 27 po e 1 po 2po gt 34 1p0 5po 2 5 cm 68 6 cm gt pe 68 6 cm 2 5 cm 5 cm 86 5 cm 12 7 cm Installation du s che linge _15 DV455 02836F 02_CFR_20120626 indd 15 2012 06 26 12 17 14 Installation du s che linge Avec un socle ou un kit de superposition facultatif Dimensions requises pour Dimensions requises pour l installation avec socle l installation avec kit de superposition 51 2 po 130 cm pour permettre l ouverture du hublot 39 po 99 cm A 6 po 53 6 po 15 2 cm 136 2 cm Yi 34 1 po 5 po 27 po 86 5 cm 12 7 cm 68 6 cm 3 po 2 5 po 77 2 po 7 6 cm 6 3 cm 196 2 cm 48 po 310 cm Placard ou hublot 5 vil gt gt 1 po 27 po 2 5 cm 68 6 cm os pots LM 155 cm F en gt e 3 po 1 po 34 1 po 5 9 po 7 6 cm 2 5 cm 86 5cm 15 cm Espace obligatoire Le coude d vacuation externe n cessite un espace suppl mentaire ll n est pas recommand de superposer le mod le DV457 sur votre lave linge Il pourrait s av rer difficile de contr ler l cran LCD du s che linge en raison de l angle de vue 16_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 16 2012 06 26 12 17 14 INSTALLATIONS EN MOBILE HOME Toute installation du s che linge dans un mobile home doit se faire conform ment la r glementation sur les normes d
26. 4 Pour annuler la fonction D part diff r appuyez sur le bouton Power Marche Arr t Marche Arr t puis remettez le s che linge en marche clairage du tambour Cette fonction permet d clairer le tambour lorsque le s che linge est en marche Activation D sactivation Pour activer ou d sactiver la fonction clairage du tambour appuyez simutan ment sur les boutons Dry Level Niveau de s chage et Temp Temp rature L clairage du tambour peut tre activ ou d sactiv lorsque le s che linge fonctionne ou non Si vous ne d sactivez pas la fonction clairage du tambour dans les 5 minutes suivant son activation celle ci s teindra automatiquement 32_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 32 2012 06 26 12 17 16 Mon cycle Vous permet de s lectionner enregistrer et activer plus tard un programme personnalis comprenant les options Dry Level Niveau de s chage Temp Temp rature Time Temps etc Pour utiliser le programme My Cycle Mon cycle suivez les tapes ci dessous 1 Poussez le bouton My Cycle Mon cycle Le voyant My Cycle Mon cycle s allume 2 S lectionnez le programme souhait l aide de la molette du s lecteur de programme 3 S lectionnez et r glez les options Dry Level Niveau de s chage Temp Temp rature Time Heure etc Chaque cycle poss de ses propres options par d faut programm es automatiquement Pour afficher l
27. 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson th cryptsoft com 86_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 86 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Garantie U S A SECHE LINGE SAMSUNG GARANTIE LIMITEE A L ACHETEUR
28. Inicio Pausa Aparece la direcci n MAC 3 Averig e la Direcci n Hexadecimal 12 presionando los botones Start Pause Inicio Pausa de los 2 d gitos y texto 6 Haga clic en Certificar dispositivo 62_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 62 2012 06 26 12 16 51 7 Mantenga presionados los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa durante 3 segundos 8 Gire el Selector de ciclos hasta que aparezca PS en la pantalla y presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa 9 Cuando aparezca la ventana certificar dispositivo haga clic en Aceptar Si la secadora que est registrando ya ha sido registrada por otros usuarios aparecer una ventana pregunt ndole si desea eliminar la autorizaci n de uso de los usuarios existentes ono 10 Una vez finalizado el registro de la secadora puede ver las secadoras registradas en la lista de informaci n de dispositivos Direcci n Mac Tabla de mapeo de visualizadores de 7 segmentos 451619 4 5 F SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO Hb A 01 e 00 o IO 7 o FA Aa gt DL e 0 mm Etiqueta de Mac 90A4DE89B2D3 Ejemplo de direcci n es SOANRdEBSbed3 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _63 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 63 2012 06 26 12 16 51 Cuidado y Impieza PANEL DE CONTROL Limpie c
29. Instructions et conseils d utilisation _59 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 59 2012 06 26 12 17 28 Instructonsetconselsc utlisation 13 La Certification du p riph rique est termin e et le lave linge est Figure 14525 connect votre smartphone Utilisation de l application mobile TAPE 1 mE Assurez vous que l ic ne Wi Fi ne clignote pas Si l ic ne E A le enfonc jusqu a ce que l ic ne arr te de clignoter Une Extra High ea d fois que l ic ne de verrouillage de la porte est activ Eu Bee ES l unit est pr te Appuyez alors sur l ic ne SAMSUNG 8 Eco Wam n m Smart Washer Dryer Lave linge S che linge intelligent 8 Cold ge Les SAMSUNG Temp on ETAPE 2 EE Apr s avoir touch l ic ne Washer _ SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer o x Lave linge S che linge intelligent Indoor Control Searching SAMSUNG la recherche du lave linge d marre Une fois que le t l phone s est connect au Conne 7 lave linge le nom du lave linge ou Correct Sen a not ned na MAC appara t Touchez alors le 4 nom du lave linge Outro rol 60_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 60 2012 06 26 12 17 28 TAPE 3 EXI Une fois que la connexion est tablie touchez l onglet Washer Start New Wash D marrer le nouveau lavage L unit doit afficher l cran Choose Cycle Choisir le Washer is on pro
30. Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to he entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not he intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on he Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 4 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notice
31. chage et algorithme Fuzzy Logic ll vous suffit de tourner la molette pour s lectionner l un des 13 programmes automatiques de s chage tels que les programmes Normal Normal Heavy duty Grand rendement et Bedding Plus Literie plus Vous pouvez galement laisser la commande Fuzzy Logic calculer le degr d humidit du linge afin de d finir automatiquement la dur e du cycle Le s chage n a jamais t aussi simple qu avec Samsung e Capteur de ventilation Votre s che linge Samsung est quip d un capteur de ventilation qui d tecte et vous pr vient lorsque les conduits doivent tre nettoy s Conservez votre s che linge propre et efficace e Gain de temps Nos programmes ont t con us pour r pondre tous vos besoins Tous nos s che linge sont con us pour s cher vos v tements rapidement en seulement 42 minutes Vous pouvez ainsi profiter plus librement de votre temps libre 2_ Fonctions DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec9 2 2012 06 26 12 17 12 e Economies d nergie Les s che linge Samsung offrent un excellent rendement nerg tique Ainsi 1 KWh suffit faire s cher 3 31 livres de linge Leur grande capacit et la commande Fuzzy Logic permettent galement d conomiser de l nergie en recherchant automatiquement la fa on la plus efficace possible de s cher votre linge e Hublot facilement r versible Finis les probl mes d ouverture de hublot Nos s che linge s int grent partout V
32. che linge l cart de tous mat riaux combustibles essence et autres vapeurs et liquides inflammables Un s che linge produit des peluches combustibles vitez donc que des peluches ne s accumulent autour ENCASTREMENT DANS UNE NICHE OU INSTALLATION DANS UN PLACARD L vacuation du s che linge doit se faire vers l ext rieur afin de r duire les risques d incendie si aan l appareil est install dans une niche ou un placard J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO e Vous ne devez installer aucun autre appareil fonctionnant au fuel dans le m me placard que le s che linge e AVERTISSEMENT Afin de r duire le risque d incendie le s che linge doit disposer d une vacuation vers l ext rieur Consultez la section Evacuation la page 17 D gagements minimum entre le s che linge et les murs adjacents ou d autres surfaces C t s 1 pouce 25 mm Arri re 5 pouces 127 mm Haut 17 pouces 432 mm Avant 2 pouces 51 mm e Le panneau avant du placard doit tre dot de deux ouvertures assurez vous d avoir une surface totale d au moins 72 pouces carr s 465 cm et de laisser un espace minimum de 3 pouces 7 6 cm en haut et en bas Un hublot lamelles et dot de d gagements quivalents est acceptable Encastrement dans une niche Vue lat rale du placard ou de l espace r duit 1 po 17 po 2 5 cm 43 2 cm gt Le i 1 po
33. cnico a domicilio durante el per odo de la garant a sin costo sujeto a la disponibilidad dentro de Canad El servicio t cnico a domicilio no est disponible en todas las reas Para recibir el servicio t cnico a domicilio el producto no debe presentar obstrucciones y debe ser accesible para el agente del servicio t cnico Si el servicio t cnico no est disponible SAMSUNG puede optar por transportar el producto hasta y desde el servicio t cnico autorizado SAMSUNG reparar reemplazar el producto u ofrecer un reembolso a su criterio y sin cargo adicional tal como se establece en la presente garant a con piezas o productos nuevos o reacondicionados si se comprueba que es defectuoso durante el per odo limitado de la garant a especificado anteriormente Todas las piezas y los productos reemplazados pasan a ser propiedad de SAMSUNG y deben ser devueltos a SAMSUNG Las piezas y los productos reemplazados asumen la garant a original que resta o noventa 90 d as el per odo que sea el m s prolongado La presente garant a limitada cubre defectos de fabricaci n de los materiales y la mano de obra encontrados durante el uso normal y dom stico de este producto y no ser v lida para lo siguiente da os que ocurran durante el env o entrega e instalaci n aplicaciones y Usos para los cuales el presente producto no fue destinado n meros de serie o producto alterados da o cosm tico o acabado exterior accidentes abuso d
34. cran jusqu ce que vous ouvriez le hublot du s che linge ou que vous appuyiez sur le bouton Marche Arr t Si votre s che linge est en pause pendant un programme les voyants clignotent jusqu ce que vous appuyiez sur Start Pause D marrer Pause Bouton Niveau de s chage Pour s lectionner le niveau de s chage en mode Normal Normal Heavy Duty Grand rendement ou d autres programmes avec capteur de s chage appuyez sur le bouton Dry Level Niveau de s chage Un voyant s allume c t du niveau de s chage souhait Appuyez plusieurs fois sur le bouton pour faire d filer les diff rents param tres Pour obtenir un s chage parfait sur des volumes de linge plus importants vous pouvez utiliser es param tres Very Dry S chage tr s fort ou More Dry S chage fort Le param tre Less Dry S chage faible convient mieux aux tissus l gers ou si vous souhaitez que les v tements ressortent l g rement humides en fin de programme Le param tre Damp Dry L g rement humide a t con u pour s cher partiellement le inge Utilisez le pour les articles qui doivent finir de s cher plat ou en suspension Bouton Temp rature Appuyez sur le bouton Temp Temp rature pour s lectionner la temp rature appropri e en fonction de la charge de linge Un voyant s allume c t de la temp rature souhait e Appuyez plusieurs fois sur le bouton pour faire d filer les diff rents param
35. en la pantalla de aplicaciones del tel fono toque el cono de la Lavadora secadora inteligente SAMSUNG que descarg al comienzo del proceso Despu s de abrir la aplicaci n para Samsung seleccione Front Load Carga frontal y luego Connection Setup Configuraci n de conexi n Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _43 2012 06 26 SVION3839NS SANOIOONYLSNI 30 TWANVW Z0 12 16 42 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias PASO 10 Select AP WASHER AP ureadym setup PASO 11 44_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 44 ureadyintranet Una vez abierta la aplicaci n m vil seleccione la tecla Setting Start Iniciar configuraciones FSM El indicador de Wi Fi se encender y se apagar en el tel fono varias veces Cuando la unidad empiece a conectarse la lista de AP se cargar en el tel fono Una vez cargada la lista de AP debe seleccionar la red Aseg rese de que la aplicaci n y el tel fono inteligente est n conectados a la misma red AP inal mbrica Despu s de seleccionar la red debe ingresar la contrase a Una vez ingresada la contrase a seleccione Connect Conectar La unidad comienza a configurar la red Este proceso le suministra al producto la informaci n de conexi n de la AP que se conecta al tel fono m vil 2012 06 26 12 16 42 PASO 12 PASO 13 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Ext
36. t sur l cran LED DEL Voir les figures 3 4 Instructions et conseils d utilisation _41 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 41 2012 06 26 12 17 21 Instructonsetconselsc utllisation ETAPE 3 Apr s avoir fait appara tre le menu AP l cran LED DEL attendez environ 1 minute puis appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause Une fois que le bouton Start Pause D marrer Stee Pause a t actionn le message AP affich a l cran commence a clignoter Bis nl Le module Wi Fi mettra une minute environ a tre pr t Par Soil tevel cons quent si vous appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause et si AP ne clignote pas r essayez apr s un moment Voir la figure 5 TAPE 4 Figure 6 SAN SAN Une fois que AP clignote prenez votre t l phone mobile et appuyez sur l ic ne Settings Param tres Une fois que le menu des param tres appara t appuyez sur la section sans fil et r seau Voir les figures 5 7 Apr s avoir s lectionn la section sans fil et r seau s lectionnez le r glage Wi Fi Puis activez le Wi Fi Voir les figures 8 9 42_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02_CFR_20120626 indd Sec3 42 2012 06 26 12 17 21 TAPE 6 Wi Fi settings TAPE 7 WI FI settings DV455 02836F 02 CFR_20120626 indd Sec3 43 VIPANIPAZ PSK th Good gwertyuiop asdfghjkil A ea En cer a ok La version de l a
37. the Program or works based on it 7 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 76_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 76 2012 06 26 12 16 53 8 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is in
38. 06 25 5 21 18 Operating instructions tios USING THE MOBILE APP IOS Downloading the phone application 1 Find and open the App Store icon 2 Once the App Store has been open do a search 3 Once the search box appears type in Samsung Smart Washer BECUONC e OSDGGCCO0GE AN 52_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 52 2012 06 25 5 21 18 4 Once the search is complete the App SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer will be displayed You need to download this App to your phone Make sure the app changes from Free to Installed ore Ves Ga Goes The eh tor morn mt AI he ner mare CAI MATOS cn E operas Srat Proy Mo Soyons os 8 46m M Siponen waste Mosen gt Bet Core 5 Once the phone app has been downloaded to your phone you are now ready to set up the washer Wi Fi control STEP 1 Figure 1 Press amp Hold 2sec for Extra Functions Power Ps co Des Extra High Heavy Start Start Pause B High oa Figure 2 You need to first press the power button to activate the your machine You can Rinse FA activate the machine to any cage y wash cycle See figures 1 2 Pre Wash Signal Medium 8 Normal Onoff Low After you activate the machine press the Temp amp Start Pause buttons Reta simultaneously for 5 seconds After 5 seconds the AP menu appears on Start Pause Di S
39. 20120626 indd Sec2 11 AP NDICE 6 a 66 68 69 71 72 72 72 73 74 Sugerencias para prendas especiales Controle estos puntos si su secadora C digos de informaci n Preguntas y respuestas sobre la configuraci n de red Tabla de indicaciones sobre la tela Protecci n del medio ambiente Declaraci n de conformidad Especificaciones Tabla de ciclos Open Source Announcement contenido _11 2012 06 26 12 16 30 Instalaci n de la secadora DESEMBALAJE DE LA SECADORA Desembale la secadora e inspecci nela para controlar que no se hayan producido da os durante el transporte Compruebe que haya recibido todos los elementos que se muestran a continuaci n Si la secadora sufri da os durante el transporte o si falta alg n elemento comun quese con el 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 Para evitar lesiones f sicas o tirones use guantes protectores cada vez que levante o transporte la unidad A Los materiales de embalaje pueden ser peligrosos para los ni os Mantenga todos los materiales de embalaje bolsas de Cama pl stico poliestireno etc lejos del alcance de los ni os CONSULTE LOS REQUISITOS PARA EL DRENAJE Cubierta superior PARTE POSTERIOR Panel de control Entrada de agua Conducto de drenaje Marco delantero Partes suministradas Manguera de entrada corta Arandela de goma Manguera de entrada larga Conector en forma de Y
40. 31 Operating instructions tips _31 2012 06 25 SdIL SNOILONYLSNI ONI1VHIdO ZO 5 21 07 Operating instructions tios Child lock Prevents children from playing with your dryer Setting Releasing To turn Child Lock on or off press both the Temp and Time buttons simultaneously for 3 seconds Child Lock Details 1 You can turn Child Lock on while your dryer is running 2 Once you set the Child Lock function no button except for the Power button will respond until you turn off the Child Lock function 3 The Child Lock indicator will be lit Y e f the dryer is powered on again the Child Lock function stays on e To turn off Child Lock follow the instructions above Y When other buttons except for the Power button do not respond check the Child Lock indicator If Child Lock is on follow the instructions above to turn Child Lock off Delay Start You can set the dryer to start your course automatically at a later time by choosing a delay time The hour displayed indicates the time at which the course will be started 1 Set your drying course 2 Press the Delay Start button repeatedly until the delay time is set 3 Press the Start Pause button The Delay Start O indicator will be lit and the clock will begin counting down until it reaches the set time 4 To cancel a Delay Start function press the Power button and then turn the dryer on again Drum Light Lights the dryer drum while
41. 4 Coloque cinta en todas las 4 uniones incluso en la secadora Nunca use tornillos que atrapen pelusa lt Ko Conducto K 3 Mantenga los conductos lo m s recto posible 4 Limpie todos los viejos conductos antes de instalar la nueva secadora Aseg rese de que la ventilaci n se abra y se cierre sin inconvenientes Inspeccione y limpie el sistema de drenaje todos los a os No permita que un sistema de drenaje defectuoso demore el secado e al utilizar un conducto flexible de pl stico con un recubrimiento delgado o de un material que no es el metal e Permitiendo el uso de conductos y ventilaciones aplastados e restringiendo a la secadora con un sistema de drenaje defectuoso e utilizando conductos innecesariamente largos que tienen muchos codos u obstruidos 26_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 26 2012 06 26 12 16 33 INVERSI N DE LA PUERTA 1 Desconecte el cable de alimentaci n 2 Retire los dos tornillos de la bisagra de la puerta 3 Levante la puerta y retirela 4 Retire los dos tornillos del marco frontal vV40dv93S V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO 5 Retire los dos tornillos del lado opuesto de la bisagra de la puerta 6 Retire los dos tornillos del cierre de la placa de apoyo 7 Vuelva a poner los dos tornillos en los orificios internos 8 Retire un tomillo de la bisagra de la puerta El tornillo negro es para fijar previ
42. 5 cm of clearance between the bottom of the hood and the ground or other obstruction The hood opening should point down e Never install a screen over the exhaust outlet e To avoid lint buildup do not exhaust the dryer directly into a window well Do not exhaust under a house or porch e Ifthe exhaust duct must run through an unheated area the duct should be insulated and slope slightly down towards the exhaust hood to reduce condensation and lint buildup Installing your dryer _13 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 13 2012 06 25 5 21 03 Installing your dryer e Inspect and clean the interior of the exhaust system at least once a year Unplug the power cord before cleaning e Check frequently to make sure the exhaust hood damper opens and closes freely e Check once per month and clean at least once per year Note If your clothes are not getting dry then check the ducting for obstructions e Do not exhaust the dryer into a wall ceiling crawl space or concealed space of a building gas vent or any other common duct or chimney This could create a fire hazard from the lint expelled by the dryer ELECTRIC AND GAS DRYER Weather Hood Type Recommended Use only for short run installation 4 10 16 cm 2 5 6 35 cm No of 90 elbows Rigid Metallic Flexible Rigid Metallic Flexible o 24 4 m 80 ft 12 4 m 41 ft 22 6 m 74 ft 10 1 m 33 ft 1 20 7 m 68 ft
43. Away Start New Dis Wash connect 50_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 50 Assurez vous que l ic ne Wi Fi ne clignote pas Si l ic ne ne clignote pas appuyez sur le bouton Signal et maintenez le enfonc jusqu ce que l ic ne arr te de clignoter Une fois que l ic ne de verrouillage de la porte est activ l unit est pr te Appuyez alors sur l ic ne SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer Lave linge S che linge intelligent SAMSUNG J Apr s avoir touch l ic ne SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer Lave linge S che linge intelligent SAMSUNG la recherche du lave linge d marre Une fois que le t l phone s est connect au lave linge le nom du lave linge ou MAC appara t Touchez alors le nom du lave linge J Une fois que la connexion est tablie touchez l onglet Start New Wash D marrer le nouveau lavage L unit doit afficher l cran Choose Cycle Choisir le programme Une fois que l cran Choose Cycle Choisir le programme s affiche touchez l onglet Start D marrer au c t inf rieur gauche 2012 06 26 12 17 24 TAPE 4 Appuyez alors sur le bouton Start D marrer et activez le programme de lavage Vous pouvez surveiller le programme de lavage pour contr ler ON EA l tat du programme Une fois que le programme est termin le t l phone Spin Only affiche Cycle Complete Programme termi
44. Control technology you can also be alerted when the problem occurs via your smart phones e Steam Cycle This cycle sprays a small amount of water into the drum of the dryer after several minutes of tumbling with heat It reduces bad odors from clothing that are difficult to remove when washing with water and also reduces wrinkles e Sanitize Cycle This cycle sanitizes garments by infusing high temperature heat deep into the fabric during the drying cycle and eliminating 99 9 of certain bacteria Use this cycle for clothing bedding towels or other items needing sanitization The Sanitize cycle is certified by NSF International an independent third party testing and certification organization NSF Protocol P154 Sanitization Performance of Residential Clothes Dryers e Various Drying Cycles amp Fuzzy Logic Algorithm Simply turn the Jog Dial to select one of the 13 automatic drying cycles including normal heavy duty and Bedding Plus or let the Fuzzy Logic Control measure the degree of dampness and automatically set the drying time Precision drying has never been easier than with Samsung e Vent Sensor Your Samsung dryer is equipped with a Vent Sensor which detects and notifies you when it is time to clean the ducts Keep your dryer safe and efficient e Time Saving Our cycles are designed with you in mind All our dryers are designed to dry your clothes in less time just 42 minutes Giving you time for more important
45. EN 20120625 indd Sec7 82 2012 06 25 5 21 26 distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 8 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things 1 Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above 2 Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 9 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify subl
46. General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in nonfree programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use so
47. Grille de s chage L option Grille de s chage est disponible avec le programme Temps de s chage La seule temp rature disponible est Extra Low Tr s basse Consultez la section Grille de s chage la page 34 Mixed Load Bell Sonnerie charge mixte Ce signal d alarme retentit lorsque le niveau de s chage l g rement humide s chage 80 est atteint Utile lorsque la charge contient diff rents types d articles que vous ne souhaitez pas s cher compl tement Une alarme est mise pendant 5 secondes Notez que le s che linge continuera de fonctionner moins d tre mis sur pause ou arr t Cette fonction est disponible uniquement en mode Sensor Dry S chage par capteur Les niveaux de s chage possibles sont Normal Dry S chage normal More Dry Plus sec et Very Dry Tr s sec Bouton D marrer Pause Appuyez sur ce bouton pour interrompre et relancer les programmes Bouton Marche Arr t Appuyez une fois pour allumer le s che linge Appuyez une nouvelle fois pour l teindre Si le s che linge reste allum pendant plus de 10 minutes sans qu aucun bouton ne soit actionn il s teint automatiquement DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 31 Instructions et conseils d utilisation _31 2012 06 26 NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO 12 17 16 NnStructionsetconsalsd utlIsation S curit enfant Cette fonction emp che les enfants de jouer avec le s che l
48. INITIAL Ce produit de la marque SAMSUNG fourni distribu par SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS AMERICA INC SAMSUNG et livr neuf dans son emballage d origine l acheteur initial est garanti par SAMSUNG contre tout d faut de fabrication relatif aux mat riaux et la qualit d ex cution pour une p riode de garantie limit e de Un 1 an pi ces et main d uvre Deux 2 ans pour les pi ces du panneau de commandes 3ILNVHVO 20 Cette garantie limit e prend effet la date originale d achat Elle ne s applique qu aux produits achet s et utilis s aux tats Unis Pour b n ficier de r parations dans le cadre de la pr sente garantie l acheteur doit contacter la soci t SAMSUNG afin qu elle d termine l origine du probl me et une proc dure de r paration Les services de garantie peuvent tre pris en charge uniquement par un centre de service agr SAMSUNG Lors de la remise d un produit d fectueux SAMSUNG ou un centre de service agr SAMSUNG l acheteur est tenu de pr senter le coupon d achat d origine la demande des int ress s titre de preuve d achat SAMSUNG s engage assurer un service de r paration gratuit domicile pendant la p riode de garantie Ce service est soumis disponibilit sur le territoire des tats Unis Le service domicile n est pas disponible pour toutes les zones Pour b n ficier du service domicile l appareil doit tre situ dans un emplacement accessible notre pe
49. Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions 2 Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interfacecompatible with the version that the work was made with 3 Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution 4 If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place 5 Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally 82_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02
50. Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 7 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things 1 Accompany the work wi th the complet e corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so
51. M thode 2 Le s che linge doit tre connect au robinet d eau froide l aide d un tuyau d arriv e neuf N utilisez jamais de tuyaux usag s 1 D Si vous ne pouvez brancher directement le raccord en Y sur le robinet d eau froide vous devez utilisez le tuyau court fourni avec le s che linge Fermez le robinet Branchez le tuyau d arriv e court sur le robinet d eau froide Vissez le raccord la main jusqu ce qu il soit correctement fix au robinet l aide d une pince serrez le raccord de deux tiers de tour Ne serrez pas plus car cela endommagerait le raccord Branchez le raccord en Y l extr mit m le en laiton du tuyau court Vissez le raccord la main jusqu ce qu il soit bien fix au connecteur l aide d une pince serrez le raccord de deux tiers de tour Y Ne serrez pas plus car cela endommagerait le raccord Branchez la partie coud e du tuyau long au robinet de remplissage situ en bas du panneau arri re du s che linge Vissez le raccord la main jusqu ce qu il soit bien fix au connecteur du robinet de remplissage l aide d une pince serrez le raccord de deux tiers de tour Y Ne serrez pas plus car cela endommagerait le raccord Raccordez le tuyau du lave linge l autre extr mit du raccord en Y Serrez le raccord jusqu ce qu il soit correctement fix l aide d une pince serrez le raccord de deux tiers de tour Y Ne serr
52. OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library and you want itto be of the greatest possible use to the public we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms or alternatively under the terms of the ordinary General Public License To apply these terms attach the following notices to the library It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the library s name and an idea of what it does 84_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 84 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Copyright C year name of author This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY witho
53. PS s affiche Apr s que PS s affiche appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause 46_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 46 2012 06 26 12 17 23 4 Apr s avoir touch l onglet du nom du lave linge vous devez touchez Figure 5 l onglet Confirm Confirmer pour poursuivre la certification 5 Apr s avoir touch l onglet Confirm Confirmer vous pouvez alors Figure 6 commencer pr parer la certification NOLLVSITILN G STISSNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO 6 Suivez les instructions affich es sur le t l phone pour d marrer la Figure 7 configuration du lave linge Instructions et conseils d utilisation _47 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 47 2012 06 26 12 17 23 NnStructionsetconsalsd utlIsation 7 Une fois que le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause a t actionn Figure 8 PS commence clignoter Une fois qu il commence clignoter le t l phone lance la connexion automatique 8 Le nom du lave linge s affiche encore une fois Vous devez appuyer Figure 9 sur cet onglet pour afficher PS ESE 9 Apr s avoir touch l onglet du nom du lave linge PS s affiche Extra High High awam Medium 8 Eco Warm elo 8 Cold No Spin Light Temp Spin Soil Level Cm ight oido 10 Une fois que AP est affich appuyez simultan ment sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marre
54. Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you hese rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get he source code If you li
55. Setup Configuraci n de Front conexi n Top Indoor Control Toque el bot n Setting Start Iniciar configuraciones e ingrese el SSID el SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO tipo de autenticaci n y de encriptaci n y AA la contrase a de AP Este proceso le suministra al producto la 1 The settings you have to confirm informaci n de conexi n de la AP que sac rre ito bee se conecta al tel fono m vil password n 2 x gt DS mean DR olw all Verifique la opci n de seguridad open o AO WO del enrutador y luego vuelva a Supported encryption machods are AES p configurar la red inal mbrica como tit gt onn e se indica a continuaci n dryer to connect to the AP 4 2 Contrming the AP settra 13 seleccione el modo de Seguridad WPA y encriptaci n TKIP seleccione el modo de Seguridad WPA2 y encriptaci n AES consulte el manual del enrutador inal mbrico para conocer la opci n de seguridad del enrutador inal mbrico PASO 9 Una vez que se E haya configurado la ex red en la unidad se pe LE Pr visualizar Transfer pon Pa ais aun remain ac o complete Transferencia Transter completo a Sn 1 completada Despu s Bedi E de que finalice la aso transferencia seleccione a7 Confirm Confirmar En 0 la unidad se visualizar oAP El tel fono ahora est conectado a la m quina a trav s de la red az
56. Sort heavy items from lightweight items e Large bulky items like blankets or comforters may require repositioning to ensure even drying e Check that the dryer is draining properly to extract adequate water rom the load e Load may be too small to tumble properly Add a few towels Is noisy e Check the load for objects such as coins loose buttons nails etc Remove promptly e Itis normal to hear the dryer gas valve or heating element cycle on and off during the drying cycle e Be sure the dryer is leveled properly as outlined in the installation instruction e Itis normal for the dryer to hum due to the high velocity of air moving through the dryer drum and exhaust system Dries unevenly e Seams pockets and other similarly heavy areas may not be completely dry when the rest of the load has reached the selected dryness level This is normal Select the Very Dry setting if desired e Ifone heavy item is dried with a lightweight load such as one towel with sheets it is possible that the heavy item will not be completely dry when the rest of the load has reached the selected dryness level Sort heavy items from lightweight items for best drying results Has an odor e Household odors from painting varnishing strong cleaners etc may enter the dryer with the surrounding room air This is normal as the dryer draws the air from the room heats it pulls it through the tumbler and exhausts it outside e When these odo
57. a licensee cannot impose that choice AOIGNAdV 90 Ap ndice _83 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 83 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Ap ndice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 13 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 14 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number Ifthe Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 15 If you wish to incorporat
58. accordance with the national Fuel Code ANSI Z2231 Latest Revision for the U S or CAN CGA B149 Installation Codes Latest Revision for Canada and local codes and ordinances GROUNDING This dryer must be grounded In the event of a malfunction or breakdown the grounding the product will reduce the risk of electrical shock by providing a path of least resistance for the electrical current A Gas models WARNING Your dryer has a cord with an equipment grounding conductor and a grounding plug The plug must be plugged into an appropriate outlet that is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinances Do not modify the plug provided with your dryer if it doesn t fit the outlet have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician Never connect the ground wire to the plastic plumbing lines gas lines or hot water pipes A Electric models WARNING Your dryer has an optional cord with an equipment grounding conductor and a grounding plug which is sold separately The plug must be plugged into an appropriate outlet that is properly installed and grounded in accordance with all local codes and ordinances Do not modify the plug provided with your dryer if it doesn t fit the outlet have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician If a power cord is not used and the electric dryer is to be permanently wired the dryer must be connected to a permanently grounded m
59. aparecer en pantalla la aplicaci n para Lavadora secadora inteligente SAMSUNG Debe descargar esta aplicaci n al tel fono Aseg rese de que la aplicaci n cambie de Free Libre a Installed Instalada rare Vans Can ace Da BAA Yor e we IS he Umer mares 67 COI AO ote opened Sorat Phare Moca frere 4 4 eeperiet OS OB 40 ed uter Mones mare Moe rs Core 5 Una vez que haya descargado la aplicaci n en el tel fono podr configurar el control Wi Fi de la lavadora SVIONAHAIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW Z0 PASO 1 Figura 2 Primero debe presionar el bot n de encendido para activar la m quina Puede activarla para cualquier ciclo ise 3 de lavado Consulte las figuras hea 1 2 Press amp Hold 2sec for Extra Functions Power Ps co Extra High CET Start Pause B High oa Pre Wash Signal Medium 8 Normal Onoff Low Despu s de activar la m quina presione los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Sts Pausa simult neamente durante 5 segundos Despu s de 5 segundos aparece el men AP Start Pause Di Sonal l Ten en la pantalla LED Consulte las 2 figuras 3 4 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _53 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 53 2012 06 26 12 16 45 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias PASO 3 Figura 5 ae Una vez que aparezca el men AP en la pantalla LED espere aproximadamente 1
60. calor Wrinkle Away Antiarrugas El ciclo Antiarrugas elimina las arrugas de prendas guardadas en armarios etc Ofrece un tratamiento antiarrugas mediante un proceso con vapor optimizado Puede cambiar el tiempo de secado Tiempo m nimo 20 minutos Para obtener los mejores resultados no cargue m s de 3 prendas Y Si sobrecarga la secadora puede no obtener los mismos resultados 2 Pantalla LED La pantalla digital muestra el tiempo restante del ciclo calculado despu s de presionar el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa El tiempo restante calculado puede fluctuar a medida que avance el ciclo Se iluminar la luz de Drying Secar y se mantendr iluminada hasta que se haya cumplido el ciclo Cuando la secadora est en la fase de enfriamiento se iluminar la luz de Cooling Refrescar Cuando la secadora est en la fase de prevenci n de arrugas se iluminar la luz la Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas Cuando el ciclo haya finalizado aparecer la palabra End Fin en la pantalla hasta que se abra la puerta de la secadora o se presione el bot n Power Encendido Si su secadora se detiene durante un ciclo las luces del indicador parpadear n hasta que se presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Bot n de selecci n Nivel de secado Para seleccionar el nivel de secado en los ciclos Normal Normal Heavy Duty Servicio pesado u otros ciclos Sensor Dry Secado con sensor presione el bot n Dry Le
61. ciclo y las opciones apropiadas para el tipo de carga Presione el bot n Inicio Pausa Se iluminar la luz del indicador de la secadora El tiempo del ciclo calculado aparecer en la pantalla El tiempo puede fluctuar debido a que los niveles de humedad fluct an en la secadora Y e Cuando haya finalizado el ciclo la palabra End Fin aparecer en la pantalla e Si presiona Power Encendido se cancelar el ciclo y la secadora se detendr e Los indicadores de Drying Secando Cooling Enfriando y Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas se iluminar n durante tales fases del ciclo A No coloque ning n objeto en la parte superior de la secadora cuando est en funcionamiento ADVERTENCIA Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _35 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 35 2012 06 26 SVIONAHAIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO 12 16 36 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias SENSOR DE VENTILACION Su secadora Samsung est equipada con un sensor de ventilaci n que detecta y le informa cu ndo es momento de limpiar los conductos Mantenga la seguridad y la eficacia de su secadora limpiando los conductos cuando se le avise El Sensor de ventilaci n detecta las obstrucciones de los conductos Puede deducir si hay una obstrucci n en los conductos en base a la luz del Sensor de ventilaci n Re de la pantalla digital Nivel Mensaje Estado Soluci n 0 La luz del Sensor de El con
62. components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies he executable f distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled o copy the source along with the object code 5 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute he Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 6 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 7 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on
63. continuar encendida e Para desactivar el Seguro para ni os siga las instrucciones detalladas a continuaci n Cuando otros botones salvo el bot n Power Encender Apagar no respondan verifique el indicador del Seguro para ni os Si el Seguro para ni os est activado siga las instrucciones precedentes para desactivarlo Inicio retardado Puede hacer que la secadora inicie autom ticamente el programa en otro momento eligiendo un tiempo de retardo m ximo La hora en pantalla indica el tiempo en el cual comenzar el programa 1 Establezca su programa de secado 2 Presione el bot n Delay Start Inicio retardado hasta establecer el tiempo de retardo 3 Presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa El indicador de Inicio Retardado O se encender y el reloj comenzar la cuenta regresiva hasta llegar al momento establecido 4 Para cancelar la funci n de Inicio Retardado presione el bot n Power Encender Apagar y luego encienda la secadora nuevamente Luz del tambor Enciende el tambor de la secadora mientras se realiza el secado Encendido y apagado Si desea activar o desactivar Drum Light Luz del tambor mantenga presionados los botones Dry Level Nivel de secado y Temp Temperatura simult neamente Puede activar y desactivar Luz del tambor cuando la secadora est funcionando y cuando est detenida Si no apaga la luz del tambor 5 minutos despu s de que se encienda la luz del tambor se apaga auto
64. el conector en forma de Y al extremo macho de bronce de la manguera peque a Enrosque la uni n a mano hasta que se asiente en el conecto 6 Ajuste la uni n con otros dos tercios de giro adicionales utilizando la pinza 77 7 e Marco No ajuste demasiado ya que puede da ar la uni n posterior 7 Una el extremo angular de las mangueras largas a la v lvula de carga en la parte inferior del armaz n trasero de la secadora Enrosque la uni n a mano hasta que se asiente en el conector de la v lvula de carga 8 Ajuste la uni n con dos tercios de giro adicionales utilizando la pinza No ajuste demasiado ya que puede da ar la uni n Manguera de agua 9 Conecte la manguera de la lavadora al otro extremo del conector con forma de Y Atornille la uni n de la manguera hasta que est ajustada Ajuste la uni n con otros dos tercios de giro adicionales utilizando la pinza Y No la ajuste en exceso Puede da ar la uni n 10 Compruebe que las llaves de agua est n abiertas 11 Compruebe que no haya p rdidas alrededor del conector en forma de Y las llaves de agua y las mangueras 22 Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 22 2012 06 26 12 16 32 REEMPLAZO DE LAS PIEZAS Y LOS ACCESORIOS Si es preciso reemplazar piezas o accesorios de la secadora comun quese con el distribuidor al que le compr la secadora o con el centro de atenci n al cliente de SAMSUNG al 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 78
65. el uso y el cuidado del electrodom stico Lea detenidamente estas instrucciones a fin de aprovechar al m ximo los m ltiples beneficios y funciones de la secadora LO QUE NECESITA SABER SOBRE LAS INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD Lea este manual detenidamente para aprender a utilizar con seguridad y eficacia todas las caracter sticas y funciones de su nuevo electrodom stico Conserve el manual en lugar seguro cerca del aparato para consultas futuras Utilice este electrodom stico solo para el prop sito para el que fue destinado como se describe en este manual Las advertencias y las instrucciones de seguridad importantes de este manual no cubren todas las posibles condiciones y situaciones que pueden ocurrir Es su responsabilidad actuar con sentido com n precauci n y cuidado cuando instale realice el mantenimiento o ponga en funcionamiento la secadora Comun quese siempre con el fabricante si surgen problemas o situaciones que usted no comprende S MBOLOS Y PRECAUCIONES DE SEGURIDAD IMPORTANTES Los conos y las se ales incluidas en este manual del usuario significan lo siguiente Peligros o pr cticas inseguras que podr an causar lesiones f sicas graves o la muerte o da os materiales Siga la informaci n contenida en este manual para minimizar el riesgo A de incendio o explosi n o para evitar da os materiales lesiones f sicas o la muerte ADVERTENCIA No almacene ni utilice gasolina u otros vapores o l quidos inflama
66. en marche Capteur de ventilation Configuration des fonctions Smart Control et Smart Monitoring Utilisation de l application mobile Android Utilisation de l application mobile OS Enregistrement de votre s che linge Panneau de commandes Tambour Tambour en acier inoxydable Ext rieur du s che linge Syst me d vacuation du s che linge 2012 06 26 12 17 12 CONSEILS D ENTRETIEN DU LINGE DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec2 11 D PANNAGE ANNEXE 65 66 68 69 71 72 72 72 73 74 Conseils d entretien du linge V rifiez les points suivants si votre s che linge Codes d erreur Questions et R ponses sur la configuration du r seau Tableau des symboles textiles Protection de l environnement D claration de conformit Caract ristiques techniques Tableau des programmes Open Source Announcement Table des mati res _11 2012 06 26 12 17 13 Installation du s che linge D BALLER LE SECHE LINGE D ballez votre s che linge et v rifiez qu il n a pas t endommag pendant le transport V rifiez que vous disposez de tous les l ments illustr s ci dessous Si votre s che linge a t endommag pendant le transport ou si vous ne disposez pas de tous les l ments appelez imm diatement le 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 Afin de pr venir tout risque de blessures munissez vous de gants de protection pour soulever ou porter le lave linge Les mat riaux d emballage p
67. finalizada la b squeda aparecer en pantalla la aplicaci n para Lavadora secadora inteligente SAMSUNG Debe descargar esta aplicaci n al tel fono SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer Aseg rese de que la aplicaci n cambie de Free Libre El gs a Installed Instalada CETTE May 11 2012 1 000 downloads 1 00M8 RATE amp REVIEW 5 Una vez que haya descargado la aplicaci n en el tel fono podr configurar el control Wi Fi de la lavadora SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW Z0 PASO 1 Primero debe presionar el bot n de encendido para activar la m quina de Puede activarla para cualquier ciclo NP de lavado Consulte las figuras Dela 1 2 Press amp Hold 2sec for Extra Functions Power 8 Extra High Hay Stat Start Pause Normal i ev eu e High oa Pure a Ott Medium Normal cycle os spin Ena Comi Despu s de activar la m quina presione los botones Temp O sa Temperatura y Start Pause Rinse z url Start Pause fine TA Inicio Pausa simult neamente Eset ll il A durante 5 segundos Despu s de e E E 5 segundos aparece el men AP ont caps Sat en la pantalla LED Consulte las FE a figuras 3 4 Power Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _41 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 41 2012 06 26 12 16 41 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Una vez que aparezca el men AP en la pantalla LED espere aproximadamente 1 minuto y
68. gaz conforme la r glementation UL A AVERTISSEMENTS DE LA PROPOSITION 65 DE L TAT DE CALIFORNIE la loi californienne sur l eau potable et les substances toxiques California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act stipule que le gouverneur de Californie est tenu de publier la liste des substances consid r es par l tat de Californie comme tant canc rig nes ou l origine de malformations cong nitales ou d autres troubles de la reproduction et demande aux entreprises qu elles informent leurs clients des risques ventuels d exposition auxdites substances Ce produit contient une substance chimique consid r e par l tat de Californie comme tant canc rig ne ou l origine de malformations cong nitales ou d autres troubles de la reproduction Cet appareil peut entra ner une faible exposition certaines des substances num r es y compris le benz ne le formald hyde et le monoxyde de carbone Les appareils gaz peuvent entra ner une faible exposition certaines des substances num r es y compris le benz ne le formald hyde le monoxyde de carbone et la suie en raison d une possible combustion incompl te du gaz naturel ou des carburants basse pression Afin de r duire davantage les risques d exposition ces substances il convient d installer un syst me de ventilation ext rieur efficace A ATTENTION vous asseyez pas sur le s che linge 2 Dans le cadre de l am lioration
69. initial du produit n est pas transf rable et nonce votre recours exclusif Certains tats n autorisent pas les limitations de dur e de garantie implicite ou l exclusion ou la limitation des dommages accidentels ou indirects Dans un tel cas les limitations ou exclusions sp cifi es ci dessus ne s appliquent pas La pr sente garantie vous octroie des droits sp cifiques ainsi que d autres variant d un tat un autre Pour b n ficier d un service d assistance couvert par votre garantie contactez SAMSUNG l adresse suivante Samsung Electronics America Inc 85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park NJ 07660 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com Les visites des techniciens de maintenance destin es expliquer les fonctions la maintenance ou l installation n est pas couverte par la garantie Veuillez contacter votre agent d appel Samsung pour obtenir de l aide sur l une de ces questions 88_ Garantie DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec8 88 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Garantie CANADA S CHE LINGE SAMSUNG GARANTIE LIMIT E L ACHETEUR INITIAL Ce produit de la marque SAMSUNG fourni distribu par SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CANADA INC SAMSUNG et livr neuf dans son emballage d origine l acheteur initial est garanti par SAMSUNG contre les d fauts de fabrication et de mat riaux pour une p riode limit e de Un 1 an pi ces et main d uvre JILNVHY9 20 Cette limite de garantie s appliqu
70. is displayed Wrinkle Prevent Wrinkle Prevent provides approximately 180 minutes of intermittent tumbling in unheated air at the end of the cycle to reduce wrinkling Press the Wrinkle Prevent button to activate this feature The indicator light above the pad will illuminate when Wrinkle Prevent is selected The load is dry and can be removed at any time during the Wrinkle Prevent cycle My Cycle Choose your favorite cycle including cycle temp dry level option etc Refer to the My cycle section on page 33 Rack Dry Rack Dry is available in the Time Dry cycle Temperature will be set to Extra Low only Refer to the Rack Dry section on page 34 Mixed Load Bell This is an alarm that notifies you when the average dry level is damp dry 80 dried This is useful when the laundry contains various types of clothing you do not want to dry completely An alarm sounds for 5 seconds Note that the dryer will continue to run unless you pause or stop it This function can only be selected in the Sensor Dry course and the dry level can only be selected from among Normal Dry More Dry and Very Dry Start Pause selection button Press to pause and restart programs 10 Power button Press once to turn your dryer on Press again to turn it off If your dryer is left on for more than 10 minutes without any buttons being touched the power automatically turns off DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3
71. l AP est install trop loin du lave linge ou du s che linge la puissance des signaux Wi Fi peut tre affaiblie Dans ce cas rapprochez l AP du lave linge ou du s che linge Impossible pour le lave linge ou le s che linge de trouver l AP point d acc s V rifiez l tat de l alimentation de l AP V rifiez si la fonction Wi Fi du lave linge ou du s che linge est activ e Pour rafra chir l cran appuyez sur Configure Configurer nouveau Si l AP est install trop loin du lave linge ou du s che linge la puissance des signaux Wi Fi peut tre affaiblie Dans ce cas rapprochez l AP du lave linge ou du s che linge Assurez vous que le nombre de barres de l antenne affich est au moins de 3 Si la puissance de l AP est faible le lave linge ou le s che linge peut ne pas le trouver Utilisez un AP haute performance s il est disponible ll y a plusieurs lave linge ou s che linge dans l habitation Dois je installer un AP pour chacun d entre eux Vous pouvez installer un seul AP Si vous souhaitez un AP pour chaque lave linge et s che linge s lectionnez l AP correspondant chacun des appareils dans l application Smart Washer Lorsque lave linge et s che linge sont install s ils peuvent tre command s via un seul AP Quel type d AP point d acc s dois je utiliser Le lave linge ou le s che linge tant command via l AP de l int rieur ou de l ext rieur de l habitatio
72. la pesta a Start Inicio Connected 10 Samsung Washer via VAF Ahora toque el bot n Start Inicio y active el ciclo de lavado Puede controlar el ciclo de lavado para verificar el estado del ciclo Cycle Complete Cuando el ciclo finalice en el tel fono se SpinOnly visualizar Cicle Complete Ciclo completo e SVIONAHIONS SINOIDONYLSNI 30 IYNNYN ZO Washing Est finish time e Dismiss ie Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _61 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 61 2012 06 26 12 16 50 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Registrar su secadora 1 Acceda al sitio web Samsung Smart appliance Dispositivo inteligente de Samsung http www samsungsmartappliance com 2 Ingrese la identificaci n de usuario y contrase a para iniciar la sesi n Si no tiene una cuenta presione Create a Samsung account Crear una cuenta Samsung y complete el formulario para convertirse en miembro 3 Seleccione My page Mi p gina gt My page Mi p gina _ 4 Seleccione Add device Agregar dispositivo pus mas 7 Ce Se eee CE A qo ES 5 Buque el n mero MAC de su secadora e ingr selo en la p gina del dispositivo En su secadora 1 Mantenga presionados los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa durante 3 segundos 2 Gire el Selector de ciclos hasta que aparezca AP en la pantalla y presione el bot n Start Pause
73. les minuscules gouttes d eau vaporis es lorsque le hublot est ferm DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec6 67 Troubleshooting _67 2012 06 26 ONILOOHST1aNOHL 90 12 17 30 Troubleshooting CODES D ERREUR 68_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02_CFR_20120626 indd Sec6 68 Des codes syst me s affichent parfois pour vous permettre de mieux comprendre le probl me rencontr par le s che linge AFFICHAGE DE L ERREUR SIGNIFICATION SOLUTION tE La r sistance de la thermistance et Ne E nt d est tr s faible ou tr s lev e E prop EME PERISIS GPR ISZ IC SETMIGE CE d pannage La r sistance de la thermistance Nettoyez le filtre ou le syst me d a ration tE3 pour la d tection d obstruction Si le probl me persiste appelez le service de d vents est tr s faible ou tr s d Pp R APP lev e epannage Temp rature de chauffe non valide HE lors du fonctionnement du s che Appelez le service de d pannage linge a Nettoyez le hublot puis red marrez dE Faire fonctionner le s che linge Si le probl me persiste appelez le service de lorsque le hublot est ouvert LEP p app d pannage V rifiez qu AUCUN bouton NE reste enfonc de bE2 tat non valide de court circuit fa on continue Essayez de relancer le cycle principal pendant 30 secondes Si le probl me persiste appelez le service de d pannage A Essayez de relancer le cycle FE
74. library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the Appendix _79 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 79 2012 06 25 5 21 26 Appendix user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in nonfree programs enables a greate
75. lire attentivement ce manuel afin d utiliser cet appareil en toute s curit et de profiter pleinement de toutes ses fonctionnalit s Conservez ce manuel dans un endroit s r situ proximit du s che linge afin de pouvoir facilement vous y reporter en cas de besoin N utilisez pas cet appareil autrement que pour l usage auquel il est destin conform ment aux consignes du manuel Les consignes de s curit et les avertissements d crits dans ce manuel ne sont pas exhaustifs Il est de votre responsabilit de faire preuve de bon sens de prudence et de discernement lors de l installation de l entretien et de l utilisation de votre s che linge Contactez toujours le fabricant en cas de probl me ou de situation que vous ne comprenez pas SYMBOLES ET MESURES DE S CURIT IMPORTANTS Signification des ic nes et signes repris dans ce manuel d utilisation Risques ou pratiques inadapt es susceptibles de causer de graves blessures ou des dommages mat riels Observez les informations fournies dans A ce manuel pour r duire les risques d incendie ou d explosion et pr venir les AVERTISSEMENT dommages mat riels les blessures corporelles et mortelles Bo E N entreposez ni n utilisez jamais d essence ou d autres produits inflammables proximit de cet appareil ou de tout autre appareil gt Risques ou pratiques inadapt es susceptibles de causer des blessures ATTENTION ou des dommages mat riels NE PAS faire
76. los hubiera espec ficamente identificados por el fabricante para su uso con el electrodom stico Fuera de los EE UU y Canad e Remitase a los c digos locales La secadora debe tener un drenaje con salida hacia el exterior para reducir el riesgo de incendio cuando se instala Game en un gabinete o en un hueco NUNCA UTILICE UN CONDUCTO FLEXIBLE DE PL STICO O DE UN MATERIAL QUE NO SEA EL METAL Si su red de conductos existente es de pl stico de un material que no sea el metal o es inflamable reempl cela por una que sea de metal Utilice nicamente un conducto de drenaje de metal que no sea inflamable para asegurar la contenci n del aire expulsado el calor y la pelusa ADVERTENCIA Instalaci n de la secadora _17 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 17 2012 06 26 vV40dv93S V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO 12 16 32 nstalaci n de la secadora REQUISITOS EN CUANTO AL GAS Utilice nicamente gas natural o gas LP gas licuado de propano LA INSTALACI N DEBE REALIZARSE EN CONFORMIDAD CON LOS C DIGOS LOCALES O EN AUSENCIA DE ELLOS CON EL C DIGO NACIONAL PARA GAS Y COMBUSTIBLES ANSI Z223 1 LA REVISI N MAS RECIENTE PARA LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS O CON LOS C DIGOS DE INSTALACI N CAN CGA B149 PARA CANADA Las secadoras a gas est n equipadas con un orificio para el quemador de modo que puedan ser utilizadas con gas natural Si tiene pensado utilizar su secadora con gas LP gas licuado de propano deber efectuarse la con
77. material que no sea el metal Si la nueva secadora se instala dentro de un sistema de drenaje existente debe asegurarse de que e el sistema de drenaje cumpla con todos los c digos locales estaduales y nacionales e nose utilice un conducto flexible de pl stico Se controle y limpie toda la pelusa acumulada del interior del conducto existente e Compruebe que el conducto no est enroscado o aplastado e el regulador de tiro de la tapa de drenaje se abra y se cierre sin inconvenientes La presi n est tica de cualquier sistema de drenaje no debe superar las 0 83 pulgadas de la columna de agua ni ser inferior a 0 Esto se puede medir cuando la secadora est en funcionamiento con un man metro en el punto donde el conducto de drenaje se conecta a la secadora Se debe utilizar la opci n sin calor El tambor de la secadora debe estar vac o y el filtro para pelusas limpio IMPORTANTE PARA EL INSTALADOR Lea las siguientes instrucciones con detenimiento antes de instalar la secadora Estas instrucciones se deben conservar para consultas futuras A Retire la puerta de todos los electrodom sticos desechados para evitar el peligro de que un ni o quede atrapado y se asfixie ADVERTENCIA 14_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 14 2012 06 26 12 16 31 CONSIDERACIONES ACERCA DE LA UBICACI N La secadora debe estar ubicada donde haya suficiente espacio adelante para cargarla y suficiente espa
78. obtener los mejores resultados sostenga el tel fono inteligente en una posici n paralela o casi paralela respecto al frontal del panel Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _33 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 33 2012 06 26 12 16 35 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias RACK DRY SECADO EN ESTANTE Instalaci n del estante de secado 1 Abra la puerta de la secadora 2 Coloque el estante de secado en el tambor con el borde superior del estante de secado encima del filtro para pelusas 3 Coloque las patas traseras en las dos reas empotradas de la pared posterior de la secadora y luego empuje hacia abajo en el centro del estante de secado para ajustarlo en su lugar 4 Coloque las prendas que se secar n sobre el estante dejando espacio entre ellas para que el aire pueda circular a Cierre la puerta de la secadora 6 Presione el bot n Rack Dry Secado en estante en el ciclo Secado con temporizador y luego seleccione el tiempo seg n la humedad y el peso de las prendas El secado con rack tambi n se puede utilizar en el ciclo Secado a temperatura ambiente Estante de secado PRENDAS SUGERIDAS OPCIONES DE TEMP SUGERIDAS Su teres lavables d blelos y col quelos en posici n horizontal sobre el Extra Low Extrabaja ciclo Time Dry Secado con ESO temporizador Mu ecos de peluche Extra Low Extrabaja ciclo Time Dry Secado con rellenos con fibr
79. on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option 80_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 80 2012 06 26 12 16 53 offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 3 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 1 The modified work must itself be a software library 2 You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 3 You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License 4 If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a
80. one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c they could even be mouse click
81. p rdidas de gas pueden no ser detectadas nicamente por el olor 22 Los proveedores de gas recomiendan que compre e instale un detector de gas aprobado por UL A ADVERTENCIAS DE LA DISPOSICI N 65 DEL ESTADO DE CALIFORNIA La ley Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act del Estado de California exige que el gobernador de California publique una lista de sustancias que el estado reconoce como causante de c ncer defectos cong nitos u otro da o reproductivo y exige que los comercios adviertan acerca de la potencial exposici n a dichas sustancias Este producto contiene un producto qu mico conocido en el Estado de California como causante de c ncer defectos cong nitos u otro da o reproductivo Este aparato puede provocar una ligera exposici n a algunas de las sustancias de la lista incluidos benceno formaldeh do y mon xido de carbono Los aparatos a gas pueden provocar una ligera exposici n a alguna de las sustancias de la lista incluidos benceno formaldeh do mon xido de carbono y holl n causada por la posible combusti n incompleta de gas natural o combustibles PL La exposici n a estas sustancias puede minimizarse a n m s permitiendo que la secadora ventile apropiadamente hacia el exterior A PRECAUCI N 1 2 o se siente encima de la secadora Debido a las constantes mejoras a los productos Samsung se reserva el derecho de modificar las especificaciones sin previo aviso Para conocer detalles co
82. para la conexi n con el m dem enrutador inal mbrico en un canal que no est en uso La secadora s lo admite los tipos de encriptaci n WEP TKIP o TKIP AES Otros tipos de encriptaci n Wi Fi no se admiten La calidad de la red inal mbrica puede verse afectada por el entorno que las rodea Si su proveedor de servicios de Internet ha registrado y fijado la direcci n MAC identificaci n nica de un dispositivo de su PC o m dem es posible que no pueda conectar la secadora a Internet Consulte a su proveedor de servicios de Internet sobre los procedimientos para conectar un dispositivo por Ej una secadora que no sea una computadora a Internet Si su proveedor de servicios de Internet requiere una identificaci n y contrase a para conectarse a Internet es posible que no pueda conectar la secadora a Internet En ese caso debe ingresar la identificaci n y contrase a para conectarse a Internet Es posible que no pueda conectarse a Internet por un cortafuegos En este caso solicite asistencia a su proveedor de servicios de Internet Si no puede conectar la secadora a Internet incluso despu s de comunicarse con su proveedor de servicios de Internet comun quese con un distribuidor o centro de servicios de Samsung Electronics Verifique antes de las instalaci n Para conocer los procedimientos para instalar un enrutador al mbrico inal mbrico normal consulte el manual del usuario del m dem o del enrutador inal mbrico Las secado
83. presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Al presionar este bot n el men AP que aparece en la pantalla LED deber a comenzar a parpadear ETES El m dulo Wi Fi demorar aproximadamente un minuto para estar listo Por lo tanto si al presionar el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa el men AP no parpadea A D int ntelo nuevamente Consulte la figura 5 Soil Level PASO 4 Cuando el men AP est parpadeando presione el cono Settings Configuraci n del tel fono m vil Cuando aparezca el men de configuraci n presione la secci n Wireless and network Inal mbrica y red Consulte las figuras 5 7 PASO 5 Una vez que haya seleccionado Wireless and network Inal mbrica y red seleccione Wi Fi setting Configuraci n Wi Fi Luego active el Wi Fi Consulte las figuras 8 9 42 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 42 2012 06 26 12 16 41 PASO 6 Wi Fi settings PASO 7 WI FI settings DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 43 VIPANIPAZ PSK ath Good gwertyuiop asdfghjkil tzxcvbnm ea ET cer EA La ltima versi n de la aplicaci n Washer mat ine in the AED ret Cuando aparezca la lista de redes disponibles seleccione la red que desea utilizar e ingrese la contrase a de ser necesario Una vez que se haya conectado a la red seleccionada regrese a la pantalla de aplicaciones del tel fono m vil Cuando est
84. repr sentent un danger potentiel d incendie AVERTISSEMENT NOT Mur Conduit d vacuation 1 Assurez vous que le s che linge a t install de mani re a ce que l vacuation de lair se fasse sans probl me linge 2 Utilisez un conduit d vacuation m tallique rigide de 4 a Scellez tous les joints l aide d un ruban adh sif y compris au niveau du s che linge N utilisez jamais de vis qui pi gent a Conduit Om les peluches Co Ruban d tanch it 3 Faites en sorte que les conduits soient aussi droits que possible 4 Nettoyez tous les anciens conduits avant d installer votre nouveau s che linge V rifiez que le clapet d air s ouvre et se ferme sans probl me Inspectez et nettoyez le syst me d vacuation une fois par an Ne laissez pas un syst me d vacuation de mauvaise qualit ralentir le s chage en e Utilisation d un conduit flexible en plastique aux parois fines ou non m tallique e Utilisation d un syst me d vacuation de mauvaise qualit e Utilisation de conduits et d vents bouch s ou bossel s e Utilisation de conduits inutilement longs dot s de nombreux coudes 26_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 26 2012 06 26 12 17 15 INVERSION DU HUBLOT D branchez le cordon d alimentation 2 Retirez les deux vis de la charni re du hublot
85. s che linge Votre s che linge doit tre d connect du circuit d alimentation en gaz chaque test de pression du syst me NE r utilisez JAMAIS d anciennes conduites de gaz m talliques flexibles Toute conduite de gaz flexible doit tre certifi e par l American Gas Association U S A Gas CGA au Canada Y e Les raccords de conduite utilis s doivent tre r sistants l action de tout gaz de p trole liqu fi e La plupart des soci t s de gaz locales inspecteront gratuitement votre installation sur demande ALLUMAGE DU GAZ Votre s che linge utilise un syst me d allumage automatique pour le br leur Il n existe pas de pilote de combustion constante INSTRUCTIONS D INSTALLATION COMMONWEALTH DU MASSACHUSETTS Votre seche linge doit tre install par un plombier ou un installateur de gaz agr Un robinet de gaz manuel poign e dit en T doit tre install sur la conduite d alimentation en gaz de votre s che linge Si vous utilisez un connecteur gaz flexible pour installer votre seche linge celui ci doit mesurer au moins 3 cm 36 de long e Des fuites de gaz peuvent survenir dans votre syst me cr ant une situation dangereuse mr 2 Une fuite de gaz n est pas toujours d tectable l odeur e C est pourquoi les fournisseurs de gaz vous recommandent d acheter et d installer un d tecteur de gaz conforme la r glementation UL e Installez le et utilisez le conform ment aux consi
86. s che linge Ajoutez du linge ou quelques serviettes et relancez le programme y a trop de linge dans le s che linge Retirez du linge et relancez le s che linge Les v tements sont pelucheux Assurez vous que le filtre est propre avant chaque cycle Sur les charges produisant beaucoup de peluches il peut tre n cessaire de nettoyer le filtre en cours de cycle Certains tissus produisent une grande quantit de peluches par exemple les serviettes en coton Ces articles doivent tre s ch s s par ment des tissus qui attirent particuli rement les peluches comme un pantalon en velours Si la quantit de linge lav est trop importante s parez la charge en deux pour le s chage V rifiez soigneusement les poches des v tements avant de les laver et de les s cher Les v tements sont encore froiss s apr s le programme Wrinkle Care Anti froissement Chargez entre 1 et 4 articles pour plus d efficacit Chargez moins de v tements et de pr f rence des articles similaires Les v tements gardent une odeur apr s le programme Rafraich Les tissus pr sentant une odeur forte doivent tre lav s selon un cycle normal De l eau s coule par la buse au d marrage du programme Steam Vapeur Il s agit de la condensation de la vapeur Ce ph nom ne s arr te tout seul en peu de temps L eau vaporis e est invisible lors du programme Steam Vapeur ll est difficile de voir
87. s lo para la secadora NO UTILICE UN CABLE PROLONGADOR Modelos a gas EE UU y Canad Se requiere un servicio el ctrico aprobado de CA de 120 voltios 60 Hz con un fusible o disyuntor de 15 A Modelos el ctricos S lo EE UU La mayor parte de las secadoras estadounidenses requieren un servicio el ctrico aprobado de CA de 120 240 voltios 60 Hz Algunas requieren un servicio el ctrico aprobado de 120 208 voltios 60 Hz Los requisitos del servicio el ctrico pueden encontrarse en la etiqueta con informaci n ubicada detr s de la puerta Se requiere un fusible o disyuntor de 30 A a ambos lados del conducto e Si se utiliza un cable de alimentaci n el cable debe enchufarse a un tomacorriente de 30 A e NO se provee el cable de alimentaci n con los modelos el ctricos de secadoras estadounidenses RIESGO DE DESCARGA EL CTRICA Cama Silo permiten los c digos locales el suministro el ctrico de la secadora puede conectarse por medio de un nuevo kit de cables de alimentaci n el ctrica rotulado para que se lo utilice con la secadora es decir que cuente con certificaci n U L y categorizado en un m nimo de 120 240 voltios 30 A con tres conductores de cobre N 10 que finalicen en terminales de bucle cerrado pernos de pala de tipo abierto con extremos rebatidos o con conductores de esta o e No vuelva a utilizar un cable de alimentaci n el ctrica de una secadora vieja El cable de alimentaci n el ctrica debe conser
88. software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any 74_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 74 2012 06 25 5 21 26 problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the pro
89. the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 3 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 1 You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 2 You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License 3 If the modified program normally reads command s interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and th
90. them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you his license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free ibrary Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into nonfree programs When a program is linked with a
91. things in life 2_ Features DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec9 2 2012 06 25 5 21 02 e Energy Saving Samsung dryers are super energy efficient You can dry up to 3 31 pounds of laundry with 1kWh Also both the large capacity and Fuzzy Logic Control save energy by automatically drying your clothes the most efficient way e Easy Reversible Door Our dryers will fit just about anywhere and without a door conflict The direction of our easy reversible door can be changed easily and quickly e Pedestal with Storage Drawers An optional 15 pedestal is available to raise the dryer for easier loading and unloading It also offers a built in storage drawer that can hold a 100 oz bottle of detergent e Stacking MODEL NO SK 5A XAA Samsung s Washer and Dryer can be stacked to maximize usable space The dryer legs need to be removed to stack the Washer and Dryer You can purchase an optional stacking kit from you Samsung retailer lt Pedestal with Storage Drawers gt lt Stacking gt e 4 way Vent electric model only DV455 You can install the exhaust vent in the following four 4 positions back either side bottom Features _3 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec9 3 2012 06 25 5 21 02 safety instructions Congratulations on your new Samsung Dryer This manual contains important information on the installation use and care of your appliance Please take the time to read this ma
92. tres High lev e pour le linge en coton r sistant ou portant l tiquette S chage en machine autoris Medium Moyenne pour les tissus infroissables le synth tique les cotons l gers et le linge portant l tiquette S chage en machine temp rature moyenne Med Low Moyenne basse produit une chaleur moins lev e que l option Medium Moyenne adapt e aux tissus synth tiques et lainages lavables Low Basse pour les articles sensibles la chaleur dont l tiquette indique S chage en machine froid ou ti de Extra Low Tr s basse s chage la plus basse temp rature possible 30_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 30 2012 06 26 12 17 16 Vous pouvez ajuster le temps de s chage en appuyant sur le bouton de s lection Time Heure lorsque vous utilisez les programmes de s chage manuel Bouton Tem s do Lors d un programme Capteur de s chage le voyant de dur e est teint car le temps de s chage est d termin par le niveau d humidit Un signal sonore retentit la fin du programme Si l option Wrinkle Prevent Pr vention des faux plis est activ e le signal retentit par intermitt 6 Bouton Signal R SR R glez le volume du signal sonore ou d sactivez le en appuyant sur le bouton Signal Signal Appuyez plusieurs fois sur le bouton pour faire d filer les diff rents param tres Bouton D part diff r p
93. une prise ad quate Si vous n utilisez pas de cordon d alimentation et que le s che linge lectrique doit tre branch en permanence reliez le une prise de terre m tallique permanente ou connectez un conducteur de mise la terre aux conducteurs du circuit et la borne ou au fil de terre de l appareil Installation du s che linge _19 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 19 2012 06 26 J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO 12 17 14 Installation du s che linge RACCORDEMENT LECTRIQUE Avant toute mise en marche ou test observez les consignes de mise la terre pr sent es dans la Mise la terre section la page 19 Nous vous recommandons de relier votre s che linge une d rivation individuelle ou un circuit distinct N UTILISEZ PAS DE RALLONGE AVEC CET APPAREIL Mod les au gaz tats Unis et Canada Vous devez utiliser une alimentation lectrique de 120 V c a 60 Hz et un disjoncteur ou fusible de 15 A Mod les lectriques tats Unis uniquement Aux tats Unis la plupart des s che linge requi rent une alimentation en 120 240 V c a 60 Hz tandis que d autres requi rent une alimentation en 120 208 V c a 60 Hz Vous trouverez les sp cifications lectriques sur l tiquette situ e derri re le hublot Un disjoncteur ou fusible de 30 A est requis de chaque c t de la ligne e Si vous utilisez un cordon d alimentation branchez ce dernier sur une prise 30 A e Le cordon d
94. upright position 3 To ensure that the dryer provides the optimal drying performance it must be level To minimize vibrations noise and unwanted movement the floor must be a perfectly level solid surface YSAYC NOA ONITIVLSNI LO To set the dryer to the same height as the washer fully retract the leveling feet by turning them counterclockwise then loosen the legs by turning them clockwise ES mas Retract fully Then loosen Leveling feet Un Adjust the leveling feet only as much as necessary to level the dryer Extending the leveling feet more than necessary can cause the dryer to vibrate 4 Review the Exhausting section on page 17 before installing the exhaust system Install the ductwork from your dryer to the exhaust hood The crimped end of the duct sections must point away from your dryer DO NOT use sheet metal screws when assembling the ducting These joints should be taped Never use plastic flexible exhaust material Tip for tight installations install a section of the exhaust system onto your dryer before putting itin place Use duct tape to secure this section to your dryer but do not cover the ventilation slots at the back of the unit in dryer cabinet Installing your dryer _23 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 23 2012 06 25 5 21 05 Installing your dryer 5 Review the Electrical requirements section on page 19 BEFORE OPERATING OR TESTING follow the grounding
95. vous pourrez configurer la commande Wi Fi du lave linge NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO 13 SNOLLONELSNI ZO ETAPE 1 Figure 1 Figure 2 Tout d abord appuyez sur le penki bouton Power Marche Arr t Nash a X pour activer votre machine Rinse A St Vous pouvez activer la SC ci Genie ogai machine sur n importe quel 8 High oa cycle de lavage Voir les CT nl re LE figures 1 2 Low No Spin Apr s avoir activ la machine appuyez simultan ment sur les FN boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause pendant 5 secondes Start Pause D l Ten tea Apr s 5 secondes le menu 5 AP appara t sur l cran LED DEL Voir les figures 3 4 Instructions et conseils d utilisation _53 DV455 02836F 02 CFR_20120626 indd Sec3 53 2012 06 26 12 17 24 Instructonsetconselsc utllisation ETAPE 3 Power Start Pause Figure 7 TONE E Ariane Mode OFF wr gt gt 7 gt E sona gt ES srightness gt had Wallpaper gt Goneral oO ETAPE 5 Figure 8 gt Figure 9 NETGEARN sr PATECH AP sr SDS PATECH sr setup Fr sisc s 0 SMARTWASH az ureadyintranot ureadymobite Other gt ETAPE 6 IPTIME a7 NETGEARN O PATECH AP s7 SDS PATECH aro setup O sisc a 0 Y SMARTWASHER ao ureadyintranet ao ureadymoble a 54_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Se
96. you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any 74_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 74 2012 06 26 12 16 53 problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that re
97. your dryer that have been spotted or soaked with vegetable oil or cooking oil Even after being washed these items may contain significant amounts of these oils 6 Residual oil on clothing can ignite spontaneously The potential for spontaneous combustion increases when items containing vegetable oil or cooking oil are exposed to heat Heat sources such as your dryer can warm these items allowing an oxidation reaction in the oil to occur Oxidation creates heat If this heat cannot escape the items can become hot enough to catch fire Piling stacking or storing these kinds of items may prevent heat from escaping and can create a fire hazard 7 All washed and unwashed fabrics that contain vegetable oil or cooking oil can be dangerous Washing these items in hot water with extra detergent will reduce but not eliminate the hazard Always use the Cool Down cycle for these items to reduce their temperature Never remove these items from the dryer hot or interrupt the drying cycle until the items have run through the Cool Down cycle Never pile or stack these items when they are hot 8 Take care that children s fingers are not caught in the door when closing it This may result in injury SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Safety instructions _7 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Secl1 7 2012 06 25 5 21 02 safety Instructions REGULATORY NOTICE 1 FCC Notice ZN FCC CAUTION CAUTION Any changes or modifications not expressly appr
98. 11 2 m 37 ft 18 9 m 62 ft 8 8 m 29 ft 2 17 4 m 57 ft 10 1 m 33 ft 15 5 m 51 ft 7 6 m 25 ft 3 14 3 m 47 ft 9 0 m 29 ft 12 5 m 41 ft 6 5 m 21 ft Do not use non metallic flexible duct If the new dryer is installed into an existi e The exhaust system meets all local sta e That a flexible plastic duct is not used S ng exhaust system you must make sure e and national codes e To inspect and clean all lint buildup from inside the existing duct e The duct is not dented or crushed e The exhaust hood damper opens and closes freely The static pressure in any exhaust system must not exceed 0 83 inches of water column or be less than 0 This can be measured with the dryer running with a manometer at the point where the exhaust duct connects to the dryer A no heat setting should be used The dryer tumbler should be empty and the lint filter clean IMPORTANT TO INSTALLER Please read the following instructions carefully before installing the dryer These instructions should be kept for future reference Remove the door from all discarded appliances to avoid the danger of a child being trapped and fm SUffocating 14_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 14 2012 06 25 5 21 03 LOCATION CONSIDERATIONS The dryer should be located where there is enough space at the front for loading the dryer and enough space behind for the exhaust system This dr
99. 14 Installation du s che linge SYST MES FONCTIONNANT AU GAZ Utilisez uniquement du gaz naturel ou du propane liquide PL L INSTALLATION DOIT TRE CONFORME AUX R GLEMENTATIONS LOCALES EN VIGUEUR OU EN L ABSENCE DE DISPOSITIONS SP CIFIQUES LA R GLEMENTATION NATIONALE SUR LE GAZ COMBUSTIBLE ANSI Z223 1 NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE DERNI RE R VISION POUR LES TATS UNIS OU AUX DISPOSITIONS D INSTALLATION CAN CGA B149 POUR LE CANADA Les s che linge gaz sont quip s d un syst me de ventilation des br leurs utiliser avec le gaz naturel Si vous envisagez d utiliser votre s che linge avec du propane liquide un technicien de maintenance qualifi doit le convertir pour garantir la fiabilit et la s curit des performances Une conduite d alimentation en gaz de 1 2 1 27 cm est recommand e elle doit tre r duite pour la connexion la conduite de gaz de 3 8 1 cm de votre s che linge La r glementation nationale sur le gaz combustible impose qu un robinet de fermeture manuelle du gaz accessible et agr soit install moins de 6 du s che linge Les s che linge gaz install s dans des garages r sidentiels doivent tre sur lev s 18 pouces 46 cm au dessus du sol En outre une prise enfich e N P T National Pipe Thread de 1 8 0 3 cm permettant le branchement d une jauge de test doit tre install e imm diatement en amont de la connexion d alimentation en gaz du
100. 2 Troubleshooting PREGUNTA RESPUESTA Qu debo hacer para conseguir una Instale el AP cerca de la lavadora o secadora Puede verificar la potencia de la se al se al Wi Fi m s potente mediante la pantalla de la lavadora o secadora o el tel fono inteligente Dado que el desempe o de la red se ve seriamente afectado por una puerta o pared de acero instale la lavadora o la secadora en un lugar abierto Di hay una puerta frente al producto instalado abra la puerta al usar el producto No coloque ning n objeto hecho de acero o vidrio frente al frente del LCD de la lavadora dado que bloquea la se al de radio e Tenga en cuenta que la se al de radio puede debilitarse o tener interferencia y la comunicaci n con el tel fono inteligente puede fallar cuando se usa un microondas en a casa e Instale la lavadora o secadora de manera tal que el frente del producto enfrente el AP si estuviera disponible C mo puedo conectar la lavadora o Cuando la potencia de se al que aparece en el LCD de la lavadora o secadora es secadora a un tel fono inteligente de d bil puede fallar el control Para conseguir un funcionamiento estable deben verse manera estable las siguientes indicaciones de la potencia de la se al e Deben aparecer al menos 3 barras de antena en el LCD de la lavadora o secadora Deben aparecer al menos 3 barras de antena para la conexi n Wi Fi en el tel fono inteligente e Cuando la potencia de
101. 2 C digo N DC68 02836F 02_MES 2012 06 26 12 16 54 S che linge gaz et electriqu manuel d utilisation 100 Recycled Paper Un monde de possibilit s Nous vous remercions d avoir choisi ce produit Samsung Si vous souhaitez recevoir un service plus complet ou des accessoires enregistrez votre produit l adresse ci dessous ou contactez www samsung com register 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 a DV455 02836F 02 CFR_20120626 indd 1 2012 06 26 12 17 07 Fonctions e Tr s grande capacit La tr s grande capacit de s chage est d sormais accessible tous Vous pouvez d sormais faire s cher d importants volumes de linge en une seule fois D une capacit plus qu exceptionnelle de 7 5 pieds cubes ce s che linge fait circuler plus d air travers vos v tements les s chant plus vite et en r duisant le froissement e Smart Control Mod le lectrique seulement La technologie innovante Smart Control de Samsung vous permet de commander votre s che linge l aide de p riph riques de technologie personnelle telles que des smartphones Vous n avez pas besoin d attendre jusqu ce que le programme se termine Le Smart Control vous permet de surveiller la progression du s chage et vous informe lorsque le programme est termin e Smart Monitor Mod le gaz uniquement La technologie innovante Smart Monitor de Samsung vous permet de surveiller votre s che linge l aide de p riph riques
102. 5 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Secl1 8 2012 06 26 12 16 30 2 Aviso IC El t rmino IC antes del n mero de certificaci n de radio significa nicamente que se han cumplido las especificaciones t cnicas de la Industria Canadiense El funcionamiento se encuentra sujeto a las siguientes dos condiciones 1 este aparato no puede causar interferencia y 2 este aparato debe aceptar cualquier interferencia incluidas aquellas que puedan causar un Es funcionamiento e aparato digital indeseado Clase B cumple con la norma canadiense ICES 008 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Producto disponibl leccionar otros canales DECLARACI N DE LA IC SOBRE LA EXPOSICI N A LA RADIACI N sel Es no Es e en el mercado de Estados Unidos Canad s lo pueden operarse los canales 1 11 No es posible e equipo cump le con los limites de exposici n a la radiaci n establecidos por la norma IC RSS 102 para un entorno controlado Este equipo debe instalarse y utilizarse con una distancia m nima de 20 cm entre el radiador y su cuerpo e aparato y su s antena s no deben ubicarse ni utilizarse junto con cualquier otra antena o transmisor CONSERVE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES Instrucciones de seguridad _9 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec11 9 2012 06 26 12 16 30 contenido INSTALACI N DE LA SECADORA MANUAL DE INSTRUCCIONES SUGERENCIAS CUIDADO Y LIMPIEZA
103. 5G APPAREL CARE Sanitize Sanitize garments by infusing high temperature heat deep into the fabric during the drying cycle Use this course to keep your bedding and curtains clean through sanitization Time Dry Time Dry allows you to select the desired cycle time in minutes Turn the Cycle Selector dial to Time Dry then press the Adjust Time up arrow to set the drying time Press the arrow repeatedly to scroll through the time settings DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 29 Operating instructions tips _29 2012 06 25 SdIL SNOILONYLSNI 9NILYHY3dO ZO 5 21 06 Operating instructions tios Quick Dry Provides a 30 minutes drying cycle Air Fluff The Air Fluff cycle tumbles the load in room temperature air Refresh This cycle is best for smoothing out wrinkles and reducing odors from loads consisting of one to four dry items In this cycle a small amount of water is sprayed into the dryer drum after several minutes of tumbling with heat Wrinkle Away The Wrinkle Away cycle removes wrinkles from clothes stored in closets etc It provides wrinkle release via optimized steam care You can change the drying time Minimum time 20 minutes For best results load no more than 3 items Overloading the dryer may not yield the same results 2 LED Display The display window shows the estimated time remaining in the cycle after the Start Pause button is pressed The estimated time remaining may
104. 64 INSTALACI N Para realizar una instalaci n adecuada recomendamos contratar a un instalador calificado Para instalar 1 Mueva la secadora al lugar adecuado para la instalaci n Considere instalar la secadora y la lavadora una al lado de la otra para permitir el acceso a las conexiones de gas el ctricas y del drenaje Coloque dos de las protecciones superiores de cart n en el piso Incline la secadora hacia uno de los laterales de modo tal que quede atravesando ambas protecciones 2 Vuelva a colocar la secadora en posici n vertical 3 La secadora debe estar nivelada para garantizar un secado ptimo Para minimizar las vibraciones los ruidos y los movimientos indeseados el piso debe ser una superficie s lida y perfectamente nivelada vV40dv93S V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO Para colocar la secadora a la misma altura que la lavadora retraiga completamente las patas niveladoras gir ndolas en sentido contrario a las agujas del reloj luego afloje las patas gir ndolas en el sentido de las agujas del reloj Ll amp Retraer completamente Luego aflojar Patas niveladoras Ajuste las patas niveladoras s lo lo necesario para nivelar la secadora Extender las patas niveladoras m s de lo necesario puede hacer que la secadora vibre 4 Consulte la secci n Drenaje secci n en la p gina 17 antes de instalar el sistema de drenaje Instale la red de conductos desde la secadora hasta l
105. 7 83 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Appendix This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 13 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 14 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 15 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the autho
106. 8 87 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Warranty Except as set forth herein there are no warranties on this product either express or implied and samsung disclaims all warranties including but not limited to any implied warranties of merchantability infringement or fitness for a particular purpose No warranty or guarantee given by any person firm or corporation with respect to this product shall be binding on samsung Samsung shall not be liable for loss of revenue or profits failure to realize savings or thter benefits or any other special incidental or consequential damages caused by the use misuse or inability to use this product regardless of the legal theory on which the claim is based and even if samsung has been advised of the possibility of such damages Nor shall recovery of any kind against samsung be greater in amount than the purchase price of the product sold by samsung and causing the alleged damage Without limiting the foregoing purchaser assumes all risk and liability for loss damage or injury to purchaser and purchaser s property and to others and their property arising out of the use misuse or inability to use this product This limited warranty shall not extend to anyone other than the original purchaser of this product is nontransferable and states your exclusive remedy Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so
107. ANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION JOIGNAdV 90 Ap ndice _77 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 77 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Ap ndice 13 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOV E BE L ABL E TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found o
108. ANT A LIMITADA PARA EL COMPRADOR ORIGINAL El presente producto de la marca SAMSUNG tal como lo provee y distribuye SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS AMERICA INC SAMSUNG y lo entrega nuevo en su embalaje de cart n original al comprador o consumidor original est garantizado por SAMSUNG contra defectos de fabricaci n de los materiales y la mano de obra durante el per odo limitado de la garant a de un 1 a o para todas las piezas y la mano de obra Dos 2 a os para las piezas del panel de control VILNVHV9 20 La presente garant a limitada comienza en la fecha original de compra y es v lida nicamente para productos comprados y usados en los Estados Unidos Para recibir el servicio t cnico de la garant a el comprador debe comunicarse con SAMSUNG con el fin de que se determine el problema y los procedimientos del servicio El servicio t cnico de la garant a s lo puede ser prestado por un centro de servicio t cnico autorizado de SAMSUNG Se debe presentar la factura de compra original como prueba de compra a SAMSUNG o al servicio t cnico autorizado de SAMSUNG SAMSUNG prestar servicio t cnico a domicilio durante el per odo de la garant a sin costo sujeto a la disponibilidad dentro de los Estados Unidos contiguos El servicio t cnico a domicilio no est disponible en todas las reas Para recibir el servicio t cnico a domicilio el producto no debe presentar obstrucciones y debe ser accesible para el agente del servicio t cnico
109. CECI zerc Apr s avoir ouvert l application Samsung s lectionnez natal Washer Front Load Chargement frontal puis Connection Front Setup Configuration de la connexion Top Indoor Control g Outdoor Control 2 D Connection Setup 5 ess Mi S ao m Q fe a wm m z ETAPE 8 Appuyez sur Setting Start S D part r glages et entrez votre a SSID Authentication Type Type AAA d authentification Encryption Type 2 Type de cryptage mot de passe du point d acc s 1 The settings you hawe to confirm errors mame be Ce proc d d livre les informations ET FOO on LE ne ue ru as iH alk l appareil nn gt OOOO a V rifiez l option de s curit du Piper tl 3 routeur puis r glez nouveau la configuration du r seau sans fil comme indiqu ci dessous S lectionnez le Mode de s curit WPA et Cryptage TKIP S lectionnez le Mode de s curit WPA2 et Cryptage AES reportez vous manuel du routeur sans fil concernant l option de s curit du routeur sans fil TAPE 9 Lorsque le r glage est configur l unit affiche ex i Transfer complete Ree Me Transfert termin f Lorsque le transfert est e Extended Normal Ka ES 7 termin s lectionnez Signal Confirm Confirmer Tronstes completo Ci Soil Level Ensuite l unit affiche OAP Le t l phone est connect
110. DU FILTRE PELUCHES Ne faites pas fonctionner le s che linge si le filtre peluches n est Apr s chaque s chage Pour r duire la dur e de s chage Pour un meilleur rendement nerg tique pas remis en place Panneau avant CHARGEMENT DU S CHE LINGE M N introduisez qu une seule charge de linge lav la fois dans votre s che linge Un m lange de textiles pais et l gers s chera diff remment ainsi la fin du programme de s chage les textiles l gers risquent d tre secs alors que les textiles pais seront encore humides Ajoutez un ou plusieurs articles similaires dans votre s che linge lorsque seul un ou deux articles ont besoin d tre s ch s Ceci am liore l action du tambour et l efficacit du s chage Une surcharge de linge r duit l action du tambour et induit un s chage non uniforme ainsi qu un froissage excessif de certains tissus ISE EN MARCHE On 8 D Chargez votre s che linge sans tasser le linge Surtout NE LE SURCHARGEZ PAS Fermez le hublot S lectionnez le programme et les options adapt s la charge Appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause Le voyant du s che linge s allume Une estimation de la dur e du programme appara t sur l cran La dur e varie avec le taux d humidit Y e Lorsque le programme est termin la mention End Fin s affiche sur l cran e Appuyer sur le bouton Power Marche Arr t annule le pro
111. Dry za play Steam Cycles On off Dy Level Temp i i T i i i 1 1 1 1 1 smart Care H 1 T smar Care 1 1 1 l i i i 1 l i i i 1 l 00 00 000 09 Cycle Selector To select a cycle rotate the Cycle Selector dial to the desired cycle The indicator light by the cycle name will illuminate The Wool Delicates Sanitize Bedding PLUS Heavy Duty Normal Eco Normal and Perm Press cycles are Sensor Dry cycles Sensor Dry automatically senses the moisture in the load and shuts the dryer off when the selected dryness level very dry to damp dry is reached Eco Normal This cycle reduces energy usage by up to 15 compared to the Normal Dry cycle It adjusts the cycle time and temperature for increased efficiency Normal Use this cycle to dry loads such as cotton underwear and linen Heavy Duty Use this cycle to get high heat for heavy fabrics such as jeans corduroys or work clothes Perm Press Dry wrinkle free cottons synthetic fabrics knits and permanent press fabrics automatically Bedding PLUS For bulky items such as blankets sheets and comforters Delicates The Delicates cycle is designed to dry heat sensitive items at a low drying temperature Wool For machine washable and tumble dryable wool only Load should be under 3 pounds The Wool cycle of this machine has been approved by Woolmark company for Total Easy Care WOOLMARK Wool products MO913 DV455E and M1007 DV45
112. EAN THE LINT FILTER e After each load e To shorten drying time e To operate more energy efficiently Do not operate your dryer without the lint filter in place Frame Front Filter LOAD THE DRYER PROPERLY e Place only one washload in your dryer at a time e Mixed loads of heavy and lightweight fabrics will dry differently which may result in lightweight fabrics being dry while heavy fabrics remain damp at the end of a drying cycle e Add one or more similar items to your dryer when only one or two articles of clothing need drying This improves the tumbling action and drying efficiency e Overloading restricts tumbling action resulting in uneven drying as well as excessive wrinkling of some fabrics GETTING STARTED Load your dryer loosely DO NOT overload Close the door Select the appropriate cycle and options for the load Press the Start Pause button The dryer indicator light will illuminate The estimated cycle time will appear in the display The time may fluctuate as humidity levels fluctuate in the dryer Y e When the cycle is complete End will appear in the display e Pressing Power cancels the cycle and stops your dryer e The Drying Cooling and Wrinkle Prevent indicator lights will illuminate during those portions of the cycle SdIL SNOILONYLSNI ONI1VHIdO ZO ON 8 D A Do not place anything on top of your dryer while it is running WARNING Operating instructions t
113. EN 20120625 indd Sec2 11 APPENDIX 65 66 68 69 71 72 72 72 73 74 Special laundry tips Check these points if your dryer Information codes Network Setup Q8A Fabric care chart Protecting the environment Declaration of conformity Specifications Cycle chart Open Source Announcement contents _11 2012 06 25 5 21 03 Installing your dryer UNPACKING YOUR DRYER Unpack your Dryer and inspect it for shipping damage Make sure you have received all the items shown below If your Dryer was damaged during shipping or you do not have all the items contact 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 To prevent personal injury or strain wear protective gloves whenever lifting or carrying the unit The packing materials can be dangerous children Keep all packaging material plastic bags re Polystyrene etc well out of the reach of children SEE EXHAUST REQUIREMENTS Top Cover BACK Control panel Frame Front Duct Exhaust Parts supplied Y connector Short inlet hose Rubber Washer Long inlet hose 12_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 12 2012 06 25 5 21 03 Tools needed e Zz i 2 Pliers Cutting knife Pipe wrench Nut drivers 2 gas only E Z e f lt 7 A iw pe in Level Phillips Screwdriver Duct tape Wrench D BASIC REQUIREMENTS Make sure you have everything necessary for the proper
114. Frequence de Source Si le probl me persiste appelez le service de d alimentation non valide Sp p App d pannage Probl me d ordre lectronique 2E Appel d Erreur de surtension ppelez le service de d pannage AE PRO SOUS poctronidus Appelez le service de d pannage erreur de communication Etat non valide de la A Et communication Eeprom Appelez le service de d pannage Une erreur de communication y A AE entre le Wi Fi PBA et le MAIN PBA PPe e2 le service de d pannage Une erreur de communication A entre le DR Modem et la MAIN A A AE3 PBA Modem DR et Carte de Appelez le service de d pannage circuit imprim Principale Une erreur de communication A entre la LCD PBA et la MAIN PBA A AE5 Cartes de circuit imprim LCD et Appelez le service de d pannage Principale tat de hublot non valide pendant A 2 dF plus de 256 milisecondes Appelez le service de d pannage Pour tout autre code non r pertori ici appelez le 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 2012 06 26 12 17 30 QUESTIONS ET R PONSES SUR LA CONFIGURATION DU R SEAU QUESTION R PONSE Le lave linge ou le s che linge est introuvable dans l application smartphone V rifiez l tat de l alimentation du point d acc s AP V rifiez si le smartphone est connect avec le Wi Fi V rifiez si la fonction Wi Fi du lave linge ou du s che linge est activ e Pour rafra chir l cran appuyez sur Configure Configurer nouveau Si
115. General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in nonfree programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use som
116. I1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO Pour positionner le s che linge la m me hauteur que le lave linge r tractez enti rement les pieds r glables en les faisant tourner dans le sens anti horaire puis desserrez les pieds dans le sens horaire ee s R tracter enti rement Puis desserrer Pieds r glables Ajustez les pieds uniquement pour atteindre le niveau requis Si vous tendez les pieds plus que n cessaire les vibrations seront plus importantes 4 Consultez la Evacuation section la page 17 avant d installer le syst me d vacuation Reliez le s che linge et la hotte avec le syst me de conduites L extr mit sertie des sections du conduit doit tre orient e vers l ext rieur N utilisez PAS de vis m tallique pour assembler les conduits Les joints doivent tre maintenus par du ruban adh sif N utilisez jamais de conduit d vacuation flexible en plastique Conseil pour une installation tanche installez une section du syst me d vacuation sur votre s che linge avant la mise en place d finitive Servez vous de ruban adh sif pour maintenir cette section en place sur le s che linge mais veillez ne pas couvrir les vents de ventilation situ s l arri re du s che linge Installation du s che linge _23 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 23 2012 06 26 12 17 14 Installation du s che linge 5 Relisez la Normes lectriques section la page 19 AVANTTOUTEMISEEN
117. ILLOOHS319NOHL SO 5 2125 troubleshooting QUESTION ANSWER What should do to get the strongest Wi Fi signal Install the AP near the washer or dryer is recommended You can check the signal strength through the setup screen of the washer or dryer or a smartphone Since network performance is seriously affected by a door or steel wall install the washer or dryer in an open place If there is door in front of the installed product open the door when using the product Do not place an object made with steel or glass in front of the front LCD of the washer since it blocks the radio signal Note that the radio signal may be weakened or interfered with and the communication with the smartphone may fail when a microwave oven is used in the house Install the washer or dryer so that the front of the product faces the AP if available How can connect the washer or dryer with a smartphone stably When the signal strenth that is displayed on the LCD of the washer or dryer is weak the control may fail For stable operation the measures of signal strength should be as follows e Atleast 3 antenna bars should be displayed on the LCD of the washer or dryer e Atleast 3 antenna bars for the Wi Fi connection should be displayed on the smartphone e When the signal strenth is measured with a smartphone app that shows the Wi Fi signal strength the signal strength should be stronger than 65 dBm E g 60 dBm and 50 dB
118. LA VENTA DE DEFRAUDACI N DE DERECHOS O DE QUE EL PRODUCTO SE ADECUA A LOS FINES ESPEC FICOS PARA LOS CUALES SE ADQUIERE NGUN AVAL O GARANT A OTORGADOS POR PERSONA COMPA A O CORPORACI N ALGUNA CON RESPECTO AL PRESENTE PRODUCTO REVESTIR CAR CTER VINCULANTE PARA SAMSUNG SAMSUNG NO SER RESPONSABLE POR P RDIDA DE INGRESOS O LUCRO CESANTE IMPOSIBILIDAD DE GENERAR AHORROS U OBTENER OTROS BENEFICIOS O CUALQUIER DA O DERIVADO DE CIRCUNSTANCIAS ESPECIALES DA O MPREVISTO O DERIVADO CAUSADO POR EL USO USO INCORRECTO O INCAPACIDAD PARA USAR EL PRESENTE PRODUCTO DEPENDIENTEMENTE DE LA TEOR A LEGAL EN QUE SE FUNDE EL RECLAMO Y AUN CUANDO SE LE HAYA NOTIFICADO A SAMSUNG DE LA POSIBILIDAD DE TALES DA OS GUN RESARCIMIENTO DE NINGUNA NDOLE CONTRA SAMSUNG SUPERAR EL MONTO DE COMPRA DEL PRODUCTO VENDIDO POR SAMSUNG Y CAUSANTE DEL PRESUNTO DA O SIN LIMITAR LO PRECEDENTE EL COMPRADOR ASUME TODO EL RIESGO Y LA RESPONSABILIDAD POR P RDIDA DA O O LESI N AL COMPRADOR Y A LOS BIENES DEL COMPRADOR Y A TERCEROS Y A SUS BIENES DERIVADOS DEL USO USO CORRECTO O INCAPACIDAD PARA USAR EL PRESENTE PRODUCTO LA PRESENTE GARANT A LIMITADA NO SE EXTENDER A NINGUNA PERSONA DISTINTA DEL COMPRADOR ORIGINAL DEL PRESENTE PRODUCTO ES INTRANSFERIBLE Y ESTABLECE SU EXCLUSIVA REPARACI N Algunas provincias no permiten limitaciones en cuanto al plazo de una garant a impl
119. M the cost of physically performing source distribution may be charged This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information GPL Software Bridge Utils BusyBox DNRD dosfstools iproute2 IPTables Linux Kernel ntpclient Open1x RSDK toolchain rtl819x Bootloader samba squashfs udhcp Server Client Package USB ModeSwitch wireless tools LGPL Software libni Netlink Library Mini XML GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and char
120. MARCHEOU TEST observez les consignes de mise la terre pr sent es dans la Mise la terre section la page 19 MODELES POUR LES USA faz RISQUE D ELECTROCUTION Tous les mod les pour les USA sont produits pour un SYST ME DE CONNEXION 3 FILS Le ch ssis du s che linge est mis la terre par le conducteur neutre du bornier Un SYST ME DE CONNEXION 4 FILSest n cessaire pour les constructions nouvelles ou r nov es les camping cars ou si les r glements locaux n autorisent pas la mise la terre via le neutre Si vous utilisez un syst me 4 fils vous ne pouvez pas mettre le ch ssis du s che linge la terre via le conducteur neutre au niveau du bornier Consultez les instructions suivantes pour plus d informations sur les BRANCHEMENTS 3 et 4 FILS Retirez le cache du bornier introduisez le cordon d alimentation quip d un r ducteur de tension homologu UL par Porifice d coup dans le panneau proximit du bornier Y Vous devez imp rativement utiliser un r ducteur de tension Ne desserrez pas les crous d ja fix s au bornier Assurez vous qu ils sont bien serr s Utilisez une douille longue de 3 8 1 cm 6 Reportez vous la Syst mes fonctionnant au gaz section la page 18 Retirez le capuchon de protection du filet au pas du gaz Appliquez sur tous les raccords filet s un mat riau de joint d tanch it pour canalisation ou une bande de Teflon sur 1 tour 1 2 Le mat ri
121. N utilisez aucun t l phone dans le b timent e Faites vacuer tous les occupants de la pi ce du b timent ou du secteur e Appelez imm diatement votre fournisseur de gaz depuis le t l phone d un voisin Suivez les consignes que vous recevrez e Si vous ne pouvez pas joindre votre fournisseur de gaz appelez les pompiers e L installation et l entretien doivent tre effectu s par un installateur qualifi un r parateur agr ou votre fournisseur de gaz CONSERVEZ SOIGNEUSEMENT CES CONSIGNES Mesures de s curit _5 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Secl1 5 2012 06 26 12 17 12 Mesures de s curit A AVERTISSEMENT Afin de r duire les risques d incendie d lectrocution ou de blessures physiques lors de l utilisation de l appareil des pr cautions de base doivent tre prises 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Lisez toutes les consignes de s curit avant d utiliser l appareil Ne faites pas s cher de linge ayant t en contact par nettoyage lavage ou trempage avec de l essence des solvants de nettoyage sec ou tout autre substance inflammable ou explosive ces produits d gagent en effet des vapeurs qui risqueraient de s enflammer ou d exploser N utilisez pas le s che linge pour faire s cher des v tements comportant des traces de substances inflammables telles que de l huile v g tale de l huile de cuisson de l huile de machine des produ
122. ND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION AXANNV 90 Annexe _77 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 77 2012 06 26 12 17 31 Annexe 13 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOV E BE L ABL E TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found
123. NDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms or alternatively under the terms of the ordinary General Public License To apply these terms attach the following notices to the library It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the library s name and an idea of what it does 84_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 84 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Copyright C year name of author This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the impli
124. NY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms or alternatively under the terms of the ordinary General Public License To apply these terms attach the following notices to the library It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the library s name and an idea of what it does 84_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec7 84 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Copyright C year name of author This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public Licens
125. ONITIVLSNI LO 5 Remove the two screws from the opposite side of the door hinge 6 Remove the two screws from the holder lever 7 Reassemble the two screws on the inside holes 8 Remove a screw from the door hinge The screw is for pre fixing the door to the frame front Installing your dryer _27 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 27 2012 06 25 5 21 06 Installing your dryer 9 Reassemble the screw in the other hole 10 Place the door on the other side and reattach it to the dryer 11 Reattach the holder lever 12 Reattach the screws in the remaining holes 28_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 28 2012 06 25 5 21 06 Operating instructions tios To reduce the risk of fi re electric shock or injury to persons read the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS before operating this appliance OVERVIEW OF THE CONTROL PANEL Eco Normal Sensor Elec Smart Control TC prumLight Child lod Gas Smart Monitor 1 Press amp Hold 3sec for Extra Functions Power Perm Press pe ht Manual a me Time Dry 2 ai H uick Dry Wrinkle ae 2 Q y Prevent 1 a very Dy ecomn Y su gt Air Fluff More Dry e Medium e 50min vied i i Refresh My mnomaloy Med Low sun toad paca oe lo wess Dry elo CELUI i i Extra Low 8 20min Balai Wrinkle Away i adaa Signal Damp
126. Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to his License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 5 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code AXANNV 90 A
127. RED PREGUNTA RESPUESTA La lavadora o secadora no se encuentra en la aplicaci n del tel fono inteligente Controle el estado de alimentaci n del punto de acceso AP Verifique si el tel fono inteligente est conectado con Wi Fi Verifique si la funci n Wi Fi de la lavadora o secadora est encendida Para actualizar la pantalla presione Configurar nuevamente Si el AP est instalado demasiado lejos de la lavadora o secadora la potencia de la se al Wi Fi puede ser d bil En este caso acerque el AP a la lavadora o secadora La lavadora o la secadora no pueden encontrar el punto de acceso AP Controle el estado de alimentaci n del AP Verifique si la funci n Wi Fi de la lavadora o secadora est encendida Para actualizar la pantalla presione Configurar nuevamente Si el AP est instalado demasiado lejos de la lavadora o secadora la potencia de la se al Wi Fi puede ser d bil En este caso acerque el AP a la lavadora o secadora Aseg rese de que el n mero de barras de antena que aparecen sea al menos 3 Si la potencia del AP es baja es posible que la lavadora o secadora no puedan encontrarlo Utilice un AP de alto desempe o si est disponible Hay m s de una lavadora o secadora en la casa Debo instalar un AP para cada uno Puede instalar s lo un AP Si desea instalar un AP para cada lavadora y secadora seleccione el AP correspondiente para cada uno de los pr
128. Ridgefield Park NJ 07660 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com Las visitas del personal de servicio t cnico para explicar funciones mantenimiento o instalaci n no estan cubiertas por la garant a P ngase en contacto con su agente del centro de llamadas Samsung para que le asesore 88_ Garant a DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec8 88 2012 06 26 12 16 54 Garant a CANADA SECADORA SAMSUNG GARANT A LIMITADA PARA EL COMPRADOR ORIGINAL El presente producto de la marca SAMSUNG tal como lo provee y distribuye SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CANADA INC SAMSUNG y lo entrega nuevo en su embalaje de cart n original al comprador o consumidor original est garantizado por SAMSUNG contra defectos de fabricaci n de los materiales y la mano de obra durante el per odo limitado de la garant a de Un 1 a o para las piezas y la mano de obra VILNVHV9 20 La presente garant a limitada comienza en la fecha original de compra y es v lida nicamente para productos comprados y usados en Canad Para recibir el servicio t cnico de la garant a el comprador debe comunicarse con SAMSUNG con el fin de que se determine el problema y los procedimientos del servicio El servicio t cnico de la garant a s lo puede ser prestado por un centro de servicio t cnico autorizado de SAMSUNG Se debe presentar la factura de compra original como prueba de compra a SAMSUNG o al servicio t cnico autorizado de SAMSUNG SAMSUNG prestar servicio t
129. S319NOHL SO 5 2125 Troubleshooting INFORMATION CODES 68_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec6 68 nformation codes may be displayed to help you better understand what is occurring with your Dryer ERROR DISPLAY MEANING SOLUTION tE The thermistor resistance is very Clean the screen or vent low or high If the problem continues call for service The resistance of the thermistor Clean the screen or vent tE3 for the vent blockage detection is fth bl ti E very low or very high e problem continues call for service HE Invalid heating Temp when the Call for service dryer is running Clean the door and then restart dE Running the dryer with door open If the problem continues call for service ad Make sure a button is NOT being pressed bE2 Invalid state of key Circuit short continuously Try restarting the cycle for 30 secs If the problem continue call for service Try restarting the cycle FE Invalid powersource fr queney If the problem continues call for service Electronic Control Problem 2E Il fi ice Over Voltage Error Cal erence AE Electronic Control Problem Cali for s rica Communication Error Et pa Stato a Eeprom Call for service communication AE4 A communication error between Call dustom r servico the Wi Fi PBA and the MAIN PBA A A communication error between AE3 the DR Modem and the MAIN Call customer se
130. St rilisation aucun o o o s chage changement y S chage normal A e Eco Normal Eco normal aucun ovasscy o o changement S chage normal Wool Laine aucun e o o changement Air Fluff Air froid o o o S chage manuel Quick Dry S chage rapide e o o o Time Dry Temps de s chage e o o o o o o o Wrinkle Away Anti froissement e o o o Cycles vapeur Refresh Rafra ch e o o 8 pour mod le gaz uniquement Recommandations propos du volume des charges Charge importante Remplissez le tambour aux 3 4 environ Au del de cette limite n ajoutez pas d articles suppl mentaires afin que le linge tourne librement Charge moyenne Remplissez le tambour la moiti environ Petites charges Remplissez le tambour de 3 5 articles pas plus du 1 4 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20 120626 indd Sec7 73 Annexe _73 Pour un r sultat optimal respectez ces recommandations de volume de charge pour chaque cycle de s chage 2012 06 26 AXANNV 90 12 17 31 Annexe OPEN SOURCE ANNOUNCEMENT The software included in this product contains copyrighted software that is licensed under the GPL LGPL You may obtain the complete Corresponding Source code from us for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product by sending email to oss request samsung com If you want to obtain the complete Corresponding Source code in the physical medium such as CD RO
131. THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR SHALL RECOVERY OF ANY KIND AGAINST SAMSUNG BE GREATER IN AMOUNT THAN THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT SOLD BY SAMSUNG AND CAUSING THE ALLEGED DAMAGE WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING PURCHASER ASSUMES ALL RISK AND LIABILITY FOR LOSS DAMAGE OR INJURY TO PURCHASER AND PURCHASER S PROPERTY AND TO OTHERS AND THEIR PROPERTY ARISING OUT OF THE USE MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL NOT EXTEND TO ANYONE OTHER THAN THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF THIS PRODUCT IS NONTRANSFERABLE AND STATES YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY Some provinces do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you This warranty gives you specific rights and you may also have other rights which vary from province to province To obtain warranty service please contact SAMSUNG at Samsung Electronics Canada Inc Customer Service 55 Standish Court Mississauga Ontario L5R 4B2 Canada 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com ca www samsung com ca_fr French Visits by a Service Engineer to explain functions maintenance or installation is not covered by warranty Please contact your Samsung call agent for help with any of these issues 90_ Warranty DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec8 90 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Memo DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 ind
132. TIDAD M XIMA Normal Algod n ropa de trabajo ropa de cama cargas mezcladas e Heavy Duty Acci n fuerte Telas resistentes tales como jeans corderoy y ropa de trabajo pesado e Perm Press Plancha permanente Camisas telas sint ticas tejidos prendas de algod n sin arrugas y telas que requieren planchado permanente Bedding PLUS M s ropa cama Prendas voluminosas tales como frazadas s banas edredones y almohadas O Secado con sensor Delicates Delicada Ropa interior blusas lencer a e Sanitize Desinfecci n Ropa de cama cortinas prendas para ni os o Eco Normal Eco Normal Algod n ropa de trabajo ropa de cama y de mesa Oo S lo para lana que pueda lavarse en lavadora y secarse en secadora Wester Cantidad m xima 3 lb o Air Fluff Temperatura ambiente Espuma goma pl stico O Secado manual Quick Dry Secado r pido Carga peque a e Time Dry Secado con temporizador Cualquier carga Wrinkle Away Antiarrugas Camisas pantalones blusas Ciclos de vapor Refresh Refrescar Camisas pantalones edredones almohadas O FUNCIONES OPCIONES Temperatura temperatura CICLO Secado con pa E Tien Prevenci n Inicio sensor Nivel Alto Media qe Baja Extrabaja PO de arrugas retardado Normal Secado normal Q o o o o o o Heawy Duty Acci n fuerte Secado normal Q o o o o o o Perm Press Plancha permanente Secado normal e o o o o Bedding PLUS M s ropa cama Secado normal Q o o Delicates Delicada Secado normal
133. UTRE AVANTAGE FINANCIER OU D AUTRES DOMMAGES SP CIAUX ACCESSOIRES O INDIRECTS R SULTANT DE L UTILISATION O D UNE MAUVAISE UTILISATION DE CET APPAREIL O D UNE INCAPACIT UTILISER CET APPAREIL QUELLE QUE SOIT LA BASE JURIDIQUE INVOQU E POUR JUSTIFIER L ASSERTION ET M ME SI SAMSUNG A T AVIS DE L VENTUALIT DE TELS DOMMAGES LES INDEMNIT S FINANCI RES EXIG ES AUPR S DE SAMSUNG NE POURRONT EN AUCUN CAS EXC DER LE PRIX D ACHAT DU PRODUIT VENDU PAR SAMSUNG ET L ORIGINE DES DOMMAGES INVOQU S SANS LIMITATION AUX DISPOSITIONS SUSDITES L ACHETEUR ASSUME TOUS LES RISQUES ET TOUTES LES RESPONSABILIT S EN CAS DE PERTE DE DOMMAGES O DE BLESSURES VENTUELLES INFLIG S L ACHETEUR ET AUX BIENS DE CELUI CI ET A TOUTE AUTRE PERSONNE ET AUX BIENS DE CELLE CI R SULTANT DE L UTILISATION O DE LA MAUVAISE UTILISATION DE L APPAREIL O DE L INCAPACIT L UTILISER CETTE GARANTIE LIMIT E N EST VALABLE POUR PERSONNE D AUTRE QUE L ACHETEUR INITIAL DU PRODUIT N EST PAS TRANSFERABLE ET NONCE VOTRE RECOURS EXCLUSIF Certaines provinces n autorisent pas de limitations quant la dur e des garanties implicites ni l exclusion ou la limitation de dommages accessoires ou indirects il se peut par cons quent que les limitations et exclusions nonc es ci dessus ne s appliquent pas votre cas La pr sente garantie vous octroie des droits sp cifiques ainsi que d autres v
134. V455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec3 55 2012 06 25 5 21 19 Operating instructions tios STEP 10 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal onott Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spn Signal Orloff Power Q Start Pause Spin RIMAS O Start Pause Temp pi Soil Level Start Pause Spin S 56_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 56 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spn Signal on Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal Start Pause Medium ev eta Spin Soil Level Comm ola Start Pause Light Soil Level Start Pause After the phone is connected to the machine press the Temp amp Start Pause buttons simultaneously for 5 seconds After 5 seconds the original wash cycle will be displayed on the LED screen After the wash cycle has been displayed wait approximately 1 minute You will then see the Wi Fi icon start to blink Once the Wi Fi icon is displayed press and hold the Signal for 3 seconds The Wi Fi icon will stop blinking The machine is now ready to run the device certification 2012 06 25 Device certification 1 The Device Certification only needs to be Figure 1 Sun Figre2 run with the initial setup Touch the Indoor Washer s Control tab to search for the washer s name WFAS5 7E25AD1 Once the washer s n
135. Y This appliance complies with UL2158 SPECIFICATIONS TYPE FRONT LOADING DRYER DIMENSIONS A Height 39 99 0 cm B Width 27 68 6 cm C Depth with door open 90 51 65 131 2 cm D Depth 32 28 82 0 cm WEIGHT 127 8 lb 57 Kg HEATER RATING 5300 W Elec 22000 BTU hr Gas 72_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 72 2012 06 25 5 21 26 CYCLE CHART e factory setting o selectable CYCLE RECOMMENDED ITEMS MAXIMUM AMOUNT Normal Cottons Work clothes Linen Mixed loads Heavy Duty Heavy fabrics such as jean Corduroys Heavy work clothes Perm Press Shirts Synthetic fabrics Knits Wrinkle free cottons Permanent a Bedding PLUS Bulky items such as blankets Sheets Comforters Pillows o E Sensor Dry Delicates Underwear Blouses Lingerie a Sanitize Bedding Curtains Children clothing e x Eco Normal Cottons Work clothes Linen e For machine washable and tumble dryable wool only tuer Maximum amount 3lb Air Fluff Form Rubber Plastic Manual Dry Quick Dry Small loads O Time Dry Any load o Steam Wrinkle Away Shirts Trouser Blouses O Cycles Refresh Shirts Trouser Comforter Pillows FUNCTIONS OPTIONS Temp Control CYCLE Sensor Dry R Time Wrinkle Delay Le
136. Y SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION XIGNAddV 90 Appendix _77 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 77 2012 06 25 5 21 26 Appendix 13 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE L ABL E TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This prog
137. a alta temperatura durante el ciclo de secado y eliminando el 99 9 de ciertas bacterias Utilice este ciclo para ropa ropa de cama toallas u otras prendas que necesiten desinfecci n El ciclo Sanitize desinfecci n est certificado por NSF International una organizaci n privada de evaluaci n y certificaci n Protocolo NSF P154 Desinfecci n en secadoras de ropa residenciales e Diversos ciclos de secado y programa Fuzzy Logic Simplemente gire el selector t ctil para seleccionar uno de los 13 ciclos de secado autom tico incluyendo normal servicio pesado y ropa de cama o deje que el control Fuzzy Logic mida el grado de humedad y determine autom ticamente el tiempo de secado La precisi n en el secado nunca fue m s sencilla que con Samsung Sensor de ventilaci n La secadora Samsung est equipada con un sensor de ventilaci n que detecta y le informa cu ndo es momento de limpiar los conductos Mantenga la seguridad y la eficacia de su secadora e Ahorro de tiempo Los ciclos est n dise ados pensando en usted Todas nuestras secadoras est n dise adas para secar su ropa en menos tiempo s lo en 42 minutos As le queda tiempo para las cosas m s importantes de la vida 2_ Funciones DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec9 2 2012 06 26 12 16 29 e Ahorro de energ a Las secadoras Samsung son s per eficientes en el consumo de energ a Puede secar hasta 3 31 lb 1 50 kg de ropa con 1 kWh Adem s tanto
138. a liste des options par d faut consultez la page 37 4 Poussez le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause Le programme d marre 5 Alors que le s che linge avance dans le programme il m morise ce programme et les options 6 Pour ex cuter nouveau ce programme ult rieurement appuyez sur le bouton My Cycle Mon cycle Le s che linge s lectionne automatiquement le programme et les options enregistr s Vous pouvez modifier la configuration du programme My Cycle Mon cycle en r p tant la proc dure indiqu e ci dessus Le seche linge utilisera ces r glages la prochaine fois que vous utiliserez ce programme Entretien intelligent Cette fonction vous permet de v rifier l tat du s che linge l aide d un smartphone NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO L3 SNOLLONELSNI ZO 1 Appuyez et maintenez les boutons Time Heure et Delay Start D part diff r durant 3 secondes lorsqu une erreur se produit ou si vous n avez actionn aucun bouton du s che linge apr s sa mise sous tension 2 Lorsque la fonction Smart Care Entretien intelligent est activ e le voyant situ sur la fen tre d affichage tourne pendant 2 ou 3 secondes puis le code d erreur appara t sur l cran sd e Time St 3 Lancez la fonction Application Smart Care sur votre as it smartphone La fonction Smart Care est optimis e avec Galaxy S Galaxy S2 iPhone 4 et iPhone 4S 4 Sila cam ra du smartphone est mise au point sur le panneau d affichage
139. a m quina ya est lista para que se le realice la certificaci n de dispositivos 2012 06 26 12 16 47 Certificaci n de dispositivos 1 La Certificaci n de dispositivos s lo debe realizarse con Figura 1 la configuraci n inicial Toque la pesta a Indoor Control Washer Control del interior para buscar el nombre de la lavadora Cuando aparezca el nombre de la lavadora toque la pesta a Outdor Connectio P on Setup m A weed n the l 2 Verifique que el cono de Wi Fi no parpadee Presione los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa simult neamente durante 5 segundos En la pantalla se visualizar AP SVIONAHAIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO Start Pause Dil 3 Una vez que aparezca AP debe girar el dial en el sentido de las agujas del reloj hasta visualizar PS en la pantalla Cuando visualice PS presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa 4 Despu s de tocar la pesta a del nombre de la lavadora debe tocar la pesta a de Figura 5 confirmaci n para continuar con la certificaci n Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _57 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 57 2012 06 26 12 16 48 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias 5 Despu s de tocar la pesta a de confirmaci n comenzar a preparar la certificaci n Figura 6 Preparing Certificabon 6 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la pa
140. a tapa de drenaje El extremo con reborde de las secciones del conducto deben apuntar hacia afuera de la secadora NO utilice tornillos con recubrimiento de metal cuando realice el montaje de los conductos Se les debe colocar cinta a las uniones Nunca utilice material de pl stico flexible para el drenaje Sugerencia para que las instalaciones queden bien ajustadas conecte una secci n del sistema de drenaje a la secadora antes de colocarla en su lugar Utilice cinta para conductos para asegurar esta secci n a la secadora pero no cubra las aberturas del gabinete de la secadora Instalaci n de la secadora _23 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 23 2012 06 26 12 16 33 nstalaci n de la secadora 5 Revise la Requisitos el ctricos secci n en la p gina 19 ANTES DE PONER EL ELECTRODOM STICO EN FUNCIONAMIENTO O REALIZAR PRUEBAS siga las instrucciones de conexi n a tierra de la Conexi n a tierra secci n en la p gina 19 MODELOS ESTADOUNIDENSES RIESGO DE DESCARGA EL CTRICA Todos los modelos estadounidenses se fabrican para una CONEXI N DE SISTEMAS DE 3 CABLES El armaz n de la secadora est conectado a tierra al conductor neutro del bloque de terminales Se requiere una CONEXI N DE SISTEMAS DE 4 CABLES para las construcciones nuevas o remodeladas las casas rodantes o si los c digos locales no permiten la conexi n a tierra a trav s del neutro Si se utiliza un sistema de 4 cables el armaz n de la secado
141. above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the lt organization gt nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL lt COPYRIGHT HOLDER gt BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Appendix _85 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 85 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Appendix OPENSSL This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com LICENSE ISSUES The OpenSSL to
142. adiateur et votre corps Ce dispositif et son ses antenne s ne doivent pas tre coimplant s ni utilis s proximit d une autre antenne ou metteur CONSERVEZ SOIGNEUSEMENT CES CONSIGNES Mesures de s curit _9 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Secl1 9 2012 06 26 12 17 12 lable des matieres INSTALLATION DU SECHE LINGE INSTRUCTIONS ET CONSEILS D UTILISATION ENTRETIEN ET NETTOYAGE 10_ Table des mati res DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec2 10 12 12 13 13 14 15 15 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 23 23 26 26 27 29 34 35 35 35 36 37 40 52 62 64 64 64 64 64 D baller le s che linge Voir les conditions requises en mati re d vacuation Conditions d installation de base Conditions requises en mati re de conduits Remarque importante pour l installateur Choix de l emplacement d installation Encastrement dans une niche ou installation dans un placard Installations en mobile home vacuation Syst mes fonctionnant au gaz Instructions d installation Commonwealth du Massachusetts Normes lectriques Mise la terre Raccordement lectrique Raccordement du tuyau d arriv e d eau Pi ces de rechange et accessoires Installation Liste de contr le final pour l installation Conseils pour l vacuation du s che linge Inversion du hublot Pr sentation du panneau de commandes Grille de s chage Nettoyage du filtre peluches Chargement du s che linge Mise
143. adiator 8 your body This device and its antenna s must not be co located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Safety instructions _9 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Secl1 9 2012 06 25 5 21 02 contents INSTALLING YOUR DRYER OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS TIPS 10_ contents CARE AND CLEANING DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec2 10 12 12 13 13 14 15 15 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 23 23 26 26 27 29 34 35 35 35 36 37 40 52 62 64 64 64 64 64 Unpacking your dryer See exhaust requirements Basic requirements Ducting requirements Important to installer Location considerations Alcove or closet installations Mobile home installations Exhausting Gas requirements Commonwealth of massachusetts installation instructions Electrical requirements Grounding Electrical connections Connecting the inlet hose Replacement parts and accessories Installation Final installation checklist Dryer exhaust tips Door Reversal Overview of the control panel Rack Dry Clean the lint filter Load the dryer properly Getting started Vent Sensor Setting up Smart control and Smart monitoring Using the mobile app Android Using the mobile app iOS Registering your dryer Control Panel Tumbler Stainless Steel Tumbler Dryer Exterior Dryer Exhaust System 2012 06 25 5 21 02 SPECIAL LAUNDRY TIPS TROUBLESHOOTING DV455 02836F 02
144. aff Picks F Games Staff Picks Games qwertyutopHiqwertyuiop asdfghjkt asdfghjkl tT zrxecevbnm A ea Des Qi 8 a 40_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 40 2012 06 26 12 17 21 4 Une fois que la recherche est termin e l application SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer sila Sane E or Lave linge S che linge intelligent SAMSUNG ETS SUE SANE aenor s affiche T l chargez cette application sur El SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer a votre t l phone amp Assurez vous que l application soit pass e de Free Vide Installed Install e CEE May 11 2012 1 000 downiaacs 1 00M8 RATE REVIEW 5 Une fois que l application a t t l charg e sur votre t l phone vous pourrez configurer la commande Wi Fi du lave linge NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO TAPE 1 e Figure 2 Tout d abord appuyez sur le ower bouton Power Marche Arr t pour activer votre machine TA Vous pouvez activer la ExtraHigh m Hey Start Pause a Bae machine sur n importe quel a High oa i cycle de lavage Voir les 8 Medium 8 Normal H a y pen figures 1 2 Low Apr s avoir activ la Power 5 A e machine appuyez simultan ment sur les StartPause Rinse 1 ms boutons Temp Temp rature del d 3 et Start Pause D marrer Spin Pause pendant 5 secondes Ont Lp a ewan os Apr s 5 secondes le menu D ee eG AP appara
145. age Wi Fi ne sont pas pris en charge e La qualit du r seau sans fil peut tre affect e par l environnement ambiant e Si votre fournisseur de service Internet a enregistr et fix l adresse MAC num ro d identification unique d un p riph rique de votre ordinateur ou de votre modem vous pouvez ne pas tre en mesure de connecter le s che linge Internet Veuillez demander a votre fournisseur de service Internet les proc dures pour connecter a Internet un p riph rique s che linge par exemple autre qu un ordinateur Si votre fournisseur de service Internet demande un identifiant et un mot de passe pour vous connecter a Internet vous pouvez ne pas tre en mesure de connecter le s che linge Internet Vous devez dans ce cas entrer l identifiant et le mot de passe pour vous connecter Internet Vous pouvez ne pas tre en mesure de vous connecter Internet en raison d un pare feu Dans ce cas demandez assistance votre fournisseur de service Internet Si vous ne pouvez pas connecter le s che linge Internet m me apr s avoir contact votre fournisseur de service contactez le revendeur ou le centre de service Samsung Electronics NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO V rification avant installation e Concernant les proc dures d installation d un dispositif de partage c bl sans fil r f rez vous au manuel d utilisation du routeur modem sans fil correspondant e Les s che linge Samsung prenne
146. ains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work hat uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states erms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though he source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law f such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may dis
147. alimentation n est PAS fourni avec les s che linge version lectrique aux tats Unis RISQUE D ELECTROCUTION fe Lorsque les dispositions locales le permettent vous pouvez brancher le s che linge lectrique l aide d un kit de cordon d alimentation neuf portant une mention de compatibilit avec les s che linge et homologu UL Ce cordon doit supporter une alimentation nominale de 120 240 V 30 A partir d un cordon dot de trois conducteurs en cuivre N 10 et termin par des bornes en boucle ferm e des cosses fourches ouvertes aux extr mit s relev es ou des conducteurs tam s e Ne r utilisez pas le cordon d alimentation d un s che linge usag Le c blage lectrique du cordon d alimentation doit tre branch sur le s che linge au moyen d un r ducteur de tension homologu UL e La mise la terre via le conducteur neutre est interdite pour 1 les nouvelles installations de circuit 2 les mobil homes 3 les v hicules de camping et 4 les zones o les r glementations locales interdisent ce type de mise la terre Utilisez une fiche quadripolaire pour une prise 4 fils de type NEMA 14 30R Mod les lectriques Canada uniquement e Vous devez utiliser une alimentation lectrique de 120 240 V c a 60 Hz et un disjoncteur ou fusible de 30 A aux deux extr mit s de la ligne e Tous les mod les canadiens sont livr s avec un cordon d alimentation int gr Vous devez brancher le cordo
148. ally performing source distribution may be charged This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information GPL Software Bridge Utils BusyBox DNRD dosfstools iproute2 IPTables Linux Kernel ntpclient Open1x RSDK toolchain rtl819x Bootloader samba squashfs udhcp Server Client Package USB ModeSwitch wireless tools LGPL Software libni Netlink Library Mini XML GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if
149. am tight Loh tock Washer Indoor E Outdog Connec Conectar Set ig mat uad ds the LED messet Washer Washer Start New Dis Wash connect 50_ Operating instructions tips Normal Heavy Duty Bedding PLUS Sanitize Stain Away DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 50 Check to make sure the Wi Fi icon is not blinking If the icon is blinking press and hold the Signal button until the icon stops blinking Once the door lock icon is activated the unit is ready Now press the SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer J After you touch the SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer icon the will search for the washer Once the phone connects the washer the washer s name or MAC will appear Now touch the washer name J Once the connection is established touch the Start New Wash tab The unit should display the Choose Cycle screen Once Choose Cycle screen is displayed touch the Start tab at the bottom left 2012 06 25 5 21 17 Now touch the Start button and activate the wash cycle You can monitor the wash cycle to check the Quick Wash Spin Only status of the cycle Once the cycle is QT NT ON finished the phone will display Cycle Rinse Spin 0 0 0 2 Complete Spin Only Spin Only Pure Cycle NAO Spin Est finish time Cooking amp Dining 4 41 SdIL SNOILONYLSNI 9NILYY3dO ZO Operating instructions tips _51 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 51 2012
150. amaged by some laundry pre treatment soil and stain remover products Apply such products away from your dryer and wipe up any spills or overspray immediately TUMBLER Remove any stains caused by crayon ink or fabric dye from new items such as towels or jeans with an all purpose cleaner Tumble old towels or rags to remove any remaining stain or cleaning substance Once these steps are followed stains may still be visible but should not transfer to subsequent loads STAINLESS STEEL TUMBLER To clean the stainless steel tumbler use a damp cloth with a mild non abrasive cleaner suitable for stainless steel surfaces Remove the cleaner residue and dry with a clean cloth DRYER EXTERIOR Clean with a soft damp cloth Do not use abrasive substances Protect the surface from sharp objects Do not place any heavy or sharp objects or a detergent box on the dryer Keep them on the purchased pedestal or in a separate storage box This may scratch or damage the top cover of the dryer Since the entire dryer has a high gloss finish the surface can be scratched or damaged Avoid scratching or damaging the surface when using the dryer DRYER EXHAUST SYSTEM Should be inspected and cleaned yearly to maintain optimum performance The outside exhaust hood should be cleaned more frequently to ensure proper operation 64_ Care and Cleaning DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec5 64 2012 06 25 5 2125 special laundry tips
151. ame is displayed touch indoor Control tab Outdoes Connectio P Setup n not usod n the 2 Verify the that the Wi Fi icon is not blinking Press the Temp amp Start Pause buttons simultaneously for 5 seconds AP will now be displayed SdIL SNOILONYLSNI 9NILYHY3dO ZO Start Pause 3 Once the AP is displayed you need to turn the knob counter clockwise until PS is displayed After the PS is displayed press the Start Pause button 4 After you the touch the washer name tab you need to touch the Figure 5 confirm tab to proceed with the certification Operating instructions tips _57 DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec3 57 2012 06 25 5 21 21 Operating instructions tios 5 After you touch the confirm tab you will now start preparing the Figure 6 certification Preparing Certificaton 6 Follow the instructions displayed on the phone to start the washer Figure 7 setup 7 Once the Start Pause button is pressed the PS will start to blink Figure 8 Once it starts blinking the phone will automatically start to connect Searching 8 The washer name will be displayed once again You need to press this Figure 9 j a tab to display the PS ee 102392 58_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 58 2012 06 25 5 21 02 9 After you touch the washer name tab PS will be displayed 10 Afte
152. amente la puerta en el marco delantero Instalaci n de la secadora _27 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 27 2012 06 26 12 16 33 nstalaci n de la secadora 9 Vuelva a colocar el tornillo en el otro orificio 10 Coloque la puerta sobre el lado contrario y vuelva a fijar a la secadora 11 Vuelva a conectar la placa de apoyo 12 Vuelva a colocar los tornillos en los orificios restantes 28_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 28 2012 06 26 12 16 34 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Para reducir el riesgo de incendio descarga el ctrica o lesiones personales lea las INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD Sama IMPORTANTES antes de poner en funcionamiento el aparato DESCRIPCI N GENERAL DEL PANEL DE CONTROL Eco Normal Sensor Elec Smart Control child Lock Gas Smart Monitor Press amp Hold 3sec for Extra Functions Power Adjust Perm Press Y 7 Manual on a m ime Dry ________ y b Adjust i uick Dry Wrinkle E PE gt Prevent a very Dy acom gt Air Fluff More Dy e Medium e 50min vied q Refresh My mnomaloy Medlow sun load a oe i wLess Dry elo E OH i Extra Low 8 20min Wrinkle Away i adaa Signal Damp Dry xtra ze Delay Steam Cycles i onoff Dry Level Temp im E man 1 Smart H i i i T T 1 Conmigo H 00 00 00009
153. and delivered new in the original carton to the original consumer purchaser is warranted by SAMSUNG against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship for a limited warranty period of One 1 Year All Parts and Labor Two 2 Years Control Board Parts This limited warranty begins on the original date of purchase and is valid only on products purchased and used in the United States To receive warranty service the purchaser must contact SAMSUNG for problem determination and service procedures Warranty service can only be performed by a SAMSUNG authorized service center The original dated bill of sale must be presented upon request as proof of purchase to SAMSUNG or SAMSUNG s authorized service center SAMSUNG will provide in home service during the warranty period at no charge subject to availability within the contiguous United States In home service is not available in all areas To receive in home service product must be unobstructed and accessible to the service agent If service is not available SAMSUNG may elect to provide transportation of the product to and from an authorized service center SAMSUNG will repair replace or refund this product at our option and at no charge as stipulated herein with new or reconditioned parts or products if found to be defective during the limited warranty period specified above All replaced parts and products become the property of SAMSUNG and must be returned to SAMSUNG R
154. aning solvent or flammable liquids or solids should not be placed in the dryer until all traces of hese flammable liquids or solids and their fumes have been removed There are many highly flammable items used in homes such as acetone denatured alcohol gasoline kerosene some liquid household cleaners some spot removers turpentine waxes and wax removers e Do not dry items containing foam rubber may be labeled latex foam or similarly textured rubber like materials on a heat setting Heated foam rubber materials can under certain circumstances produce fire by spontaneous combustion A WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS e Do not try to light any appliance e Do not turn on the appliance e Do not touch any electrical switch e Do not use any phone in your building e Clear the room building or area of all occupants e Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor s phone Follow the gas supplier s instructions e lf you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire department e Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer service agency or the gas supplier SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Safety instructions _5 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Secl1 5 2012 06 25 5 21 02 safety Instructions A WARNING To reduce the risk of fire electric shock or injury to persons when using your appliance follow basic precautions including the following 1 Read all instructions before
155. are is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you hese rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get he source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files o the recipients so that they can relink
156. ariant d une province une autre Pour b n ficier d un service d assistance couvert par votre garantie contactez SAMSUNG l adresse suivante Samsung Electronics Canada Inc Customer Service 55 Standish Court Mississauga Ontario L5R 4B2 Canada 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com ca www samsung com ca_fr French Les visites des techniciens de maintenance destin es expliquer les fonctions la maintenance ou l installation n est pas couverte par la garantie Veuillez contacter votre agent d appel Samsung pour obtenir de l aide sur l une de ces questions 90_ Garantie DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec8 90 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Memo DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec8 91 2012 06 26 12 17 32 DES QUESTIONS OU DES COMMENTAIRES 7 PAYS APPELEZ LE OU RENDEZ VOUS SUR LE SITE U S A 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com MEXICO 01 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com CANADA 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 Www samsung Conca www samsung com ca_fr French Les visites des techniciens de maintenance destin es expliquer les fonctions la maintenance ou l installation n est pas couverte par la garantie Veuillez contacter votre agent d appel Samsung pour obtenir de l aide sur l une de ces questions DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec8 92 Code n DC68 02836F 02_CFR 2012 06 26 12 17 32
157. art culos livianos para obtener mejores resultados 66_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec6 66 2012 06 26 12 16 52 PROBLEMA SOLUCI N Tiene olor Los olores del hogar ya sea que provengan de pintura barniz limpiadores potentes etc pueden ingresar en la secadora con el aire del ambiente Esto es normal puesto que la secadora extrae el aire de la habitaci n lo calienta y lo hace circular por el ambor y lo expulsa a trav s del drenaje hacia el exterior Cuando estos olores permanecen en el aire ventile bien la habitaci n antes de usar la secadora Se apaga antes de que la carga est seca La carga de la secadora es demasiado peque a Agregue m s prendas o algunas oallas y reinicie el ciclo La carga de la secadora es demasiado grande Retire algunas prendas y vuelva poner en funcionamiento la secadora Pelusa en las prendas Limpie el filtro para pelusas antes de cada carga Con algunas cargas que producen grandes cantidades de pelusa quiz sea necesario limpiar el filtro durante el ciclo Algunas telas producen pelusa por ejemplo una toalla de algod n blanco con mucho pelo y deben secarse por separado de las prendas que atrapan pelusa por ejemplo un par de pantalones de lino negro Divida las cargas grandes en cargas m s peque as para el secado Revise bien los bolsillos antes de lavar y secar las prendas Prendas arrugadas despu s del ciclo Antiarrugas
158. ary to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to he entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not he intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on he Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 4 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General
159. as de algod n o poli ster temporizador Mu ecos de peluche Temperatura ambiente rellenos con goma espuma o goma Almohadas de goma espuma Temperatura ambiente Zapatillas Temperatura ambiente Secar art culos de goma espuma pl stico o goma con la opci n de calor puede ocasionar da os a los art culos y generar un peligro de incendio 34_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 34 2012 06 26 12 16 36 LIMPIE EL FILTRO PARA PELUSAS Y No haga funcionar la secadora sin el filtro para pelusas colocado Despu s de cada carga Para reducir el tiempo de secado Para hacer uso de la energ a con mayor eficacia Marco delantero Filtro CARGUE LA SECADORA DE MANERA ADECUADA Coloque s lo una carga de ropa en la secadora por vez Las cargas de telas pesadas y livianas mezcladas se secan en forma diferente lo que puede ocasionar que las telas livianas est n secas mientras que las telas pesadas queden h medas al final del ciclo de secado Agregue una o m s prendas similares a la secadora cuando necesite secar s lo una o dos prendas Esto mejora el funcionamiento de la secadora y la eficacia del secado Sobrecargar la secadora limita su funcionamiento y ocasiona un secado desparejo as como la formaci n excesiva de arrugas en algunas telas C MO COMENZAR DARA Cargue la secadora dejando algo de espacio libre NO la sobrecargue Cierre la puerta Seleccione el
160. ase and install a UL approved gas detector A STATE OF CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS The California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act requires the Governor of California to publish a list of substances known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive harm and requires businesses to warn of potential exposure to such substances This product contains a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive harm This appliance can cause low level exposure to some of the substances listed including benzene formaldehyde and carbon monoxide Gas appliances may cause low level exposure to some of the substances listed including benzene formaldehyde carbon monoxide and soot as a result of possible incomplete combustion of natural gas or LP fuels Exposure to these substances can be minimized further by properly venting the dryer to the outdoors A CAUTION 1 Do not sit on top of the dryer 2 Because of continuing product improvements Samsung reserves the right to change specifications without notice For complete details see the Installation Instructions packed with your product before selecting cabinetry making cutouts or beginning installation 3 Do not wash clothing with large buckles buttons or other heavy metal or solid things 4 Install and use in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions 5 Do not place items in
161. at users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written AXANNV 90 Annexe _75 DV455 02836F 02 CFR_20120626 indd Sec7 75 2012 06 26 12 17 31 Annexe entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scop
162. atiquement connect Internet via le routeur modem sans fil Y e La mani re dont la fonction WPS se lance sur votre routeur modem sans fil peut varier en fonction du fabricant Pour plus de d tails reportez vous au manuel d utilisation de votre routeur modem e M me apr s avoir termin la configuration WPS un certain temps peut s av rer n cessaire avant l tablissement r el de la connexion et l attribution d une adresse IP via le protocole DHCP jusqu 5 minutes AN e Notez que si vous utilisez un routeur modem sans fil qui n est pas certifi WPS le s che linge peut ne pas tre connect via le Wi Fi ou un autre p riph rique qui a t connect au routeur modem sans fil peut tre d connect e Veuillez noter que pour certains routeurs modems sans fil si vous appuyez et maintenez le bouton WPS un certain temps les r glages du routeur modem peuvent tre r initialis s 4 Si le s che linge et le routeur modem sans fil sont correctement connect s le voyant Es clignote sur l cran durant 30 secondes 5 Appuyez et maintenez le bouton Signal activ d sactiv durant 3 secondes pour terminer la configuration de la connexion Smart Control Lorsque la configuration s est termin e normalement le j e voyant Es clignote sur l cran accompagn d un signal sonore Si vous appuyez et maintenez le bouton Signal activ d sactiv durant 3 secondes alors que le s che linge et le dispositif de
163. au de joint d tanch it utilis doit tre r sistant l action des gaz de p trole liqu fi Branchez l alimentation en gaz sur votre s che linge Un raccord suppl mentaire est requis pour relier l extr mit filet e femelle 3 4 1 9 cm du raccord flexible l extr mit filet e m le de 3 8 1 cm du s che linge Serrez fermement les raccords de la conduite de gaz Ouvrez l arriv e du gaz Confirmez l absence de fuite de gaz au niveau des raccords l aide d une solution savonneuse Si des bulles apparaissent resserrez les raccords et recommencez le test N utilisez JAMAIS de flamme nue pour rechercher les fuites de gaz 24_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 24 2012 06 26 12 17 15 Branchements 3 FILS 1 Desserrez ou retirez la vis centrale du bornier 2 Reliez le fil neutre blanc ou central du cordon d alimentation la borne vis argent e centrale du bornier Serrez la vis 3 Reliez les autres fils aux bornes vis ext rieures Serrez les vis 4 Serrez les vis de d charge de tension 5 Ins rez la languette du cache du bornier dans la fente situ e sur le panneau arri re du s che inge 6 Fixez le cache l aide d une vis Connecteur de terre externe _ IES Fil de terre neutre vert jaune Vis centrale argent e du bornier Fil neutre blanc ou central BR OJN R ducteur de tension 3 4 1 9 cm homolo
164. aux 1 11 peuvent tre utilis s La s lection des autres canaux est impossible D CLARATION DE LA FCC Cet quipement a t test et s est av r conforme aux limites d un dispositif num rique de la classe B conform ment la section 15 du r glement de la FCC Ces limites sont con ues pour assurer la protection raisonnable contre des interf rences nuisibles dans une installation r sidentielle Cet appareil g n re utilise et peut mettre de l nergie radio lectrique et s il n est pas install et utilis conform ment aux pr sentes instructions peut provoquer des interf rences nuisibles Cependant il n y a aucune garantie que des interf rences ne se produiront pas dans une installation particuli re Si cet appareil cause des interf rences nuisibles la r ception des signaux de radio ou de t l vision ce qui peut tre d termin en allumant et en teignant l appareil l utilisateur est encourag essayer de corriger l interf rence par une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes e R orienter ou d placer l antenne de r ception e Augmenter l espace entre l appareil et le r cepteur e Connecter l appareil sur un circuit lectrique diff rent de celui auquel le r cepteur est connect e Consultez le revendeur ou un technicien exp riment en radio t l vision pour obtenir de l aide D CLARATION DE LA FCC SUR L EXPOSITION AUX RADIATIONS Cet appareil est conforme aux limitations pr v
165. bia es de 85 105 F 29 41 C y para Fr a es de 60 85 F 16 29 C La temperatura del agua del lavado debe alcanzar un m nimo de 60 F 16 C para que se active el detergente y se logre un lavado eficaz Ap ndice _71 2012 06 26 JOIGNAdV 90 12 16 52 Ap ndice PROTECCI N DEL MEDIO AMBIENTE Este electrodom stico se fabrica con materiales reciclables Si decide desechar este electrodom stico siga la normativa local relacionada con la eliminaci n de desechos Corte el cable de alimentaci n para que el electrodom stico no pueda conectarse a una fuente de alimentaci n Quite la puerta para que los animales y los ni os peque os no puedan quedar atrapados dentro del electrodom stico DECLARACI N DE CONFORMIDAD Este electrodom stico cumple con la norma UL2158 ESPECIFICACIONES TIPO LAVADORA DE CARGA FRONTAL DIMENSIONES A Altura 39 99 0 cm B Ancho 27 68 6 cm C Profundidad con la puerta abierta 90 51 65 131 2 om D Profundidad 32 28 82 0 cm PESO 127 8 lb 57 Kg POTENCIA DEL CALENTADOR 5300 W Elec 22000 BTU h Gas 72_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 72 2012 06 26 12 16 52 TABLA DE CICLOS e configurado en f brica o seleccionable CICLO PRENDAS RECOMENDADAS CAN
166. bject code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following 1 Accompany it with the complete corresponding machinereadable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or 2 Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major
167. ble Retirez les r sidus de d tergent et essuyez avec un chiffon propre EXT RIEUR DU S CHE LINGE ettoyez le avec un chiffon doux et humide N utilisez pas de produits abrasifs Prot gez la surface des objets pointus entreposez pas d objets lourds ex baril de lessive ou ar tes tranchantes sur le lave linge Utilisez e socle pr vu cet effet ou une bo te de rangement Ceci risquerait de rayer ou d endommager le capot sup rieur du s che linge Les faces du s che linge tant lisses et brillantes elles sont sensibles aux rayures et aux coups vitez de les endommager lorsque vous utilisez le s che linge SYST ME D VACUATION DU S CHE LINGE Vous devez l inspecter et le nettoyer une fois par an pour garantir des performances optimales Nettoyez l ext rieur de la hotte plus fr quemment pour garantir son bon fonctionnement 64_ Entretien et nettoyage DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec5 64 2012 06 26 12 17 30 Conseils d entretien du linge CONSEILS D ENTRETIEN DU LINGE Respectez les symboles textiles ou les consignes du fabricant concernant le s chage des articles sp ciaux Si aucun symbole textile n est fourni observez les consignes suivantes Couvre lits et couettes Reportez vous aux symboles figurant sur les tiquettes des articles de literie plus Assurez vous que l article est compl tement sec avant de l utiliser ou de le ranger ll est parfois n cessa
168. bles cerca de este o cualquier otro aparato el ctrico gt Peligros o pr cticas inseguras que podr an causar lesiones f sicas o da os materiales PRECAUCI N O intente hacer nada O desarme O toque Siga las instrucciones completamente Desenchufe el cable de alimentaci n el ctrica del tomacorriente de pared Aseg rese de que la m quina tenga buena conexi n a tierra para evitar descargas el ctricas Llame al centro de servicio t cnico para obtener asistencia Nota OU ua te Estas se ales de advertencia est n aqu para evitar que usted u otras personas sufran da os Siga las instrucciones completamente Despu s de leer esta secci n gu rdela en un lugar seguro para consultas futuras CONSERVE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES 4_ Instrucciones de seguridad DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Secl1 4 2012 06 26 12 16 30 ANADVERTENCIA Riesgo de incendio La instalaci n de la secadora de ropa debe estar a cargo de un instalador calificado e Instale la secadora de ropa seg n las instrucciones del fabricante y los c digos locales e Noinstale una secadora de ropa con materiales para ventilaci n de pl stico flexible Si se instala un conducto de metal flexible tipo l mina met lica debe ser de un tipo espec fico identificado por el fabricante del electrodom stico como adecuado para utilizar con secadoras de ropa Los materiales para ventilaci n flexible
169. brary into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 16 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 17 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRI T ING WI L L ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RE
170. but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 11 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 12 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORM
171. c3 54 Apr s avoir fait appara tre le menu AP l cran LED DEL attendez environ 1 minute puis appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause Une fois que le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause a t actionn le message AP affich l cran commence clignoter Le module Wi Fi mettra une minute environ tre pr t Par cons quent si vous appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause et si AP ne clignote pas r essayez apr s un moment Voir la figure 5 Une fois que AP clignote prenez votre t l phone mobile et appuyez sur l ic ne Settings Param tres Une fois que le menu des param tres appara t appuyez sur l ic ne Wi Fi Voir les figures 5 7 SMARTWASHER LAVE LINGE INTELLIGENT appara t dans la liste Wi Fi S lectionnez le SMARTWASHER LAVE LINGE INTELLIGENT et entrez le mot de passe WASHER2012 LAVE LINGE 2012 La saisie doit tre effectu e en majuscules Apr s avoir tap le mot de passe s lectionnez le bouton Join Rejoindre Voir les figures 8 9 Une fois que vous tes connect s au r seau s lectionn revenez sur l cran des applications de votre t l phone mobile Une fois que vous avez atteint l application des t l phones touchez l ic ne Samsung SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer Lave linge S che linge intelligent SAMSUNG ayant t t l charg au d but du processus 2012 06 26 12 17 25 TAPE 7
172. cation smartphone qui indique la puissance des signaux Wi Fi celle ci doit tre sup rieure 65 dBm Par ex 60 dBm et 50 dBm sont sup rieurs 65 dBm Que dois je faire lorsque le nombre de barres d antenne affich sur l cran LCD du lave linge ou du s che linge est de 1 Lorsque la puissance du signal qui est affich e sur l cran LCD du lave linge ou du s che linge est faible la commande peut chouer Dans ce cas prenez les mesures suivantes pour un fonctionnement normal e Approchez l AP plus pr s du lave linge ou du s che linge Au minimum 3 barres d antenne doivent tre affich es dans la configuration r seau du lave linge pour un fonctionnement correct e Un AP ancien pouvant d livrer des performances inf rieures utilisez un neuf si possible e Positionnez l antenne de l AP de mani re ce que le signal radio se propage plus facilement 70_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec6 70 2012 06 26 12 17 31 Annexe TABLEAU DES SYMBOLES TEXTILES Les symboles suivants fournissent des conseils d entretien des v tements Les tiquettes d entretien des v tements incluent des symboles relatifs au lavage au blanchiment au s chage au repassage et au nettoyage sec le cas ch ant L utilisation de ces symboles garantit la coh rence des i
173. ce code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 3 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 1 You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 2 You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License 3 If the modified program normally reads command s interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redis
174. certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into nonfree programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the Annexe _79 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 79 2012 06 26 12 17 31 Annexe user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser
175. che linge 2 Placez le support de s chage dans le tambour en positionnant le bord avant du support sur le dessus du filtre peluches 3 Ins rez les deux pieds arri re dans les orifices situ s sur la paroi arri re du s che linge puis appuyez sur le centre de la grille pour la fixer 4 Posez les articles s cher sur la grille en laissant suffisamment d espace entre eux de mani re ce que l air puisse circuler correctement 5 Fermez le hublot du s che linge 6 Appuyez sur le bouton Rack Dry Grille de s chage en mode Time Dry Temps de s chage puis s lectionnez la dur e en fonction de l humidit et du poids du linge La grille de s chage peut galement tre utilis e en mode Air Fluff Air froid Support de s chage Hublot ARTICLES TEMP RATURES CONSEILL ES Pulls kl a avab gt t anki i Extra Low Tr s basse programme Time Dry mettre en forme et poser plat sur le Temps de s chage support Peluches Extra Low Tr s basse programme Time Dry garnies de fibres coton ou polyester Temps de s chage EN Air froid garnies de mousse ou de caoutchouc Oreillers base de caoutchouc mousse Air froid Baskets Air froid S cher chaud des articles en plastique en caoutchouc ou en caoutchouc mousse peut endommager l article et engendrer un risque d incendie 34_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02_CFR_20120626 indd Sec3 34 2012 06 26 12 17 17 NETTOYAGE
176. ches et le conduit d vacuation Le s che linge est peut tre en phase de refroidissement du programme Ne s che pas V rifiez tous les points mentionn s ci dessus plus V rifiez que la hotte ext rieure s ouvre et se ferme sans probl me V rifiez que des peluches ne se sont pas accumul es dans le syst me d vacuation Le conduit doit tre inspect et nettoy une fois par an Utilisez un conduit d vacuation m tallique rigide de 4 vitez de surcharger le tambour 1 charge de linge lav e 1 charge de linge s cher Triez les articles l gers d un c t pais de l autre ll est parfois n cessaire de repositionner dans le s che linge les articles volumineux comme les couvertures ou les couettes pour assurer un s chage homog ne V rifiez que le s che linge essore correctement le linge pour vacuer la quantit d eau ad quate La charge de linge est peut tre insuffisante pour que l action du tambour soit efficace Ajoutez quelques serviettes Fait du bruit V rifiez le linge la recherche de pi ces de monnaie de boutons d cousus de clous etc Retirez aussit t ces objets ll est normal d entendre la mise en marche et l arr t du robinet de gaz du s che linge le cas ch ant ou du syst me de chauffage tout au long du programme de s chage V rifiez que le s che linge est correctement sur lev comme indiqu dans les consignes d installation ll es
177. cio atr s para el sistema de drenaje Esta secadora viene preparada de f brica con la opci n de drenaje posterior Para que drene por la parte inferior hacia la derecha o izquierda utilice el kit de drenaje accesorio El kit viene acompa ado de instrucciones Aseg rese de que en la habitaci n circule suficiente aire fresco La secadora debe estar ubicada donde el aire pueda fluir sin obstrucciones Para las secadoras a gas se debe mantener el espacio libre suficiente tal como figura en la placa de informaci n para garantizar que haya aire suficiente para la combusti n y el funcionamiento adecuado de la secadora No se debe instalar o guardar la secadora en un rea donde quede expuesta al agua y o a los factores clim ticos El rea de la secadora debe mantenerse libre de materiales combustibles gasolina y otros vapores y l quidos inflamables Una secadora produce pelusa combustible No debe haber pelusas en el rea circundante de la secadora INSTALACIONES DEL ELECTRODOM STICO EN UN GABINETE O EN UN HUECO La secadora debe tener un drenaje con salida hacia el exterior para reducir el riesgo de incendio cuando se instala en un Gamo gabinete o en un hueco VYOAVOS V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO e Nose debe instalar ning n otro electrodom stico que queme combustible en el mismo gabinete de la secadora e ADVERTENCIA Para reducir el riesgo de incendio esta secadora debe tener un drenaje con salida hacia el exterior Consulte la secci
178. cita o la exclusi n o limitaci n de da os imprevistos o derivados por lo que las limitaciones o exclusiones antedichas pueden no aplicarse en su caso Esta garant a le otorga derechos espec ficos y adem s puede tener otros derechos que var an seg n la provincia en la que se encuentre Para recibir un servicio t cnico de garant a comun quese con SAMSUNG a Samsung Electronics Canada Inc Customer Service 55 Standish Court Mississauga Ontario L5R 4B2 Canada 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com ca www samsung com ca_fr French Las visitas del personal de servicio t cnico para explicar funciones mantenimiento o instalaci n no est n cubiertas por la garant a P ngase en contacto con su agente del centro de llamadas Samsung para que le asesore 90_ Garant a DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec8 90 2012 06 26 12 16 54 Vemo DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec8 91 2012 06 26 12 16 54 TIENE PREGUNTAS O COMENTARIOS PA S LLAME AL O VIS TENOS EN L NEA EN U S A 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 Wwww samsung com MEXICO 01 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com CANADA 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 lll www samsung com ca_fr franc s Las visitas del personal de servicio t cnico para explicar funciones mantenimiento o instalaci n no est n cubiertas por la garant a P ngase en contacto con su agente del centro de llamadas Samsung para que le asesore DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec8 9
179. co funcionamiento Limpie la puerta y luego reinicie dE La secadora funciona con la puerta abierta _ teens 19 i a Si el problema contin a llame al servicio t cnico db wie ck Asegurese de que NO haya botones presionados bE2 Estado no v lido de un circuito corto clave constantemente Pruebe reiniciar el ciclo durante 30 segundos i e a ae Si el problema contin a llame al servicio t cnico FE Frecuencia de fuente de alimentaci n no Pruebe reiniciar el ciclo v lida Si el problema contin a llame al servicio t cnico Problemas con el control electr nico GA aoa 2E a Comun quese con el servicio t cnico Falla de sobrevoltaje Problemas con el control electr nico E es AE ser Comun quese con el servicio t cnico Erro de comunicaci n Estado no v lido de la comunicaci n tn Et Comun quese con el servicio t cnico Eeprom AE4 Un error de comunicaci nentre 1a PBA Comun quese con el servicio al cliente Wi Fi y la PBA principal 9 Un error de comunicaci n entre el m dem x A AE3 ane Comuniquese con el servicio al cliente DR y la PBA principal AE5 Un error de comunicaci n entre la PBA Comuniquese con el servicio al cliente LCD y la PBA principal a Estado de la puerta no v lido durante m s 4 jus ds dF a Comuniquese con el servicio t cnico de 256 milisegundos Para los c digos que no figuran m s arriba llame al 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 2012 06 26 12 16 52 PREGUNTAS Y RESPUESTAS SOBRE LA CONFIGURACI N DE
180. code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions 2 Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interfacecompatible with the version that the work was made with 3 Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution 4 If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place 5 Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception t
181. constante de ses produits Samsung se r serve le droit de modifier les sp cifications sans pr avis Pour plus de d tails consultez les consignes d installation accompagnant votre produit avant de s lectionner du mobilier d effectuer des d coupes ou de commencer installation 3 vitez de laver des v tements ayant de grandes boucles des boutons ou d autres accessoires en m tal lourd ou massif nstallez le et utilisez le conform ment aux consignes du fabricant introduisez aucun article impr gn ou t ch d huile v g tale ou alimentaire dans votre s che linge M me une fois lav s ces articles peuvent encore contenir une quantit non n gligeable d huile 6 Toute huile r siduelle risque de s enflammer spontan ment Le potentiel de combustion spontan e augmente lorsque les articles imbib s d huile v g tale ou alimentaire sont expos s la chaleur Les sources de chaleur comme votre s che linge peuvent chauffer ces articles engendrant une oxydation de l huile Cette oxydation cr e elle m me de la chaleur Si cette chaleur ne se dissipe pas les articles deviennent suffisamment br lants pour s enflammer Entasser empiler ou stocker ce type d articles peut emp cher la dissipation de la chaleur et tre l origine d un risque d incendie 7 Tout le linge imbib d huile v g tale ou alimentaire qu il soit lav ou non peut s av rer dangereux Le fait de laver ces articles l eau chaude avec une
182. copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the lt organization gt nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL lt COPYRIGHT HOLDER gt BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Ap ndice _85 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 85 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Ap ndice OPENSSL This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl
183. ct a la machine appuyez simultan ment sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause pendant 5 secondes Apr s 5 secondes le cycle de lavage d origine s affiche a l cran LED DEL Une fois que le cycle de lavage est affich attendez environ 1 minute L ic ne Wi Fi commence ainsi clignoter Une fois que l ic ne Wi Fi est affich appuyez sur Signal et maintenez enfonc pendant 8 secondes L ic ne Wi Fi s arr te de clignoter La machine est maintenant pr te ex cuter la certification du p riph rique Instructions et conseils d utilisation _45 2012 06 26 NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO 13 SNOLLONELSNI ZO 12 17 22 NnStructionsetconsalsd utlIsation Certification du p riph rique 1 La Device Certification Certification du Figure 1 p riph rique doit uniquement tre ex cut e em avec la configuration initiale S lectionnez a l onglet Indoor Control Commande indoor eRe int rieure pour rechercher le nom du lave linge Une fois que le nom du lave linge on s affiche touchez l onglet E onnection conecta O te CO rm 2 V rifiez que l ic ne Wi Fi ne clignote pas Appuyez simultan ment Figure 3 ES sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause ME pendant 5 secondes AP s affiche Start Pause 3 Une fois que AP s affiche vous devez tourner le bouton en sens Figure 4 anti horaire jusqu ce que
184. ction See figures 5 7 After selecting the wireless and network select Wi Fi setting Then turn on the Wi Fi See figures 8 9 42_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 42 2012 06 25 5 21 14 STEP 6 Once the list of available networks appears select the network to be used and enter the password if necessary gwertyuiop asdfghjkil tzxcvbnm ea Ze 0 x Once you are connected to the selected network go back to the applications screen on your mobile phone Once you are in the phones application screen touch the Samsung icon SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer that was downloaded at the beginning of this process WI FI settings SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO After opening the Samsung app select Front Washer Dry Load and then Connection Setup mat ina tthe CD ret Operating instructions tips _43 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 43 2012 06 25 5321215 Operating instructions tios WASHER AP ureadym setup ureadyintranet STEP 11 44_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 44 Once the mobile app is open select the Setting Start key SA The Wi Fi indicator will blink on amp off on the phone several times Once the unit starts connecting the phone will load the AP list When the AP list is loaded you need to select the network Please make sure the app and smart phone are connected to the same ne
185. d Sec8 91 2012 06 25 5 21 27 star m m Scan the QR code or visit www samsung com spsn to view our helpful How to Videos and Live Shows m 4 Requires reader to be installed on your smartphone bit ly samsungwashers QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS COUNTRY CALL OR VISIT US ONLINE AT U S A 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com MEXICO 01 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com CANADA 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 ams comen www samsung com ca_fr French Visits by a Service Engineer to explain functions maintenance or installation is not covered by warranty Please contact your Samsung call agent for help with any of these issues Code No DC68 02836F 02_EN DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec8 92 2012 06 25 21 27 DV455 j Secadora a gas y el ctrica manual del usuario P 100 Recycled Paper imagine las posibilidades Gracias por adquirir este producto Samsung Para recibir un servicio m s completo o los accesorios registre su producto en o contacte con www samsung com register 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 ari DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 1 2012 06 26 12 16 25 Funciones e Capacidad extra grande Las capacidades de secado ultra al alcance de la mano Ahora puede secar cargas extra grandes Nuestra secadora ultra grande de 7 5 pies c bicos de capacidad hace circular m s aire entre su ropa sec ndola m s r pido para obtener un resultado sin arrugas e Control intelig
186. d not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies he executable f distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled o copy the source along with the object code 5 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute he Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 6 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying
187. dado durante 3 segundos cuando se produce un error o si no ha presionado ning n bot n de la secadora despu s de encender la alimentaci n 2 Si activa la funci n Smart Care la LED de la pantalla gira durante 2 o 3 segundos y el c digo de error aparecer en la pantalla 3 Ejecute la Aplicaci n Smart Care en su tel fono inteligente Y La funci n Smart Care se optimiza con Galaxy S Galaxy S2 iPhone 4 y iPhone 4S 4 Si enfoca la c mara del tel fono inteligente al panel de la pantalla de la secadora el panel y el mensaje de error se reconocen autom ticamente y el tipo de error y la soluci n se muestran en el tel fono inteligente 5 Si el tel fono inteligente no reconoce el c digo de error m s de dos veces ingrese en forma manual el c digo de error indicado en el panel de la pantalla de la secadora en la aplicaci n Smart Care Y Descarga de la aplicaci n Smart Care Descargue la Samsung Laundry App en su tel fono celular desde Android Market o Apple App store Buscar palabra Lavadora secadora inteligente Samsung Precauciones de uso de Smart Care e Sila luz de un fluorescente o una l mpara se refleja en el panel de la pantalla de la lavadora es posible que el tel fono inteligente no reconozca f cilmente el panel o el mensaje de error e Si sostiene el tel fono inteligente en un ngulo demasiado abierto respecto al frontal del panel de la pantalla es posible que no se reconozca el c digo de error Para
188. de la FCC Dichos l mites han sido dise ados para proporcionar una protecci n razonables contra la interferencia da ina en una instalaci n residencial Este equipo genera utiliza y puede irradiar energ a de frecuencias de radio y si no se lo instala y utiliza de acuerdo con las instrucciones puede provocar interferencia da ina a las comunicaciones de radio Sin embargo no existe garant a alguna de que no habr interferencia en una instalaci n determinada Si el equipo provoca interferencia da ina a la recepci n de radio o televisi n que puede determinarse al encender y apagar el equipo se sugiere que el usuario trate de corregir la interferencia mediante una o m s de las siguientes medidas e Reoriente o reubique la antena receptora e Aumente la distancia entre el equipo y el receptor e Conecte el equipo en una toma de un circuito diferente de aquel donde est conectado el receptor e Consulte a su distribuidor o a un t cnico experimentado en radio TV para obtener ayuda DECLARACI N DE LA FCC SOBRE LA EXPOSICI N A LA RADIACI N Este equipo cumple con los l mites de exposici n a la radiaci n establecidos por la FCC para un entorno no controlado Este equipo debe instalarse y utilizarse con una distancia m nima de 20cm entre el radiador y su cuerpo Este aparato y su s antena s no deben ubicarse ni utilizarse junto con cualquier otra antena o transmisor CONSERVE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES 8_ Instrucciones de seguridad DV45
189. de technologie personnelle telles que des smartphones Vous n avez pas besoin d attendre jusqu ce que le programme se termine Le Smart Monitor vous permet de surveiller la progression du s chage et vous informe lorsque le programme est termin e Smart Care Entretien intelligent La fonction Samsung Smart Care un syst me de surveillance des erreurs automatique d tecte et diagnostique les probl mes d s qu ils surviennent et offre une solution simple et rapide Avec la technologie innovante Smart Remote Control vous pouvez galement tre alert via votre smartphone lorsqu un probl me survient e Cycle Vapeur Ce programme injecte une faible quantit de vapeur dans le tambour du s che linge quelques minutes apr s le d but du cycle de s chage chaud II r duit les mauvaises odeurs habituellement difficiles liminer lors des lavages l eau et garantit galement un effet anti froissage e Programme Sanitize St rilisation Ce programme haute temp rature permet de st riliser votre linge au c ur du tissu lors du cycle de s chage et d liminer 99 9 des bact ries Ce programme est recommand pour les v tements la literie les serviettes de toilette et autres articles n cessitant une st rilisation Ce programme est certifi par la NSF International un organisme ind pendant d essais et d homologation Protocole NSF P154 Performance de st rilisation des s che linge domestiques e Multiples programmes de s
190. des cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com LICENSE ISSUES The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license e both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit See below for the actual license texts Actually both licenses are BSD style Open Source licenses In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssi core openssl org OpenSSL License Copyright c 1998 2008 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact openssl core openssl org
191. distributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 2 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s sour
192. dose suppl mentaire de lessive r duit ce risque sans pour autant le supprimer Utilisez toujours le programme de refroidissement Cool Down afin de r duire leur temp rature Ne retirez jamais ces articles du s che linge lorsqu ils sont chauds de m me n interrompez pas le programme de s chage tant que le cycle Cool Down n est pas termin N entassez et n empilez pas ces articles lorsqu ils sont chauds 8 Veillez ce que les doigts des enfants ne soient pas pris dans le hublot en le fermant Cela pourrait entra ner des blessures CONSERVEZ SOIGNEUSEMENT CES CONSIGNES Mesures de s curit _7 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Secl1 7 2012 06 26 12 17 12 Mesures de s curit AVIS D APPLICATION DE LA R GLEMENTATION 1 Avis concernant la FCC A PR CAUTION CONCERNANT LA FCC ATTENTION Tous les changements ou modifications non express ment approuv e s par l autorit responsable de la conformit la r glementation peut annuler le droit de l utilisateur utiliser cet appareil Cet appareil est conforme aux dispositions de la section 15 du r glement de la FCC Le fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes 1 Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d interf rences nuisibles et 2 Cet appareil doit accepter toute autre interf rence re ue y compris les interf rences pouvant entra ner un fonctionnement non d sir Pour le produit disponible sur le march des USA du Canada seuls les can
193. du s che linge l affichage et le message d erreur sont reconnus automatiquement et le type d erreur et les mesures a prendre s affichent sur le smartphone 5 Si le smartphone ne reconna t pas le code d erreur plusieurs fois veuillez saisir manuellement le code d erreur affich sur le panneau du s che linge dans l application Smart Care T l chargement de l application Smart Care T l chargez l application Samsung Laundry App sur votre smartphone via Android market ou Apple App store Recherchez les mots Samsung Smart Washer Dryer lave linge s che linge intelligent Samsung Consignes suivre lors de l utilisation de Smart Care e Si l clairage d une ampoule d une lampe fluorescente ou d un voyant se refl te sur le panneau d affichage du lave linge le smartphone est susceptible de ne pas reconna tre le panneau ou le message d erreur facilement e Si vous maintenez le smartphone avec un angle relatif trop important par rapport l avant du panneau d affichage il peut ne pas tre en mesure de reconna tre le code d erreur Pour de meilleurs r sultats maintenez le smartphone de sorte que l avant du panneau et le smartphone soient parall les ou quasiment Instructions et conseils d utilisation _33 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 33 2012 06 26 12 17 16 Instructionsetconselsa utlIsation GRILLE DE S CHAGE Installation de la grille de s chage 1 Ouvrez le hublot du s
194. ducir la temperatura Nunca retire estas prendas cuando la secadora se encuentre caliente ni interrumpa el ciclo de secado hasta que las prendas hayan pasado por el ciclo Cool Down Enfriamiento Nunca amontone o apile estas prendas cuando est n calientes Al cerrar la puerta tenga cuidado de no atrapar los dedos de los ni os Se puede causar lesiones personales CONSERVE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES Instrucciones de seguridad _7 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Secl1 7 2012 06 26 12 16 30 nstrucciones de seguridad AVISO REGULATORIO 1 Aviso para FCC ZN PRECAUCI N FCC PRECAUCI N Todos los cambios y modificaciones que no cuenten con la aprobaci n expresa de la parte responsable del cumplimiento invalidar la autoridad del usuario para operar el equipo Este dispositivo cumple con la Parte 15 de las Normas de la FCC El funcionamiento se encuentra sujeto a las siguientes dos condiciones 1 Este aparato no puede causar interferencia da ina y 2 Este aparato debe aceptar la recepci n de cualquier interferencia incluidas aquellas que puedan causar un funcionamiento indeseado Producto disponible en el mercado de Estados Unidos Canad s lo puede operarse el canal 1 11 No es posible seleccionar otros canales DECLARACI N DE LA FCC Este equipo ha sido sometido a pruebas y se ha determinado que se encuentra dentro de los l mites para los dispositivos digitales clase B de acuerdo con la parte 15 de las Normas
195. ducto est libre de ventilaci n SL se apaga obstrucciones 1 La luz del Sensor de Cuando una parte del conducto Verifique la conexi n del ventilaci n SL se enciende o el filtro de pelusa est conducto y ac rtelo y obstruido con pelusa o un objeto ender celo su fuera necesario extra o Controle el filtro de pelusa o Cuando la resistencia es el conducto y l mpielo si fuera alta porque el conducto es necesario demasiado largo o est doblado 2 La luz del Sensor de Cuando el conducto est Verifique la conexi n del ventilaci n SL titila bloqueado con pelusa o un conducto y ac rtelo y objeto extra o ender celo su fuera necesario Cuando la resistencia es Controle el filtro de pelusa o muy alta porque el conducto el conducto y limpielo lo antes es demasiado largo o est posible excesivamente doblado En el estado de IVEL 2 la luz titila durante 3 horas una vez finalizado el ciclo Si la funci n de prevenci n de arrugas est activada este mensaje aparece durante 3 horas Si se presiona el bot n de encendido o se abre la puerta la secadora se apaga autom ticamente Para obtener m s informaci n sobre la instalaci n de conductos consulte la secci n Requisitos para el tendido de conductos en la p gina 13 e Aunque la secadora est disponible incluso si aparece el mensaje de obstrucci n el tiempo de secado puede extenderse e Si el mensaje de NIVEL 1 aparece la primera vez que se enciend
196. ducts to eliminate static unless recommended by the manufacturer of the fabric softener or product 12 Clean the lint screen before or after each load 13 Do not use heat to dry articles containing foam rubber or similarly textured rubber like materials 14 Keep the area around the exhaust opening and surrounding areas free from lint dust and dirt 15 The interior of the dryer and exhaust duct should be cleaned periodically by qualified service personnel 16 Do not place items exposed to cooking oils in your dryer Items contaminated with cooking oils may contribute to a chemical reaction that could cause a load to catch fire 17 This appliance must be grounded See Electrical requirements and Grounding in the Installing your dryer section 18 This appliance must be properly grounded Never plug the power cord into a receptacle that is not grounded adequately and in accordance with local and national codes Refer to installation instructions for grounding this appliance SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 6_ Safety instructions DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Secl1 6 2012 06 25 5 21 02 19 Ensure pockets are free from small irregularly shaped hard objects and foreign material i e coins knives pins etc These objects could damage your dryer 20 Gas leaks may occur in your system resulting in a dangerous situation 21 Gas leaks may not be detected by smell alone 22 Gas suppliers recommend you purch
197. duit plus petit Les conduits dont le diam tre est sup rieur 4 pouces 10 2 cm peuvent provoquer une trop grande accumulation de peluches Les peluches doivent tre limin es r guli rement Si vous devez utiliser un conduit m tallique flexible optez pour un conduit aux parois rigides N utilisez pas de conduit flexible aux parois fines En effet un conduit m tallique flexible se boucherait rapidement en cas de torsion trop forte N installez aucun conduit flexible l int rieur de murs de plafonds ou d autres espaces masqu s Faites en sorte que le conduit d vacuation reste aussi droit et soit aussi court que possible Fixez les joints l aide d un ruban adh sif N utilisez pas de vis Des conduits flexibles en plastique peuvent s entortiller se d tendre tre transperc s r duire le flux d air rallonger les temps de s chage et affecter le fonctionnement du s che linge Des syst mes d vacuation d passant la longueur recommand e peuvent induire des temps de s chage plus longs affecter le fonctionnement de l appareil et accumuler les peluches Le conduit d vacuation doit se terminer par une hotte quip e d un registre mobile pour viter les refoulements et bloquer l acc s aux petits animaux N utilisez jamais de hotte quip e d un registre magn tique Un espace de 12 pouces 30 5 cm minimum doit s parer le bas de la hotte du sol ou de toute autre obstacle L ouverture de la hotte doit se faire ver
198. e compter de la date d acquisition et couvre uniquement les produits achet s et utilis s au Canada Pour b n ficier de r parations dans le cadre de la pr sente garantie l acheteur doit contacter la soci t SAMSUNG afin qu elle d termine l origine du probl me et une proc dure de r paration Les services de garantie peuvent tre pris en charge uniquement par un centre de service agr SAMSUNG Lors de la remise d un produit d fectueux SAMSUNG ou un centre de service agr SAMSUNG l acheteur est tenu de pr senter le coupon d achat d origine la demande des int ress s titre de preuve d achat SAMSUNG assurera un service de r paration gratuit domicile pendant la p riode de garantie sujet la disponibilit au Canada Le service domicile n est pas disponible pour toutes les zones Pour b n ficier du service domicile l appareil doit tre situ dans un emplacement accessible notre personnel Si ce service n est pas disponible SAMSUNG peut choisir de prendre sa charge le transport aller retour du produit vers un centre de service agr La soci t SAMSUNG prendra en charge sa convenance la r paration le remplacement ou le remboursement du produit tel que stipul dans les pr sentes conditions et proc dera au remplacement ou au reconditionnement des pi ces ou des produits si ces derniers s av rent d fectueux dans la limite de la p riode de garantie mentionn e pr c demment
199. e 5 segundos Tenga en cuenta que la secadora seguir funcionando hasta que presione la pausa o la detenga Esta funci n s lo puede seleccionarse en el ciclo Secado con sensor y el nivel de secado s lo puede seleccionarse desde Secado normal M s seco y Muy seco Bot n de selecci n Inicio Pausa Presi nelo para detener y reiniciar los programas Bot n Encendido Presi nelo una vez para encender la secadora Vuelva a presionarlo para apagarla Si la secadora permanece encendida durante m s de 10 minutos sin que se toque ninguno de los botones se apagar autom ticamente Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _31 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 31 2012 06 26 SVIONSYFONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO 12 16 35 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Seguro para ni os Evita que los ni os jueguen con la secadora Configuraci n Liberaci n Para activar o desactivar Seguro para ni os presione simult neamente los botones Temp Temperatura y Time Tiempo durante 3 segundos Detalles del Seguro para ni os 1 Puede activar el Seguro para ni os mientras su secadora est en funcionamiento 2 Una vez que configure la funci n Seguro para ni os no responder ning n bot n excepto el bot n Power Encender Apagar hasta que desactive dicha funci n 3 Se iluminar el indicador de Seguro para Ni os Y e Sise vuelve a encender la secadora la funci n Seguro para Ni os
200. e el interior del sistema de drenaje por lo menos una vez por a o Desenchufe el cable de alimentaci n antes de limpiar Instalaci n de la secadora _13 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 13 2012 06 26 V40dV93S V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO 12 16 31 nstalaci n de la secadora e Controle con frecuencia para asegurarse de que el regulador de tiro de la tapa del drenaje se abra y se cierre sin inconvenientes e Controle una vez por mes y limpie al menos una vez al a o Nota Si las prendas no se secan entonces verifique que los conductos no presenten obstrucciones e No haga que la secadora drene hacia ninguna pared techo s tano de peque a altura o espacio oculto de un edificio linea de descarga de gases o cualquier otro conducto com n o chimenea Esto podr a generar un peligro de incendio como consecuencia de la pelusa expulsada por la secadora SECADORA EL CTRICA Y A GAS Tipo de tapa impermeable Recomendado Utilice s lo para una instalaci n de corto 4 10 16 cm 2 5 6 35 cm N codos de 90 R gido Met lico flexible R gido Met lico flexible 0 24 4 m 80 pies 12 4 m 41 pies 22 6 m 74 pies 10 1 m 33 pies il 20 7 m 68 pies 11 2 m 37 pies 18 9 m 62 pies 8 8 m 29 pies 2 17 4 m 67 pies 10 1 m 33 pies 15 5 m 51 pies 7 6 m 25 pies 3 14 3 m 47 pies 9 0 m 29 pies 12 5 m 41 pies 6 5 m 21 pies No utilice conductos flexibles de un
201. e for more details XIGNAddV 90 You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the library if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library Frob a library for tweaking knobs written by James Random Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1990 Ty Coon President of Vice That s all there is to it BSD LICENSE flex the fast lexical analyser Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 The Flex Project Copyright c 1990 1997 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved LibNet License Copyright c 1998 2001 Mike D Schiffman lt mike infonexus com gt PPP Debian Copyright c 1989 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the
202. e la secadora despu s de la instalaci n verifique la conexi n y limpie el conducto Si el mensaje de NIVEL 1 aparece a pesar de haber verificado y limpiado los conductos puede indicar que hay algunas restricciones del conducto debido a la longitud el estado etc Si esto ocurre puede usar la secadora normalmente y no es necesario tomar otras medidas Sin embargo el tiempo de secado puede extenderse o el desempe o del secado puede degradarse 36_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 36 2012 06 26 12 16 36 CONFIGURACI N DEL CONTROL REMOTO Y LA SUPERVISI N INTELIGENTE Conecte un m dem o un enrutador al mbrico inal mbrico mediante una conexi n inal mbrica con ctese a www samsungsmartappliance com y registre la secadora con el Control Remoto el servicio de Supervisi n inteligente La funci n Control Remoto del modelo electr nico tiene la funci n de Supervisi n inteligente del modelo a gas Las acciones que realice en su secadora desactivar n la funci n de Control inteligente Abrir la puerta tocar el panel LCD presionar botones etc Este producto no contiene un enrutador inal mbrico Configuraci n del m dem enrutador inal mbrico Este producto es compatible con el DHCP Protocolo de configuraci n de host din mico Si desea utilizar un m dem enrutador inal mbrico existente debe activar la funci n o el servidor DHCP del m dem enrutador Configure el canal
203. e o o Secado con sensor Museo Sanitize Desinfecci n yenn O o o sin cambios Secado normal O Eco Normal Eco Normal sin cambios DVA550 e o o Wool Lana Secado normal o o sin cambios Air Fluff Temperatura ambiente o o o Secado manual Quick Dry Secado r pido Q o o o Time Dry Secado con temporizador Q o o o o o o o Wrinkle Away Antiarrugas Q o o o Ciclos de vapor Refresh Refrescar 0 o o Y es s lo el modelo a gas Recomendaciones sobre el tama o de la carga Carga grande libertad Llene del tambor No agregue prendas por encima de este nivel para que puedan dar vueltas con Carga media Llene Y del tambor Carga peque a Coloque 3 a 5 prendas y no llene m s de del tambor Y Para obtener los mejores resultados siga las recomendaciones sobre el tama o de la carga para cada ciclo de secado DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 73 Ap ndice _73 2012 06 26 AOIGNAdV 90 12 16 53 Ap ndice OPEN SOURCE ANNOUNCEMENT The software included in this product contains copyrighted software that is licensed under the GPL LGPL You may obtain the complete Corresponding Source code from us for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product by sending email to oss request samsung com If you want to obtain the complete Corresponding Source code in the physical medium such as CD ROM the cost of physic
204. e of this License 4 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following 1 Accompany it with the complete corresponding machinereadable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or 2 Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code dist
205. e of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 2 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish
206. e parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 16 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 17 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRI T ING WI L L ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA
207. e s che linge 1 Appuyez et maintenez simultan ment les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause durant 3 secondes 2 Tournez le S lecteur de programme jusqu ce que Ad s affiche sur l cran et appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause L adresse MAC appara t 3 Recherchez une adresse hexad cimale 12 caract res appuyez sur les boutons Start Pause D marrer Pause pour les 2 chiffres et texte 6 Cliquez sur Certify device Certifier le p riph rique 62_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 62 2012 06 26 12 17 29 7 Appuyez et maintenez simultan ment E o ones a y les boutons Temp Temp rature et A an Start Pause D marrer Pause durant 3 y al secondes 8 Tournez le S lecteur de programme jusqu ce que PS s affiche sur l cran puis appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause 9 Lorsque la fen tre de v rification de certification du p riph rique appara t cliquez sur Ok Si le s che linge que vous allez enregistrer et d j enregistr par d autres utilisateurs une fen tre appara tra en vous demandant si vous souhaitez supprimer l autorit d utilisation des utilisateurs existants ou non NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO 10 Lorsque l enregistrement du s che linge est termin vous pouvez v rifier le s che linge enregistr sur la liste des infor
208. e s curit et de construction de bien manufactur titre 24 CFR partie 3280 ancienne norme f d rale sur la s curit et la construction de mobile home titre 24 HUD partie 280 1975 pour les tats Unis ou les normes CSA Z240 pour le Canada Lorsque vous installez le s che linge dans un mobile home il doit tre fix au sol Installez le dans un endroit correctement a r Un espace d gag minimum de 72 po 465 cm est requis Appelez le 1 800 SAMSUNG pour plus d informations sur l achat du kit de fixation au sol Toutes les installations en mobile home doivent disposer d une vacuation vers l ext rieur l extr mit du conduit d vacuation tant correctement fix e la structure du mobile home l aide d accessoires non combustibles Le conduit d vacuation ne doit pas d boucher sous le mobile home Reportez vous la section suivante vacuation pour plus d informations VACUATION L vacuation du s che linge ne doit pas tre reli e un conduit de chemin e un mur un plafond un grenier un espace mansard ou exigu d un b timent L vacuation du s che linge vers l ext rieur vite le refoulement d air humide et de peluches dans la pi ce Consultez la section Conditions requises en mati re de conduits la page 13 pour la longueur maximale de conduit et le nombre de courbures e Tous les s che linge doivent tre dot s d une vacuation vers l ext rieur e Le conduit ne d
209. e un acabado brillante la superficie se puede rayar o da ar f cilmente Evite rayar o da ar la superficie cuando use la secadora SISTEMA DE DRENAJE DE LA SECADORA Para mantener un ptimo desempe o se lo debe inspeccionar y limpiar todos los a os La tapa de drenaje exterior debe limpiarse con m s frecuencia para garantizar un funcionamiento adecuado 64_ Cuidado y limpieza DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec5 64 2012 06 26 12 16 52 Sugerencias para prendas especiales SUGERENCIAS PARA PRENDAS ESPECIALES Siga las instrucciones del fabricante o de la etiqueta de indicaciones para secar prendas especiales Si no se dispone de etiquetas con indicaciones use la siguiente informaci n como gu a Cubrecamas y edredones Siga las instrucciones de la etiqueta con indicaciones o seque en el ciclo Ropa de cama Aseg rese de que la prenda est completamente seca antes de usarla o guardarla Tal vez deba volver a colocarla para garantizar un secado uniforme Ropa de cama Utilice el ciclo Normal Normal y seque de a una sola frazada por vez para lograr un mejor funcionamiento de la secadora Aseg rese de que la prenda est completamente seca antes de usarla o guardarla Cortinas y pa os de tela Utilice el ciclo Perm Press Plancha permanente y la temperatura Low Baja o Extra Low Extrabaja para reducir la formaci n de arrugas Seque estos art culos en tandas peque as para obt
210. ed warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details AXANNV 90 You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the library if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library Frob a library for tweaking knobs written by James Random Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1990 Ty Coon President of Vice That s all there is to it BSD LICENSE flex the fast lexical analyser Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 The Flex Project Copyright c 1990 1997 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved LibNet License Copyright c 1998 2001 Mike D Schiffman lt mike infonexus com gt PPP Debian Copyright c 1989 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice t
211. egetal o de cocina DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec4 65 Sugerencias para prendas especiales _65 2012 06 26 S31VI93dS3 SVON3Hd Vd Vd SVIONIHIDNS v0 12 16 52 Soluci n de problemas CONTROLE ESTOS PUNTOS SI SU SECADORA PROBLEMA SOLUCI N No funciona e Aseg rese de que la puerta est cerrada con traba e Aseg rese de que el cable de alimentaci n est enchufado a un tomacorriente que funcione e Controle los disyuntores y fusibles de la casa e Presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa nuevamente si la puerta se abre durante el ciclo No calienta e Controle los disyuntores y fusibles de la casa e Seleccione una opci n de secado con calor distinta de Air Fluff Secado a temperatura ambiente e Enuna secadora a gas verifique que el suministro de gas est abierto e Limpie el filtro atrapapelusas y el conducto de drenaje e La secadora puede haberse desplazado a la fase de enfriamiento del ciclo No seca e Verifique todos los item anteriores y adem s e Aseg rese de que la tapa de drenaje hacia el exterior de la casa se pueda abrir y cerrar sin inconvenientes e Verifique que el sistema de drenaje no presente obstrucciones Los conductos deben inspeccionarse y limpiarse todos los a os e Utilice un conducto de drenaje de metal r gido de 4 No la sobrecargue 1 carga de lavado 1 carga de secado Separe los art culos pesados de los art culos livianos
212. em Y e The way the WPS function runs on your wireless router modem may differ depending on the manufacturer Refer to the user manual of your router modem for details e Even after the WPS setup is complete it may take some time until the actual connection is established and an IP address is allocated through through DHCP up to 5 minutes e Note that if you use a wireless router modem that is not WPS certified the dryer may not be connected through Wi Fi or another device that was connected to the wireless router modem may be disconnected e Please note that for some wireless router modem if you press and hold the WPS button for some time the settings of the router modem may be reset CAUTION If the dryer and the wireless router modem are properly connected the indicator blinks on the display panel for 30 seconds Press and hold the Signal On Off button for 3 seconds to finish the Smart Control connection setup When the setup is completed normally the indicator blinks on the display panel accompanied by a beeping sound If you press and hold the Signal On Off button for 3 seconds when the dryer and the wired wireless sharer are not properly connected the invalid button sound is heard and the Smart Control connection setup is not completed 38_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 38 2012 06 25 5 21 09 Connecting to the network using the Samsung Laundry App 1 Press and ho
213. end into the duct and catch lint e The exhaust duct should be 4 inches 102 mm in diame duct shall not exceed 2 4 m 7 8 ft e The total length of flexible metal In the United States e Use only those foil type flexible duc by the manufacturer and that comp Subject 2158A shall be used In Canada s if any specifically iden ly with the Outline for Clo e Use only those foil type flexible duc by the manufacturer Outside the U S and Canada e Refer to the local codes s if any specifically iden er ified for use with the appliance hes Dryer Transition Ducts ified for use with the appliance The dryer must be exhausted to the outside to reduce the risk of fire when installed in an same alcove or closet NEVER USE A PLASTIC OR NON METAL FLEXIBLE DUCT ae lf your existing ductwork is plastic non metal or combustible replace it with metal Use only a metal exhaust duct that is non flammable to ensure containment of the exhaust air heat and lint DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 17 Installing your dryer _17 2012 06 25 YSAYC HNOA ONITIVLSNI LO 5 21 04 Installing your dryer GAS REQUIREMENTS Use only natural or LP liquid propane gases THE INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM WITH LOCAL CODES OR IN THE ABSENCE OF LOCAL CODES WITH THE NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ANSI Z223 1 LATEST REVISION FOR THE UNITED STATES OR WITH THE CAN CGA B149 INSTALLATION CODES FOR CANADA Gas d
214. ended Spin Signal On off Hot Wam Eco Wi e Cold Temp Power O Start Pause O Star Start Pause Pure Cycle Steam Start Pause Soil Level DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 45 Extra Hot e High Extra High Heavy cry Medium Normal lam Low ev No Spin Light Spin bre Light Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal On off Soil Level aiik Una vez que se haya configurado la red en la unidad se visualizar Transfer complete Transferencia completada Despu s de que finalice la transferencia seleccione Confirm Confirmar En la unidad se visualizar oAP El tel fono ahora est conectado a la m quina a trav s de la red Una vez que el tel fono est conectado a la m quina presione los botones Temp Set Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa simult neamente durante 5 segundos Despu s de 5 segundos en la pantalla LED se visualizar el ciclo de lavado original Despu s de visualizar el ciclo de lavado espere aproximadamente 1 minuto Observar que el cono Gets de Wi Fi comienza a parpadear Cuando el cono de Wi Fi aparezca en pantalla presione el bot n Signal Sefial y mant ngalo CEA presionado durante 3 segundos El cono de Wi Fi dejar de parpadear La m quina ya est lista para que Sites se le realice la certificaci n de dispositivos Manual de instrucci
215. ener mejores resultados y retirelos o antes posible Pa ales de tela Utilice el ciclo mullidos ormal Normal y la temperatura High Alta para pa ales suaves y Prendas con relleno de plumas chaquetas bolsas de dormir edredones etc Utilice el ciclo Normal y la opci n de temperatura Baja o Extrabaja Agregar toallas secas acorta el tiempo de secado y absorbe la humedad Goma espuma reverso de alfombras mu ecos de peluche hombreras etc O seque con el ciclo de secado con calor Use el ciclo Secado a temperatura ambiente sin calor ADVERTENCIA Secar un art culo de goma con calor puede da arlo u ocasionar un riesgo de incendio Almohadas Utilice el ciclo Normal Normal Agregue un par de toallas secas y un par de zapatillas limpias para mejorar el uncionamiento de la secadora y secar el art culo O seque almohadas de capoc o de goma espuma en la secadora Utilice el ciclo Air Fluff Secado a temperatura ambiente Pl sticos cortinas de ba o cubiertas de muebles para exteriores etc Utilice el ciclo Secado a temperatura ambiente o el ciclo Secado con temporizador y la opci n de temperatura Baja o Extrabaja de acuerdo con las instrucciones de la etiqueta ARTICULOS QUE SE DEBE EVITAR PONER EN LA SECADORA e Art culos de fibra de vidrio cortinas pa os de tela etc e Lanas salvo que se recomiende en la etiqueta e Art culos embebidos en aceite v
216. enssl core openssl org 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson th cryptsoft com 86_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 86 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Garant a U S A SECADORA SAMSUNG GAR
217. ente S lo para el modelo el ctrico La tecnolog a innovadora del control inteligente de Samsung le permite controlar su secadora mediante dispositivos tecnol gicos como los tel fonos inteligentes No necesita esperar a que el ciclo termine El control inteligente le permite controlar el proceso de secado y le informa una vez que el ciclo haya finalizado Smart Monitor Monitoreo inteligente S lo para el modelo a gas La tecnolog a innovadora del Smart Monitor Monitoreo inteligente de Samsung le permite supervisar su secadora mediante dispositivos tecnol gicos como los tel fonos inteligentes No necesita esperar a que el ciclo termine El Smart Monitor Monitoreo inteligente le permite controlar el proceso de secado y le informa una vez que el ciclo haya finalizado Smart Care El sistema autom tico de supervisi n de fallas Smart Care de Samsung detecta y diagn stica problemas tempranamente y proporciona una soluci n f cil y r pida Con la innovadora tecnolog a de control inteligente tambi n puede recibir alertas cuando hay un problema mediante su tel fono inteligente e Ciclo de vapor Este ciclo roc a una peque a cantidad de agua en el tambor de la secadora despu s de varios minutos de secado con calor Disminuye los malos olores de las prendas que son dif ciles de eliminar cuando se lava con agua y tambi n disminuye las arrugas e Ciclo desinfecci n Este ciclo desinfecta las prendas impregnando la tela con calor
218. entes etc o que contengan cera o productos qu micos como trapeadores y pa os de limpieza Las sustancias inflamables pueden ocasionar que la tela se prenda fuego No almacene ni utilice gasolina u otros vapores o l quidos inflamables cerca de este o cualquier otro aparato el ctrico No permita que los ni os o las mascotas jueguen sobre el electrodom stico dentro de l o frente a l Se requiere de supervisi n cuando el electrodom stico es utilizado cerca de ni os y mascotas Antes de retirar o descartar la secadora retire la puerta del compartimiento de secado para evitar que los ni os y las mascotas queden atrapados dentro de la secadora No introduzca la mano en el electrodom stico cuando el tambor est en movimiento o instale o guarde este electrodom stico donde quede expuesto a factores clim ticos lo modifique los controles o repare reemplace ni intente realizar el mantenimiento de cualquier pieza del electrodom stico salvo que st recomendado espec ficamente en las instrucciones de mantenimiento del usuario o en las instrucciones e reparaci n para el usuario publicadas y que a su juicio usted tenga la habilidad para llevarlas a cabo Q D o use suavizante para ropa o productos para evitar la est tica salvo que el fabricante del suavizante para ropa o del producto lo recomiende E impie el filtro para pelusas antes o despu s de cada carga o aplique calor para secar prendas que contengan g
219. eplacement parts and products assume the remaining original warranty or ninety 90 days whichever is longer AINVHHVM 20 This limited warranty covers manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship encountered in normal noncommercial use of this product and shall not apply to the following damage that occurs in shipment delivery and installation applications and uses for which this product was not intended altered product or serial numbers cosmetic damage or exterior finish accidents abuse neglect fire water lightning or other acts of nature or God use of products equipment systems utilities services parts supplies accessories applications installations repairs external wiring or connectors not supplied or authorized by SAMSUNG that damage this product or result in service problems incorrect electrical line voltage fluctuations and surges customer adjustments and failure to follow operating instructions maintenance and environmental instructions that are covered and prescribed in the instruction book product removal and reinstallation problems caused by pest infestations This limited warranty does not cover problems resulting from incorrect electric current voltage or supply light bulbs house fuses house wiring cost of a service call for instructions or fixing installation errors SAMSUNG does not warrant uninterrupted or error free operation of the product Warranty _87 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec
220. er via Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _59 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 59 2012 06 26 12 16 49 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias 13 Finaliz la Certificaci n de dispositivos y la lavadora est conectada a su tel fono Figura 14 E inteligente Uso de la aplicaci n m vil mE Aseg rese de que el cono de Wi Fi no parpadee Si el cono parpadea presione el bot n Signal Se al y mant ngalo presionado hasta que el lt AE cono deje de parpadear Cuando se active el cono de la traba de la a Exa High an puerta la unidad estar lista Ahora presione el cono de la Lavadora a High a Medium secadora inteligente SAMSUNG Low No Spin Cuando toque el cono de la Lavadora Washer _ secadora inteligente SAMSUNG el tel fono 3 FASSKTB25AD10230 buscar la lavadora Una vez que el tel fono Indoor Control Searching se conecte con la lavadora aparecer el nombre de la lavadora o MAC Ahora toque Ov i el nombre de la lavadora Conne WN Setup 60_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 60 2012 06 26 12 16 50 Una vez establecida la conexi n toque la pesta a Start New Wash Iniciar Washer nuevo lavado En la pantalla de la unidad debe visualizarse Choose Cycle Seleccionar ciclo Cuando visualice la pantalla Choose Cycle Seleccionar Washer is on ciclo toque
221. eratura ambiente y el ciclo Wrinkle Away Antiarrugas Para agregar o restar tiempo al ciclo presione la tecla Adjust Time Ajustar tiempo con la flecha hacia arriba o hacia abajo hasta que aparezca el tiempo deseado Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas ofrece aproximadamente 180 minutos de secado intermitente con aire fresco al final de ciclo para reducir la formaci n de arrugas Presione el bot n Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas para activar dicha funci n La luz del indicador arriba de la tecla se iluminar cuando se seleccione Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas La carga est seca y puede ser retirada en cualquier momento durante el ciclo Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas My Cycle Mi ciclo Elija su ciclo favorito incluidos el ciclo la temperatura la opci n de nivel de secado etc Consulte la secci n Mi Ciclo en la p gina 33 Rack Dry Secado en estante Rack Dry Secado con Rack est disponible en el ciclo Time Dry Tiempo de Secado La temperatura quedar establecida s lo en Extra Low Extrabaja Consulte la secci n Rack Dry Secado en estante en la p gina 34 Mixed Load Bell Timbre de carga mixta Es una alarma que notifica al usuario del tiempo cuando el nivel de secado promedio es centrifugado parcial 80 seco Es til cuando el lavado contiene diversos tipos de telas que no se desean secar completamente Suena una alarma durant
222. erior a las 3 lb El ciclo de Lana de esta m quina ha sido aprobado por Woolmark Company para productos de lana Total Easy Care WOOLMARK M0913 DV455E y M1007 DV455G APPAREL CARE Sanitize Desinfecci n Desinfecta las prendas impregnando la tela con calor a alta temperatura durante el ciclo de secado Utilice este ciclo para mantener su ropa de cama y cortinas limpias por medio de la desinfecci n Time Dry Secado con temporizador El secado con temporizador le permite seleccionar el tiempo del ciclo deseado en minutos Gire el disco Selector de ciclos a Time Dry Secado con temporizador a continuaci n presione la flecha hacia arriba de Adjust Time Ajustar tiempo para determinar el tiempo de secado Presione la flecha repetidamente para desplazarse por las opciones de tiempo DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 29 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _29 2012 06 26 SVION3839NS SINOIDINELSNI 30 IVANVIA ZO 12 16 34 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Quick Dry Secado r pido Ofrece un ciclo de secado en 30 minutos Air Fluff Temperatura ambiente El ciclo Secado a temperatura ambiente seca la carga con aire a temperatura ambiente Refresh Refrescar Este ciclo es el m s adecuado para alisar arrugas y reducir los olores de las cargas de una a cuatro prendas secas En este ciclo se roc a una peque a cantidad de agua en el tambor de la secadora despu s de varios minutos de secado con
223. ermet de diff rer le d part d un programme de 24 heures maximum par tranches d une heure L heure affich e est celle laquelle le programme commencera Consultez la section D part diff r la page 32 Options de programme Adjust Time R glage du temps Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer la dur e de s chage automatiquement pr configur e pour les programmes S chage manuel programmes Time Dry Temps de s chage Quick Dry S chage rapide ou Air Fluff Air froid et le programme Wrinkle Away Anti froissement Pour allonger ou raccourcir la dur e d un programme appuyez sur la fl che vers le haut ou vers le bas Ajust Time R glage du temps jusqu ce que le temps souhait s affiche Wrinkle Prevent Anti froissage La fonction Antifroissage assure 180 minutes de rotation froid par intermittence la fin du programme pour viter de froisser le linge Appuyez sur le bouton Wrinkle Prevent Pr vention des faux plis pour activer cette fonction Le voyant situ au dessus du bouton s allume lorsque la fonction Wrinkle Prevent Pr vention des faux plis est s lectionn e Une fois que le linge est sec vous pouvez le retirer tout moment du s che linge pendant le cycle Wrinkle Prevent Pr vention des faux plis My Cycle Mon cycle Vous permet de choisir le programme la temp rature le niveau de s chage etc que vous souhaitez Consultez la section Mon cycle la page 33 Rack Dry
224. erminated with closed loop terminals open end spade lugs with turned up ends or with tinned leads WARNING e Do not reuse a power supply cord from an old dryer The power cord electric supply wiring must be retained at the dryer cabinet with a suitable UL listed strain relief e Grounding through the neutral conductor is prohibited for 1 new branch circuit installations 2 mobile homes 3 recreational vehicles and 4 areas where local codes prohibit grounding through the neutral conductor Use a 4 prong plug for 4 wire receptacles NEMA type 14 30R Electric models Canada Only e A 120 240 volt 60 Hz AC approved electrical service fused through a 30 ampere fuse or circuit breaker on both sides of the line is required e All Canadian models are shipped with the power cord attached The power cord should be plugged into a 30 ampere receptacle Y In Canada you may not convert a dryer to 208 volts 20_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 20 2012 06 25 5 21 04 CONNECTING THE INLET HOSE Method 1 The dryer must be connected to the cold water faucet using the new inlet hoses Do not use old hoses 1 kad If space permits attach the brass female end of the Y connector to the cold water faucet Turn the cold water faucet off Attach the straight end of long hose to the Y connector Using pliers tighten the coupling with an additional two thirds turn Do not overt
225. escuido incendio inundaci n ca da de rayos u otros casos fortuitos o de fuerza mayor uso de productos equipo sistemas utilidades servicios piezas suministros accesorios aplicaciones instalaciones reparaciones cableado externo o conectores no provistos ni autorizados por SAMSUNG que da en este producto o que acarreen problemas en el servicio voltaje de la l nea el ctrica incorrecto fluctuaciones y sobretensi n ajustes del cliente e incumplimiento de lo establecido en el manual de instrucciones instrucciones de mantenimiento y ambientales que est n cubiertas y recomendadas en el manual de instrucciones traslado y reinstalaci n del producto problemas causados por plagas La presente garant a limitada no cubre problemas derivados de la corriente el voltaje o el suministro el ctrico incorrectos las bombillas de luz los fusibles de la casa el cableado de la casa el costo del servicio t cnico para recibir instrucciones o corregir errores en la instalaci n SAMSUNG no garantiza el funcionamiento ininterrumpido o sin errores del producto Garant a _89 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec8 89 2012 06 26 12 16 54 Garant a SALVO LO ESTABLECIDO EN LA PRESENTE GARANT A NO EXISTEN GARANT AS SOBRE EL PRESENTE PRODUCTO YA SEAN EXPRESAS O T CITAS Y SAMSUNG DESCONOCE TODAS LAS GARANT AS QUE INCLUYEN AUNQUE NO EN CAR CTER TAXATIVO CUALQUIER GARANT A T CITA DE QUE EL PRODUCTO SE ENCUENTRA EN CONDICIONES APTAS PARA
226. etal wiring system or an equipment grounding conductor must be run with the circuit conductors and connected to the equipment grounding terminal or lead on the dryer Installing your dryer _19 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 19 2012 06 25 YSAYC HNOA ONITIVLSNI LO 5 21 04 Installing your dryer ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS Before operating or testing follow all grounding instructions in the Grounding section on page 19 An individual branch or separate circuit serving only your dryer is recommended DO NOT USE AN EXTENSION CORD Gas models U S and Canada A 120 volt 60 Hz AC approved electrical service with a 15 ampere fuse or circuit breaker is required Electric models U S only Most U S dryers require a 120 240 volt 60 Hz AC approved electrical service Some require 120 208 volt 60 Hz approved electrical service The electric service requirements can be found on the data label located behind the door A 30 ampere fuse or circuit breaker on both sides of the line is required e If a power cord is used the cord should be plugged into a 30 ampere receptacle e The power cord is NOT provided with U S electric model dryers RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK When local codes allow the electrical supply of the dryer may be connected by means of anew power supply cord kit marked for use with a dryer that is U L listed and rated at a minimum of120 240 volts 30 ampere with three No 10 copper wire conductors t
227. euvent tre dangereux pour les enfants Maintenez tous les emballages fm sacs en plastique polystyr ne etc hors de port e des enfants Capot sup rieur Panneau de commande L ARRI RE Arriv e d eau Panneau avant d vacuation VOIR LES CONDITIONS REQUISES EN MATI RE D VACUATION Pi ces fournies a Tuyau d arriv e d eau Rondelle de Tuyau d arriv e d eau Raccord en Y court caoutchouc long 12_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 12 2012 06 26 12 17 13 Outils requis 7 Rs Pince serre tube Pince Cutter mod le au gaz Tournevis a douille uniquement Ap A Niveau Tournevis cruciforme Ruban adh sif Cl anglaise CONDITIONS D INSTALLATION DE BASE V rifiez que vous disposez de tous les l ments requis pour installer correctement l appareil Une PRISE LECTRIQUE AVEC MISE A LA TERRE Consultez la section Normes lectriques la page 19 Un CORDON D ALIMENTATION pour s che linge lectrique l exception du Canada Des CONDUITES DE GAZ s il s agit d un s che linge au gaz conformes aux r glementations locales et nationales Un SYSTEME D EVACUATION r alis en m tal rigide ou en m tal flexible avec parois rigides CONDITIONS REQUISES EN MATI RE DE CONDUITS Utilisez un conduit en aluminium ou en acier galvanis rigide d un diam tre de 4 pouces 10 2 cm N utilisez pas de con
228. exhaust ductwork is hooked up and the joints are taped e Aplastic flexible duct is NOT used e Use rigid or stiff walled flexible metal vent material e The dryer is level and is sitting firmly on the floor e Gas models the gas is turned on with no gas leaks e Start your dryer to confirm that it runs heats and shuts off DRYER EXHAUST TIPS A A plastic or non metal flexible duct presents a potential fire hazard WARNING 1 Make sure your dryer is installed properly so it exhausts air easily ie Exhaust 2 Use a 4 diameter rigid metal duct Tape all joints including at the dryer Never use lint trapping screws 3 Keep ducts as straight as possible 4 Clean all old ducts before installing your new dryer Be sure the vent flap opens and closes freely Inspect and clean the exhaust system annually Don t let a poor exhaust system slow the drying process by e Restricting your dryer with a poor exhaust system e Using a plastic thin foil or non metal flexible duct e Unnecessarily using long ducts that have many elbows e Allowing dented or clogged ducts and vent 26_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 26 2012 06 25 5 21 05 DOOR REVERSAL Unplug the power cord 2 Remove two door hinge screws 3 Lift the door and remove it _ 4 Remove two screws from the frame front YSAYC HNOA
229. ez pas l exc s vous risqueriez d endommager le raccord 10 V rifiez que les robinets d eau sont ouverts 11 V rifiez qu il n y a aucune fuite au niveau du raccord en Y des robinets et des tuyaux 22_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 22 Tuyau court arriv e d eau froide Raccord en Y Panneau arri re le Tuyau d eau 2012 06 26 12 17 14 PI CES DE RECHANGE ET ACCESSOIRES Si vous avez besoin de pi ces de rechange ou d accessoires pour votre s che linge contactez votre revendeur ou le centre d assistance client le de SAMSUNG au 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 INSTALLATION Pour une installation optimale nous vous recommandons de faire appel un installateur qualifi Installation 1 Installez votre s che linge l emplacement appropri Envisagez d installer le s che linge et le lave linge c te Niveau c te pour faciliter l acc s aux raccords de gaz lectriques et d vacuation Posez deux des plateaux en carton sur le sol Inclinez le s che linge sur le c t pour le poser sur les deux plateaux 2 Remettez le s che linge la verticale 3 Pour pouvoir offrir des performances optimales le s che linge doit tre parfaitement de niveau Pour minimiser les vibrations le bruit et les mouvements ind sirables le sol sur lequel le lave linge est install doit tre parfaitement de niveau et stable J9N
230. f this information GPL Software Bridge Utils BusyBox DNRD dosfstools iproute2 IPTables Linux Kernel ntpclient Open1x RSDK toolchain rtl819x Bootloader samba squashfs udhcp Server Client Package USB ModeSwitch wireless tools LGPL Software libni Netlink Library Mini XML GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the
231. fication du p riph rique 2012 06 26 12 17 26 Certification du p riph rique 1 La Device Certification Certification du p riph rique doit uniquement tre ex cut e avec la configuration initiale S lectionnez l onglet Indoor Control Commande int rieure pour rechercher le nom du lave linge Une fois que le nom du lave linge s affiche touchez l onglet Connectio WN p Setup a not used n the Outdoes 2 V rifiez que l ic ne Wi Fi ne clignote pas Appuyez simultan ment sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause pendant 5 secondes AP s affiche NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO Start Pause 3 Une fois que AP s affiche vous devez tourner le bouton en sens Figure 4 anti horaire jusqu ce que PS s affiche Apr s que PS s affiche appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause 4 Apr s avoir touch l onglet du nom du lave linge vous devez touchez Figure 5 l onglet Confirm Confirmer pour poursuivre la certification Cogrm Instructions et conseils d utilisation _57 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 57 2012 06 26 12 17 27 Instructonsetconselsc utlisation 5 Apr s avoir touch l onglet Confirm Confirmer vous pouvez alors Figure 6 commencer a pr parer la certification Preparing Certificabon 6 Suivez les instructions affich es sur le t l phone p
232. fiez qu il onctionne correctement en vous servant de la liste de contr le ci dessous 10 MODELES AU GAZ UNIQUEMENT Le br leur peut ne pas s allumer si de l air est pr sent dans la conduite de gaz Lancez un programme de s chage chaud pour purger la conduite Si le gaz ne s allume pas dans un d lai de 5 minutes teignez le s che linge et attendez pendant 5 minutes Assurez vous que le robinet d alimentation en gaz du s che linge est ouvert Pour v rifier l allumage du gaz contr lez l mission de chaleur au niveau de l vacuation Installation du s che linge _25 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 25 2012 06 26 J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO 12 17 15 Installation du s che linge LISTE DE CONTR LE FINAL POUR L INSTALLATION e Le s che linge est branch sur une prise lectrique et correctement reli la terre e Les conduites d vacuation sont install es et les joints maintenus par du ruban adh sif e AUCUN conduit flexible en plastique n est utilis e Le mat riel d vacuation est en m tal rigide ou en m tal flexible avec parois rigides e Le s che linge est de niveau et ses pieds sont pos s au sol de mani re stable e Mod les au gaz l arriv e de gaz est ouverte et aucune fuite de gaz n est d tect e e Allumez votre s che linge pour v rifier qu il fonctionne correctement puis teignez le CONSEILS POUR L EVACUATION DU S CHE LINGE A Les conduits en plastique ou non m talliques
233. fluctuate as the cycle progresses The Drying light will illuminate and remain lit until the cycle is complete When your dryer is in the cool down phase the Cooling light will illuminate When your dryer is in the wrinkle prevent phase the Wrinkle Prevent light will illuminate When the cycle is complete End will appear in the display panel until the dryer door is opened or the Power button is pushed If your dryer is paused during a cycle the indicator lights will blink until the Start Pause button is pressed Dry Level Selection Button To select the dry level in the Normal Heavy Duty or other Sensor Dry cycles press the Dry Level button An indicator light will illuminate next to the desired dryness level Press the button repeatedly to scroll through the settings Larger or bulkier loads may require the Very Dry or More Dry setting for complete dryness The Less Dry setting is best suited for lightweight fabrics or for leaving some moisture in the clothing at the end of the cycle Damp Dry is designed to partially dry items Use for items that lay flat or hang to dry 4 Temp Selection Button To select the correct temperature for the load press the Temp button An indicator light will illuminate next to the desired temperature Press the button repeatedly to scroll through the settings High For sturdy cottons or those labeled Tumble Dry Medium For permanent press synthetics lightweight cot
234. ge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any 74_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 74 2012 06 26 12 17 31 problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid
235. gnes du fabricant 18_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 18 2012 06 26 12 17 14 NORMES LECTRIQUES Le sch ma de c blage figure sur une plaque situ e sous le panneau de commande A e Un branchement incorrect du conducteur de mise la terre peut cr er un risque d lectrocution Pr Demandez conseil un lectricien ou un r parateur agr si vous avez des doutes quant la mise la terre correcte de votre s che linge Ne modifiez pas la prise fournie avec le s che linge si celle ci ne correspond pas la prise secteur demandez un lectricien qualifi d installer une prise ad quate e Pour pr venir tout risque d incendie d lectrocution ou de blessure l int gralit du c blage et des mises la terre doit tre r alis e conform ment aux r glementations locales ou en l absence de ces derni res au code lectrique national National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA derni re r vision n 70 pour les tats Unis ou aux dispositions canadiennes sur l lectricit CSA C22 1 derni res r visions et aux r glementations locales Il rel ve de votre responsabilit de fournir des services lectriques adapt s votre s che linge e Toutes les installations au gaz doivent tre conformes aux dispositions nationales sur le gaz ANSI Z2231 derni re r vision pour les tats Unis ou aux dispositions d installation CAN CGA B149 derni re r vision pour le Canada ainsi qu aux
236. gram proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 2 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publi
237. gramme Une fois que l cran Choose Cycle Choisir le pino d programme s affiche touchez l onglet Start D marrer TAPE 4 EE Appuyez alors sur le bouton Start D marrer et activez le programme de lavage Vous pouvez surveiller le Cycle Complete programme de lavage pour contr ler 01 By 31 2 SpinOnty l tat du programme Une fois que le programme est termin le t l phone m NN afiche Cycle Complete Programme termin NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO Washing Est finish time 7 46 PM 111 Pause 15 Dismiss iii Instructions et conseils d utilisation _61 DV455 02836F 02 CFR_20120626 indd Sec3 61 2012 06 26 12 17 29 Instructonsetconselsc utlisation ENREGISTREMENT DE VOTRE SECHE LINGE 1 Acc dez au site Web Samsung Smart Poux rcs 2 me 3 E appliance http www samsungsmartappliance com 2 Saisissez votre ID utilisateur et le mot de passe pour vous connecter Si vous ne poss dez pas de compte appuyez sur Create a Samsung account Cr er un compte Samsung et remplissez le formulaire pour devenir membre 3 S lectionnez My page Ma page gt My page Ma page 4 S lectionnez Add device Ajouter un vest waver 2 menus UE p riph rique A e i me RE oo gt 5 Recherchez le num ro MAC sur votre PP im 2 mr EE seche linge et saisissez le dans la page des p riph riques Up ss Sur votr
238. gramme et arr te le s che linge e Les voyants Drying S chage Cooling Refroidissement et Wrinkle Prevent Pr vention des faux plis s allument lorsque le programme entame ces cycles de s chage A Ne posez aucun objet sur le s che linge lorsque celui ci est en cours de fonctionnement AVERTISSEMENT Instructions et conseils d utilisation _35 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 35 2012 06 26 NOLIWSMILA O SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO 12 17 18 Instructonsetconselsc utlisation CAPTEUR DE VENTILATION Votre s che linge Samsung est quip d un capteur de ventilation qui d tecte et vous pr vient lorsque les conduits doivent tre nettoy s Conservez votre s che linge propre et efficace en nettoyant les conduits lorsque vous y tes invit Le capteur de ventilation d tecte tous les colmatages de conduit Vous pouvez voir s il y a un colmatage de conduit partir du voyant du capteur de ventilation Vent Sensor AL de l affichage num rique Niveau Message tat Solution 0 Le voyant du capteur Le conduit est exempt de de ventilation Vent colmatages Sensor est teint 1 Le voyant du capteur Lorsqu une partie du V rifiez le raccordement de ventilation Vent conduit ou du filtre de conduit et Sensor X s allume peluches est bloqu e par raccourcissez le et les peluches ou un corps redressez le au besoin tranger V rifiez le filtre peluche
239. gu UL A Lors de la conversion d un syst me lectrique 4 fils en syst me lectrique 3 fils le lt conducteur de terre doit tre rebranch sur le support du bornier pour mettre le chassis du s che linge la terre sur le conducteur neutre Branchements 4 FILS 1 Retirez la vis centrale du bornier 2 Reliez le fil de terre vert ou sans habillage du cordon d alimentation au conducteur vis de erre externe 3 Branchez le fil neutre blanc ou central du cordon d alimentation et le fil de terre de l appareil vert rayures jaunes sous la vis centrale du bornier 4 Reliez les autres fils aux bornes vis ext rieures Serrez les vis 5 Serrez les vis de d charge de tension 6 Ins rez la languette du cache du bornier dans la fente situ e sur le panneau arri re du s che inge 7 Fixez le cache l aide d une vis 1 Connecteur de terre externe 2 Fil vert ou en cuivre nu du cordon d alimentation 3 R ducteur de tension 3 4 po 1 9 cm homologu UL 4 Vis centrale argent e du bornier 5 Fil de terre vert jaune 6 Fil neutre blanc ou central 8 l aide d un niveau contr lez la position du s che linge et r glez les pieds si n cessaire 9 Profitez en pour v rifier que tous les branchements gaz sur les versions au gaz vacuation et lectricit ont t correctement effectu s Branchez le s che linge et v ri
240. he materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally 82_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 82 2012 06 26 12 16 53 distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 8 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things 1 Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above 2 Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 9 You may not copy modify sublicense link wi
241. heir names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project 6 Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson th cryptsoft com 86_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 86 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Warranty U S A SAMSUNG DRYER LIMITED WARRANTY TO ORIGINAL PURCHASER This SAMSUNG brand product as supplied and distributed by SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS AMERICA INC SAMSUNG
242. hes propre REMARQUE IMPORTANTE POUR L INSTALLATEUR Lisez attentivement les instructions suivantes avant d installer le s che linge Conservez soigneusement ces consignes afin de pouvoir vous y reporter ult rieurement AN Retirez le hublot des appareils mis au rebut pour viter qu un enfant ne soit enferm et ne s touffe Sea l int rieur 14_ Installation du s che linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 14 2012 06 26 12 17 13 CHOIX DE L EMPLACEMENT D INSTALLATION Le s che linge doit tre install dans un endroit suffisamment spacieux tant l avant pour permettre de charger l appareil qu l arri re pour le syst me d vacuation Ce s che linge est quip en usine pour une vacuation arri re en option Si vous pr f rez l vacuation par le bas la droite ou la gauche utilisez le kit d vacuation auxiliaire Les instructions sont fournies avec le kit Veillez ce que la pi ce dans laquelle se trouve le s che linge soit suffisamment a r e Vous devez donc installer le s che linge dans une pi ce correctement ventil e Pour les s che linge gaz respectez un d gagement ad quat comme indiqu sur la plaque signal tique afin de garantir une a ration appropri e pour la combustion et le bon fonctionnement du s che linge Vous ne devez ni installer ni stocker le s che linge dans un endroit ou il pourrait tre en contact avec de l eau et ou expos aux intemp ries Vous devez maintenir le s
243. his License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice XIGNAddV 90 Appendix _83 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec
244. his list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the lt organization gt nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL lt COPYRIGHT HOLDER gt BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Annexe _85 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 85 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Annexe OPENSSL This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org This product inclu
245. ication screen touch the Samsung icon SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer that was downloaded at the beginning of this process 2012 06 25 5 21 19 STEP 7 After opening the Samsung app select Front Load ESS Washer and then Connection Setup Front S Top Indoor Control Outdoor Control Connect Setup Correction not umed in ine CO modet Tap the Setting Start and input your SSID Authentication Type Encryption Type password of AP Network te being sotup This process delivers the connection information of the AP that is connected to the mobile phone to the product SdIL SNOILONYLSNI 9NILYHY3dO ZO method encryption method and password The SSID is the unique ID of the AP Y Check the security option of the router and then set the borde OS wireless network configuration eale eriei again as below select the Security mode WPA and Encryption TKIP select the Security mode WPA2 and Encryption AES refer to wireless router manual for the security option of the wireless router STEP 9 When the network is setup the unit will display Transfer complete After the transfer is completed select Confirm The unit will then display oAP The phone is ir Transter complete sr ar now connected to ae the machine through sTo the network CERS Operating instructions tips _55 D
246. icense 4 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following 1 Accompany it with the complete corresponding machinereadable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or 2 Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed nee
247. icense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 10 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 11 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 12 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of t
248. icista calificado que instale el tomacorriente adecuado unca conecte el cable a tierra a las tuber as de pl stico las tuber as de gas o a las ca er as de agua caliente La secadora requiere un cable opcional con un conductor de conexi n a tierra del equipo y un enchufe de conexi n a ierra que se vende por separado El enchufe debe conectarse a un tomacorriente adecuado que est correctamente instalado y conectado a tierra en conformidad con todos los c digos y ordenanzas locales lo modifique el enchufe provisto con la secadora si no entra en el tomacorriente solicite a un electricista calificado que instale el tomacorriente adecuado Si no se utiliza un cable de alimentaci n y la secadora el ctrica debe estar permanentemente conectada se la debe conectar a un sistema de cableado de metal con conexi n a tierra permanente o se debe conectar un conductor con conexi n a tierra del equipo a los conductores del circuito y a la terminal con conexi n a tierra del equipo o al cable de la secadora Instalaci n de la secadora _19 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 19 2012 06 26 V40dV93S V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO 12 16 32 nstalaci n de la secadora CONEXIONES EL CTRICAS Antes de poner al electrodom stico en funcionamiento o realizar pruebas siga las instrucciones de conexi n a tierra de la Conexi n a tierra secci n en la p gina 19 Se recomienda que se destine un circuito derivado individual o separado
249. ighten as this may damage the coupling Attach the angled end of long hoses to fill the valve at the bottom of the dryer s rear frame Screw on the coupling by hand until it is seated on the fill valve connector Using the pliers tighten the coupling with an additional two thirds turn Do not overtighten as this may damage the coupling Check that the water faucets are on Check for leaks around the Y connector faucets and hoses DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 21 Water Hose Installing your dryer _21 2012 06 25 YSAYC HNOA ONITIVLSNI LO 5 21 04 Installing your dryer Method 2 The dryer must be connected to the cold water faucet using the new inlet hoses Do not use old hoses 1 If the Y connector cannot be attached directly to the cold water faucet the short hose must be used 2 Turn the cold water faucet off 3 Attach the short inlet hose to the cold water faucet Screw on the coupling by hand until it is seated on the faucet 4 Using the pliers tighten the coupling with an additional two thirds turn Short hose Inlet to cold water Y connector Do not overtighten as this may damage the coupling 5 Attach the Y connector to the brass male end of the small hose Screw on the coupling by hand until it is seated on the connector 6 Using the pliers tighten the coupling with an additional two thirds turn Do not overtigh
250. ing wireless router modem e This product supports DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol If you wants to use an existing wireless router modem you must turn on the router modem s DHCP server or unction e Set the channel for the connection with the wireless router modem to a channel that is not being used e The dryer supports the WEP TKIP or TKIP AES encryption types only Other Wi Fi encryption ypes are not supported e The quality of the wireless network may be affected by the surrounding environment e f your Internet service provider has registered and fixed the MAC address the unique identification number of a device of your PC or modem you may not be able to connect he dryer to the Internet Please ask your Internet service provider about the procedures to connect a device e g dryer other than a computer to the Internet If your Internet service provider requires an ID and password to connect to the Internet you may not be able to connect the dryer to the Internet In this case you have to enter the ID and password to connect to the Internet You may not be able to connect to the Internet due to a firewall In this case ask your Internet service provider for assistance lf you cannot connect the dryer to the Internet even after contacting your Internet service provider please contact a Samsung Electronics dealer or service center SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO Check before installation e For the procedu
251. inge Activation D sactivation Si vous souhaitez activer ou d sactiver la fonction S curit enfant appuyez simultan ment sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Time Heure pendant 3 secondes Informations sur la S curit enfant 1 Vous pouvez activer cette fonction alors que le s che linge fonctionne 2 Lorsque la S curit enfant est activ e aucun bouton ne peut tre utilis l exception du bouton Power Marche Arr t pour utiliser les autres boutons vous devez d sactiver la fonction S curit enfant 3 Le voyant S curit enfant s allume Y e Sile s che linge est remis en marche la S curit enfant reste activ e e Pour la d sactiver suivez les consignes ci dessus Si les boutons l exception du bouton Power Marche Arr t ne r pondent pas v rifiez le voyant S curit enfant Si la fonction S curit enfant est activ e suivez les consignes ci dessus pour la d sactiver D part diff r Vous pouvez programmer votre s che linge pour qu il d marre automatiquement plus tard en choisissant un d part diff r L heure affich e est celle laquelle le programme commencera 1 Programmez votre cycle de s chage 2 Appuyez sur le bouton Delay Start D part diff r plusieurs reprises jusqu obtenir le d part diff r souhait 3 Appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause Le voyant D part diff r DA s allume et l horloge lance le compte rebours
252. ink other code with the library you must provide complete object files o the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you his license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free ibrary Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for
253. installation e A GROUNDED ELECTRICAL OUTLET is required Refer to the Electrical requirements section on page 19 e A POWER CORD electric dryer except for Canada e GAS LINES if a gas dryer must meet national and local codes e The EXHAUST SYSTEM must be made of rigid metal or flexible stiff walled metal exhaust ducting DUCTING REQUIREMENTS e Use a 4 inch 10 2 cm diameter rigid aluminum or rigid galvanized steel duct e Do not use a smaller duct e Ducts larger than 4 inches 10 2 cm in diameter can result in increased accumulation of lint e Lint should be removed regularly e Ifa flexible metal duct must be used use the type with a stiff sheet metal wall Do not use a flexible duct with a thin foil wall A serious blockage can result if the flexible metal duct is bent too sharply e Never install any type of flexible duct in walls ceilings or other concealed spaces e Keep the exhaust duct as straight and short as possible e Secure joints with duct tape Do not use screws e Plastic flexible ducts can kink sag be punctured reduce airflow extend drying times and affect the dryer operation e Exhaust systems longer than recommended can extend drying times affect machine operations and collect lint e The exhaust duct should end with an exhaust hood with a swing out damper to prevent back drafts and entry of wildlife Never use an exhaust hood with a magnetic damper e The hood should have at least 12 inches 30
254. instructions in the Grounding section on page 19 U S MODELS cam RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK All U S models are produced for a 3 WIRE SYSTEM CONNECTION The dryer frame is grounded to the neutral conductor at the terminal block A 4 WIRE SYSTEM CONNECTION is required for new or remodeled construction mobile homes or if local codes do not permit grounding through neutral If the 4 wire system is used the dryer frame cannot be grounded to the neutral conductor at the terminal block Refer to the following instructions for 3 and 4 WIRE SYSTEM CONNECTIONS Remove the terminal block cover plate Insert the power cord with a UL listed strain relief through the hole provided in the cabinet near the terminal block A strain relief must be used Do not loosen the nuts already installed on the terminal block Be sure they are tight Use a 3 8 1 cm deep well socket 6 Review the Gas requirements section on page 18 Remove the pipe thread protective cap Apply a pipe joint compound or about 1 1 2 wraps of Teflon tape over all threaded connections The pipe joint compound must be resistant to the actions of any liquefied petroleum gas Connect the gas supply to your dryer An additional fitting is required to connect the 3 4 1 9 cm female thread end of a flexible connector to the 3 8 1 cm male threaded end on the dryer Securely tighten the gas line fitting over the threads Turn on the gas supply Check al
255. ion non conforme une n gligence un incendie ou une inondation la foudre ou une autre catastrophe naturelle toute utilisation de produits d quipements de syst mes d appareils de services de pi ces de fournitures d accessoires d applications d installations de r parations de c blages externes ou de connecteurs non fournis ou autoris s par SAMSUNG et susceptibles d endommager ledit appareil ou de nuire son fonctionnement toute surtension fluctuation ou tension de ligne lectrique incorrecte tout r glage effectu par l acheteur et tout non respect des consignes d utilisation d entretien et de respect de l environnement couvertes ou prescrites dans le pr sent carnet d entretien tout d montage ou toute r installation de l appareil tout probl me r sultant d une prolif ration d insectes nuisibles Cette garantie limit e ne couvre pas les probl mes r sultant d un courant d une tension ou d une alimentation lectrique incorrects ainsi que d ampoules lectriques de fusibles ou de c blage inappropri s Elle ne couvre pas non plus le co t des appels au service d assistance pour obtenir des instructions ou la r paration des erreurs d installation SAMSUNG ne garantit pas que l appareil sera exempt de tout probl me ou qu il fonctionnera sans interruption Garantie _87 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec8 87 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Garante Sauf exception mentionn e dans le pr sent document Samsung ne fou
256. ips _35 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 35 2012 06 25 5 21 09 Operating instructions tios VENT SENSOR Your Samsung dryer is equipped with a Vent Sensor which detects and notifies you when it is time to clean the ductwork Keep your dryer safe and efficient by cleaning the ducts when prompted The Vent Sensor detects any duct blockages You can figure out whether there is a duct blockage from the Vent Sensor RC lamp of the digital display Level Message Status Solution 0 The Vent Sensor RC The ductwork is free from lamp is turned off blockages 1 The Vent Sensor Re When a part of the duct Check the duc lamp illuminates or the lint filter is blocked connection and shorten by lint or a foreign object the duct and straighten it When the resistance is if necessary high because the duct is Check the lint filter or too long or bent the duct and clean it if necessary 2 The Vent Sensor pad When the duct is blocked Check the duc lamp blinks by lint or a foreign object connection and shorten When the resistance is the duct and straighten it very high because the if necessary duct is too long or bent Check the lint filter or the excessively duct and clean it as soon as possible n the LEVEL 2 state this lamp blinks for 3 hours after the completion of the cycle If the wrinkle prevention function is activated this message is displayed for up to 3 hours
257. ircuit from that of the receiver e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help FCC RADIATION EXPOSURE STATEMENT This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20cm between the radiator and your body This device and its antenna s must not be co located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 8_ Safety instructions DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Secl1 8 2012 06 25 5 21 02 2 IC Notice The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 008 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme 4 la norme NMB 003 du Canada For product available in the USA Canada market only channels 1 11 can be operated Selection of other channels is not possible IC RADIATION EXPOSURE STATEMENT This equipment complies with IC RSS 102 radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the r
258. ire de repositionner l article dans le s che linge pour assurer un s chage homog ne Couvertures S lectionnez le programme Normal Normal et ne s chez qu une couverture la fois pour garantir un s chage optimal Assurez vous que l article est compl tement sec avant de l utiliser ou de le ranger Rideaux et tentures S lectionnez le programme Perm Press Repassage facile et la temp rature Low Basse ou Extra Low Tr s basse pour r duire le froissage S chez ce type de linge par petits volumes pour obtenir de meilleurs r sultats et sortez le d s que possible Couches en tissu S lectionnez le programme Normal Normal et la temp rature High Elev e pour les couches en tissu ouat et duveteux Articles garnis de duvet vestes sacs de couchage couettes etc S lectionnez le programme Normal Normal et la temp rature Low Basse ou Extra Low Tr s basse Ajouter une ou deux serviettes s ches pour acc l rer le s chage et absorber l humidit Caoutchouc mousse tapis peluches paulettes etc Ne s chez PAS ces articles chaud Servez vous du programme Air Fluff Air froid AVERTISSEMENT s cher un article base de caoutchouc chaud risque de l endommager ou de provoquer un incendie Oreillers S lectionnez le programme Normal Normal Ajoutez deux serviettes s ches et une paire de baskets propres pour favoriser l action du tambour et d pelucher l artic
259. iser que pour les installations temporaires 4 10 16 cm 2 5 6 35 cm N de coudes 90 Rigide M tallique flexible Rigide M tallique flexible 0 24 4 m 80 pieds 12 4 m 41 pieds 22 6 m 74 pieds 10 1 m 33 pieds 20 7 m 68 pieds 11 2 m 87 pieds 18 9 m 62 pieds 8 8 m 29 pieds 10 1 m 83 pieds 9 0 m 29 pieds 7 6 m 25 pieds 6 5 m 21 pieds 15 5 m 51 pieds 12 5 m 41 pieds 1 2 17 4 m 57 pieds 3 14 3 m 47 pieds N utilisez pas de conduits flexibles non m talliques Si un nouveau s che linge est reli un syst me d vacuation existant vous devez veiller ce que e Le syst me d vacuation soit conforme aux r glementations locales r gionales et nationales e Aucun conduit flexible en plastique ne soit utilis e Le conduit existant doit tre contr l et les peluches accumul es l int rieur retir es e Le conduit ne doit tre ni bossel ni cras e Le registre de la hotte s ouvre et se ferme sans probl me La pression statique dans un syst me d vacuation doit tre inf rieure O ou ne doit pas d passer 0 83 pouce de colonne d eau 0 0021 bar Vous pouvez la mesurer lorsque le s che linge est en marche l aide d un manom tre au point de connexion entre le conduit d vacuation et le s che linge Vous devez utiliser un r glage froid Le tambour du s che linge doit tre vide et le filtre peluc
260. its chimiques inflammables des solvants etc ou des objets comportant des traces de cire ou de produits chimiques Ils risqueraient de prendre feu N entreposez ni n utilisez jamais d essence ou d autres produits inflammables proximit de cet appareil ou de tout autre appareil Ne laissez ni les enfants ni les animaux domestiques jouer sur dans ou devant l appareil Une surveillance attentive s impose lorsque l appareil est utilis proximit d enfants ou d animaux domestiques Avant de mettre l appareil au rebut ou hors service retirez le hublot du compartiment de s chage pour viter que des enfants ou des animaux ne se trouvent pi g s l int rieur N ouvrez pas le s che linge lorsque le tambour est en mouvement N installez et n entreposez jamais cet appareil dans un endroit expos aux intemp ries N utilisez pas les commandes du s che linge inutilement Ne proc dez pas la r paration ou au remplacement des pi ces de l appareil et ne tentez pas non plus de le r parer vous m me sauf si le manuel d entretien ou de r paration contient des recommandations sp cifiques en la mati re que vous comprenez et tes en mesure d ex cuter N utilisez aucun adoucissant ou produit antistatique autre que ceux recommand s par le fabricant du produit ou de l appareil Nettoyez le filtre avant ou apr s chaque utilisation Ne s lectionnez pas une temp rature lev e pour faire s cher des articles contenant du caoutch
261. izando la pinza Y o ajuste demasiado ya que puede da ar la uni n 5 Conecte el extremo angular de las mangueras largas para llenar la v lvula en la parte inferior del armaz n trasero de la secadora Enrosque la uni n a mano hasta que se asiente en el conector de la v lvula de carga 6 Ajuste la uni n con otros dos tercios de giro adicionales utilizando la pinza Marco No ajuste demasiado ya que puede da ar la uni n y Posterior 7 Compruebe que las llaves de agua est n abiertas 8 Compruebe que no haya p rdidas alrededor del conector en forma de Y las llaves de agua y las mangueras DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 21 Manguera de agua Instalaci n de la secadora _21 2012 06 26 V40dV93S Y1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO 12 16 32 nstalaci n de la secadora M todo 2 La secadora debe conectarse a la llave de agua fr a mediante las nuevas mangueras de entrada No utilice mangueras viejas 1 Si el conector en forma de Y no puede conectarse directamente a la llave de agua fr a se debe utilizar la manguera corta Manguera corta M Entrada de agua 2 Cierre la llave de agua fr a fr a 3 Una la manguera de entrada corta a la llave de agua fr a Enrosque la uni n a mano hasta que se asiente en la llave de agua Ho en forma 4 Ajuste la uni n con otros dos tercios de giro adicionales utilizando la pinza No ajuste demasiado ya que puede da ar la uni n 5 Una
262. l Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you hese rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get he source code If you l
263. l conducto de drenaje debe estar firmemente asegurada a la estructura de la casa rodante mediante materiales que no resulten inflamables e El conducto de drenaje no puede terminar debajo de la casa rodante e Consulte la secci n Drenaje a continuaci n para obtener m s informaci n DRENAJE La secadora no debe drenarse hacia una chimenea pared techo altillo s tano de peque a altura o espacio oculto de un edificio Si la secadora tiene un drenaje con salida hacia el exterior se evitar que ingrese una gran cantidad de pelusa y humedad a la habitaci n Y Consulte la secci n Requisitos para el tendido de conductos en la p gina 13para conocer la longitud m xima del conducto y el n mero de codos e Todas las secadoras deben tener un drenaje con salida hacia el exterior e No fije el conducto con tornillos u otros medios de sujeci n que se extiendan dentro del conducto y atrapen pelusa e El conducto de drenaje debe tener 4 pulgadas 10 2 cm de di metro La longitud total del conducto flexible met lico no debe superar los 2 4 m 7 8 pies En los Estados Unidos e Utilice s lo los conductos flexibles tipo l mina met lica si los hubiera identificados espec ficamente para su utilizaci n con el electrodom stico por el fabricante y que cumplan con el Esquema para conductos de transici n de secadora de ropa Tema 2158A En Canad e Utilice s lo aquellos conductos flexibles tipo l mina met lica si
264. l gas connections for leaks using a soap solution If bubbles appear tighten the connections and recheck DO NOT use an open flame to check for gas leaks 24_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 24 2012 06 25 5 21 05 3 WIRE system connections 1 2 a 8 Loosen or remove the center terminal block screw Connect the neutral wire white or center wire of the power cord to the center silver colored terminal screw of the terminal block Tighten the screw Connect the other wires to the outer terminal block screws Tighten the screws Tighten the strain relief screws Insert the tab of the terminal block cover into your dryer s rear panel slot Secure the cover with a hold down screw External ground connector Neutral grounding wire green yellow Center silver colored terminal block screw Neutral wire white or center wire 3 4 1 9 cm UL listed strain relief O BOoO Dn If converting from a 4 wire electrical system to a 3 wire the ground strap must be me reconnected to the terminal block support to ground the dryer frame to the neutral conductor 4 WIRE system connections 1 2 NOMA Remove the center terminal block screw Connect the ground wire green or unwrapped of the power cord to the external ground conductor screw Connect the neutral wire white or center wire of the power cord and the appliance ground wire green with ye
265. la gran capacidad como el control Fuzzy Logic ahorran energ a secando autom ticamente sus prendas de la manera m s eficiente Puerta f cilmente reversible uestras secadoras se adecuan a casi cualquier lugar sin problemas de puerta La direcci n de la puerta reversible puede modificarse de manera f cil y r pida Base con cajones de almacenamiento Hay disponible un pedestal de 15 opcional para elevar la secadora y lograr as una carga y descarga m s sencilla Tambi n ofrece un caj n de almacenamiento incorporado que puede guardar una botella de detergente de 100 oz 2 84 kg e Apilamiento MODELO N SK 5A XAA La lavadora y la secadora de Samsung pueden apilarse para maximizar el espacio aprovechable Deben retirarse las patas de la secadora para apilar la lavadora y la secadora Puede adquirir un kit de apilamiento opcional en su comercio minorista de productos Samsung e Ventilaci n de 4 direcciones modelo el ctrico solamente DV455 lt Pedestal con cajones de almacenamiento gt lt Apilamiento gt Puede instalar la ventilaci n del drenaje en las siguientes cuatro 4 posiciones atr s en cualquiera de los laterales en la parte inferior Funciones _3 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec9 3 2012 06 26 12 16 30 nstrucciones de seguridad Felicitaciones por la compra de la nueva secadora Samsung Este manual contiene informaci n importante acerca de la instalaci n
266. la se al se mide con una aplicaci n para tel fonos inteligentes que muestran la potencia de la se al Wi Fi la potencia de la se al debe ser superior a 65 dBm Por Ej 60 dBm y 50 dBm son m s fuertes que 65 dBm Qu debo hacer cuando la cantidad e Cuando la potencia de se al que aparece en el LCD de la lavadora o secadora es de barras de antena que aparecen d bil puede fallar el control Es este cado tome las siguientes medidas para un en el LCD de la lavadora o secadora funcionamiento normal es 1 e Acerque el AP a la lavadora o secadora Deben aparecer al menos 3 barras de antena en la configuraci n de red de la lavadora para un funcionamiento adecuado e Dado que los AP viejos pueden tener un desempe o inferior utilice un nuevo AP si estuviera disponible e Coloque la antena del AP en posici n vertical de manera que la se al de radio se propague m s f cilmente 70_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec6 70 2012 06 26 12 16 52 Ap ncice TABLA DE INDICACIONES SOBRE LA TELA lavado blanqueado secado y planchado o Los siguientes s mbolos ofrecen indicaciones acerca de las prendas La etiqueta de indicaciones de la prenda incluye s mbolos para impieza a seco cuando sea necesaria El uso de s mbolos garantiza la consistencia entre os fabricantes textiles de art culos nacionales e importados Siga las indicaciones de la etiqueta para prolongar la vida til de la pre
267. lay panel and press the Start Pause button The MAC address appears 3 Find out 12 Hexadecimal Address pressing Start Pause buttons for 2 digit amp text 6 Click Certify device 62_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 62 2012 06 25 5 21 24 7 Press and hold both the Temp and Le sass amsn 2 mue EE Start Pause buttons for 3 seconds 8 Turn the Cycle Selector until PS is s displayed on the display panel and then nt the Start Pause button 9 When certify device checking window appears click Ok If the dryer you are registering is already registered by other users a n a window will come on asking AAA whether you want to delete the usage authority of the existing users or not 10 After the registration of the dryer is completed you can view the registered dryer on the device information list SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO Mac Address Mapping Table of 7 Segment 9868 88 8 88 88 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Bib E d E E A B Cc D E E Mac Label 90A4DE89B2D3 Mac Address Example v Q O a y d m a Q m a d Operating instructions tips _63 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 63 2012 06 25 5 21 24 Care and Cleaning CONTROL PANEL Clean with a soft damp cloth Do not use abrasive substances Do not spray cleaners directly on the panel The control panel finish may be d
268. ld both the Temp and Start Pause buttons for 3 seconds 2 If AP is displayed on the display panel press the Start Pause button Y If the connection is not established within 5 minutes FAP is displayed on the display panel SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVEIDO ZO Operating instructions tips _39 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 39 2012 06 25 5 21 13 Operating instructions tios USING THE MOBILE APP ANDROID Downloading the phone application 1 Touch and bring up the applications menu on your phone Then find and open the Play Store icon 2 Once the Play Store has been open do a search y EZ DE E EM acia AP 50 014 Be Games Editors Choice 3 Once the search box appears type in Samsung Smart Washer DEN BE ee HIS Sox O14 Bre ries gel Sez os Sa Staff Picks Games Staff Picks Games qwertyutopHiqwertyuiop asdfghjkt asdfghjkl tzxcwbnm Git A Des Qi 8 a 40_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 40 2012 06 25 5 21 14 4 Once the search is complete the App SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer will be Ea vs displayed You need to download this App to A E your phone Le Installed Make sure the app changes from Free to El SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer ss CEE 1 000 downiaacts May 11 2012 1 00M8 RATE REVIEW 5 Once the phone app has been downloaded
269. le NE s chez PAS des oreillers base de capoc ou de mousse dans le s che linge Servez vous du programme Air Fluff Air froid Plastiques rideaux de douche b ches etc S lectionnez le programme Air Fluff Air froid ou Time Dry Temps de s chage et la temp rature Low Basse ou Extra Low Tr s basse en fonction des symboles figurant sur l tiquette CE QUE VOUS DEVEZ VITER DE METTRE DANS LE S CHE LINGE e Articles en fibre de verre rideaux tentures etc raire sur l tiquette e Articles impr gn s d huile v g tale ou alimentaire e Lainages sauf indication con DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec4 65 Conseils d entretien du linge _65 2012 06 26 JONI NA NAILA4LN1 Q SIASNOI v0 12 17 30 D pannage V RIFIEZ LES POINTS SUIVANTS SI VOTRE S CHE LINGE PROBL ME SOLUTION Ne se met pas en route Assurez vous que le hublot est bien ferm V rifiez que le cordon d alimentation est branch sur une prise lectrique op rationnelle V rifiez le disjoncteur et les fusibles de votre domicile Appuyez de nouveau sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause en cas d ouverture du hublot en cours de programme Ne chauffe pas V rifiez le disjoncteur et les fusibles de votre domicile S lectionnez une autre temp rature que Air Fluff Air froid Sur un s che linge gaz v rifiez que l alimentation en gaz est ouverte Nettoyez le filtre pelu
270. le r seau entrez votre mot de passe Une fois que vous avez entr votre mot de passe s lectionnez Connect Connecter L unit d marre la configuration du r seau Ce proc d d livre les informations relatives la connexion de l AP qui est connect du t l phone mobile vers l appareil 44_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 44 2012 06 26 12 17 22 TAPE 12 TAPE 13 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 45 No Spin Spin No Spin Normal ev Light Soil Level Normal ev eight Soil Level Extra Hot Shot Wam Eco Warm e Cold Temp Power O Start Pause Start Pause Start Pause Extra High High Medium Low No Spin Spin bre Light Rinse Extended Spin Signal Onoff Heavy Lorsque le r glage est configur l unit affiche Transfer complete Transfert termin Lorsque le transfert est termin s lectionnez Confirm Confirmer Ensuite l unit affiche OAP Le t l phone est connect la Normal oe machine via le r seau Light Soil Level Loti ack Start Pause Start Pause No Spin Spin Start Pause Medium Normal eu ev No Spin Spin ee ee ed Une fois que le t l phone est conne
271. library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to he entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not he intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on he Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 4 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU Gene
272. llow stripes under the central screw of the terminal block Connect the other wires to the outer terminal block screws Tighten the screws Tighten the strain relief screws Insert the tab of the terminal block cover into your dryer s rear panel slot Secure the cover with a hold down screw External ground connector Green or bare copper wire of the power cord 3 4 in 1 9 cm UL listed strain relief Center silver colored terminal block screw BR ON Grounding wire green yellow Neutral wire white or center wire With a level check your dryer and make the necessary adjustments to the leveling legs At this time make sure all gas connections on gas models exhaust and electrical connections are complete Plug in your dryer and check its operation by using the checklist below 10 GAS MODELS ONLY The burner may not ignite initially due to air in the gas line Allowing your dryer to operate on a heat setting will purge the line If the gas does not ignite within 5 minutes turn your dryer off and wait 5 minutes Be sure the gas supply to your dryer has been turned on In order to confirm the gas ignition check the exhaust for heat Installing your dryer _25 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 25 2012 06 25 YSAYC HNOA ONITIVLSNI LO 5 21 05 Installing your dryer FINAL INSTALLATION CHECKLIST e the dryer is plugged into an electrical outlet and is properly grounded e The
273. llows in dryer Use the Air Fluff cycle Plastics shower curtains outdoor furniture covers etc Use the Air Fluff cycle or the Time Dry cycle and the Low or Extra Low temperature settings depending on the care label instructions THINGS TO AVOID PUTTING IN THE DRYER e Fiberglass items curtains draperies etc e Woolens unless recommended on the label e Vegetable or cooking oil soaked items DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec4 65 Special laundry tips _65 2012 06 25 SdiL AYGNNV1 IVIOIAS 0 5 2125 troubleshooting CHECK THESE POINTS IF YOUR DRYER PROBLEM SOLUTION Doesn t run e Make sure the door is latched shut e Be sure the power cord is plugged into a live electrical outlet e Check the home s circuit breaker and fuses e Press the Start Pause button again if the door is opened during the cycle Doesn t heat e Check the home s circuit breaker and fuses e Select a heat setting other than Air Fluff e On a gas dryer check that the gas supply is on e Clean the lint filter and exhaust duct e Dryer may have moved into the cool down phase of the cycle Doesn t dry e Check all of the above plus e Be sure the exhaust hood outside the home can open and close reely e Check exhaust system for lint buildup Ducting should be inspected and cleaned annually e Use a 4 rigid metal exhaust duct e Do not overload 1 wash load 1 dryer load e
274. m stico e No toque ning n interruptor el ctrico e No utilice ning n tel fono de su edificio e Haga que todos los ocupantes se retiren de la habitaci n edificio o rea e Comun quese inmediatamente con el proveedor de gas desde el tel fono de un vecino Siga las instrucciones del proveedor de gas e Sino puede comunicarse con el proveedor de gas llame al departamento de bomberos e La instalaci n y el servicio t cnico deber n estar a cargo de un instalador calificado una agencia de reparaciones o el proveedor de gas CONSERVE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES Instrucciones de seguridad _5 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Secl1 5 2012 06 26 12 16 30 nstrucciones de seguridad A ADVERTENCIA Para reducir el riesgo de incendio descargas el ctricas o lesiones f sicas cuando usa este electrodom stico siga las instrucciones de seguridad b sicas que figuran a continuaci n 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Lea todas las instrucciones antes de usar este electrodom stico No seque prendas que han sido previamente limpiadas lavadas remojadas o salpicadas con gasolina solventes de limpieza en seco u otras sustancias inflamables o explosivas ya que emiten vapores que pueden prenderse fuego o explotar No utilice la secadora para secar ropa que tenga restos de sustancias inflamables como aceites vegetales de cocci n o de m quina productos qu micos inflamables disolv
275. m ticamente 32_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 32 2012 06 26 12 16 35 Mi Ciclo Le permite seleccionar guardar y activar un ciclo a medida que incluye las opciones Nivel de secado Temperatura Tiempo etc en otro momento Para utilizar Mi ciclo siga estos pasos 1 Presione el bot n My Cycle Mi ciclo El indicador de Mi ciclo se ilumina 2 Seleccione el ciclo que desea incluir utilizando el disco Selector de ciclos 3 Seleccione y configure las opciones Nivel de secado Temperatura Tiempo etc Cada ciclo cuenta con opciones predeterminadas que se configuran de forma autom tica Para observar cu les son estas opciones predeterminadas dir jase a la p gina 37 4 Presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Se inicia el ciclo 5 Cuando la secadora ejecuta el ciclo memoriza el ciclo y las opciones 6 Para ejecutar nuevamente este ciclo en otro momento presione el bot n My Cycle Mi ciclo La secadora selecciona autom ticamente el ciclo guardado y las opciones Puede cambiar la configuraci n de Mi Ciclo repitiendo el proceso descrito m s arriba La secadora utilizar estos ajustes la pr xima vez que usted seleccione My Cycle Mi ciclo Smart Care Esta funci n permite comprobar el estado de la secadora con un tel fono inteligente SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW Z0 1 Mantenga presionados los botones Time Tiempo y Delay Start Inicio retar
276. m are stronger than 65 dBm What should have to do when the number of the antenna bars that are displayed on the LCD of the washer or dryer is 1 When the signal strenth that is displayed on the LCD of the washer or dryer is weak the control may fail In this case take the following measures for normal operation e Move the AP closer to the washer or dryer At least 3 antenna bars should be dislayed in the network setup of the washer for proper operation e Because an old AP may provide lower performance use a new AP if available e Position the antenna of the AP so that the radio signal is more easily propagated 70_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec6 70 2012 06 25 5 2125 Appendix FABRIC CARE CHART The following symbols provide garment care direction The Clothing care labels include symbols for washing bleaching drying and ironing or dry cleaning when necessary The use of symbols ensures consistency among garment manufacturers of domestic and imported items Follow care label directions to maximize garment life and reduce laundering problems Warning Symbols for Wash Cycle Special Instructions Laundering Li Normal 1 Line Dry Hang to Dry 4 Do Not Wash Permanent Press Li Wrinkle Resistant m Drip Dry gt amp Do Not Wring Wrinkle Control ww Gentle Delicates
277. mations des p riph riques Adresse Mac Tableau de correspondance de l cran mn 1 J J y c 5 mn a a m JO 0 J O OU 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Ab CE dG EJF DU OU ou A B C D E F tiquette Mac 90A4DE89B2D3 Exemple d adresse os eo SUAYDGEDSbcdS Instructions et conseils d utilisation _63 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 63 2012 06 26 12 17 29 Entretien et nettoyage PANNEAU DE COMMANDES Nettoyez le avec un chiffon doux et humide N utilisez pas de produits abrasifs Ne vaporisez aucun produit d entretien directement sur le panneau de commande Certains d tachants pour tissu peuvent endommager le rev tement du panneau de commandes Appliquez donc ces produits l cart de votre s che linge et essuyez imm diatement toute projection ou tout exc s TAMBOUR Retirez les taches de crayon d encre ou de teinture sur les articles neufs comme les serviettes ou les jeans l aide d un d tachant universel Frottez ensuite avec une vieille serviette ou un chiffon pour retirer toute substance restante tache ou d tachant Une fois ces tapes termin es il est possible que les taches soient encore visibles mais elles ne devraient pas salir le reste du linge TAMBOUR EN ACIER INOXYDABLE Pour nettoyer un tambour en acier inoxydable utilisez un chiffon humide impr gn d un nettoyant doux et non abrasif adapt aux surfaces en acier inoxyda
278. me of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 2 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish
279. menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs If your program is a subroutine library you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library If this is what you want to do use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License 78_ Ap ndice DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 78 2012 06 26 12 16 53 GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 JOIGNAdV 90 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General
280. minuto y presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Al presionar este bot n el menu AP que aparece en la pantalla LED deberia comenzar a parpadear Severs El m dulo Wi Fi demorar aproximadamente un minuto para estar listo Por lo tanto si al presionar el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa el menu AP no parpadea int ntelo nuevamente Consulte la figura 5 PASO 4 Figura 6 Cuando el men AP est parpadeando presione el cono gt Settings Configuraci n del tel fono m vil Cuando aparezca el men de configuraci n presione el cono de Wi Fi Consulte las figuras 5 7 Observar SMARTWASHER Lavadora inteligente en la lista de Wi Fi Seleccione SMARTWASHER e ingrese la contrase a WASHER2012 Debe ingresarla en may sculas Despu s de escribir la contrase a seleccione el bot n Join Unir Consulte las figuras 8 9 Una vez que se haya conectado a la red seleccionada regrese a la pantalla de aplicaciones del tel fono m vil Cuando est en la pantalla de aplicaciones del tel fono toque el cono de la Lavadora secadora inteligente SAMSUNG que descarg al comienzo del proceso 54_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 54 2012 06 26 12 16 46 PASO 7 CECI Despu s de abrir la aplicaci n para Samsung seleccione Front tii Washer Load Carga frontal y luego Connection
281. mpletos consulte las instrucciones de instalaci n incluidas con su producto antes de seleccionar los gabinetes hacer aberturas o comenzar la instalaci n o lave ropa que contenga hebillas grandes botones u otros objetos de metal pesado o s lido nstale y use de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante o coloque prendas en la secadora que hayan sido salpicadas o remojadas con aceite vegetal o aceite de cocina Incluso despu s del lavado estas prendas pueden contener una cantidad importante de dichos aceites El aceite residual en las prendas puede prenderse fuego en forma espont nea La posibilidad de combusti n espont nea aumenta cuando las prendas que contienen aceite vegetal o aceite de cocina son expuestas al calor Las fuentes de calor tales como la secadora pueden calentar estas prendas y permitir que se produzca la oxidaci n del aceite a modo de reacci n La oxidaci n genera calor Si dicho calor no tiene forma salir las prendas pueden calentarse lo suficiente como para prenderse fuego Amontonar apilar o guardar este tipo de prendas puede impedir que el calor salga y puede generar un peligro de incendio Todas las prendas limpias y sucias que contengan aceite vegetal o aceite de cocina pueden resultar peligrosas Lavar dichas prendas en agua caliente con una dosis adicional de detergente reducir el peligro aunque no lo eliminar Siempre use el ciclo Cool Down Enfriamiento para estas prendas con el fin de re
282. n Quick Wash Spin Only Rinserspin 00 02 Spin Only Pure Cycle NAO Est finish time Cooking amp Dining 1 41 0 NOLLVSITILN G STIISNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO Instructions et conseils d utilisation _51 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 51 2012 06 26 12 17 24 NnStructionsetconsalsd utlIsation UTILISATION DE LAPPLICATION MOBILE IOS T l chargement de l application t l phonique 1 Recherchez et ouvrez l ic ne App Store Magasin des applications 2 Une fois que App Store Magasin des applications a t ouverte faites une recherche 3 Une fois que la bo te de recherche appara t saisissez Samsung Smart Washer Lave linge intelligent Samsung BECUONC e a slo rlclH s x AN gt 2 gt gt 2 RS 52_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 52 2012 06 26 12 17 24 4 Une fois que la recherche est termin e l application SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer Lave linge S che linge intelligent SAMSUNG s affiche T l chargez cette application sur votre t l phone Assurez vous que l application soit pass e de Free Vide Installed Install e uan anon na nshan wn wand Panna emae 8 Bogert Srat Prora voete aa Apports OG 08 40 ard wter E Siponen wasta Mosen gt Bet Core 5 Une fois que l application a t t l charg e sur votre t l phone
283. n Drenaje en la p gina 17 Espacios libres m nimos entre la secadora y las paredes adyacentes u otras superficies Laterales 1 pulg 25 mm Posterior 5 pulg 127 mm Arriba 17 pulg 432 mm Frente 2 pulg 51 mm e Elfrente del gabinete debe contar con dos aberturas sin obstrucciones para que ingrese el aire para ocupar un rea total combinada m nima de 72 pulg 465 cm con 3 7 6 cm de abertura m nima en la parte superior y en la parte inferior Se acepta una puerta tipo persiana con un espacio libre equivalente rea empotrada Vista lateral gabinete o rea empotrada 1 pulg 25 cm 17 pulg 43 2 cm gt e 1 pug gt je 27 pulg 27 pulg lt 1 pulg 2 pulg gt 34 1 pulg gt 5 pulg 2 5 cm 68 6 cm gt lt 68 6 cm gt 2 5 cm 5 cm 86 5 cm 12 7 cm Instalaci n de la secadora _15 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 15 2012 06 26 12 16 31 nstalaci n de la secadora Con pedestal opcional o kit de apilamiento Dimensiones requeridas de la instalaci n con Dimensiones requeridas de la instalaci n con pedestal kit de apilamiento 51 2 pulg 130 cm para poder abrir la puerta 39 pulg 99 cm p A 6 pulg 53 6 pulg 136 2 cm 15 2 cm vi E Y j lt gt 34 1 pulg 5 pulg 27 pulg 86 5 cm 12 7 cm
284. n un AP de haute performance est recommand Utilisez un AP portant une marque de certification Wi Fi Un AP contenant au moins 2 antennes offrant de meilleures performances nous vous recommandons d acheter un AP sans fil avec au moins 2 antennes Comment puis je v rifier si l AP est hors d usage Connectez l AP un smartphone et v rifiez si vous pouvez vous connecter Internet Si vous ne pouvez pas vous connecter l AP est normal V rifiez si les DEL de l AP clignotent Si toutes les DEL sont teintes cela signifie que l alimentation est coup e Si l AP ne semble pas fonctionner correctement consultez le service apr s vente Je n ai pas de PC Puis je utiliser les fonctions de commande int rieur et ext rieur S il est possible d acc der Internet depuis l int rieur de l habitation la fonction est disponible Vous devez cependant vous inscrire sur le site Web Samsung et enregistrer l appareil DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec6 69 Troubleshooting _69 2012 06 26 ONILOOHS319NOHL 90 12 17 30 Troubleshooting QUESTION R PONSE Combien d utilisateurs peuvent commander un lave linge ou un s che linge Plusieurs utilisateurs peuvent commander le lave linge ou le s che linge uniquement si l application Smart Washer est authentifi e Que dois je faire pour obtenir le signal Wi Fi le plus fort Installer l AP proximit du lave linge ou du
285. n d alimentation sur une prise 30 A Au Canada il est possible que vous ne puissiez pas convertir un s che linge en 208 V 20_ Installation du seche linge DV455 02836F 02 CFR_20120626 indd 20 2012 06 26 12 17 14 RACCORDEMENT DU TUYAU D ARRIV E D EAU M thode 1 Le s che linge doit tre connect au robinet d eau froide l aide d un tuyau d arriv e neuf N utilisez jamais de tuyaux usag s 1 kad Si l espace libre est suffisant branchez l extr mit femelle en laiton du raccord en Y au robinet d eau froide Fermez le robinet Branchez la partie droite du tuyau long sur le raccord en Y l aide d une pince serrez le raccord de deux tiers de tour Ne serrez pas plus car cela endommagerait le raccord Branchez la partie coud e du tuyau long au robinet situ en bas du panneau arri re du s che linge Vissez le raccord la main jusqu ce qu il soit bien fix au connecteur du robinet de remplissage l aide d une pince serrez le raccord de deux tiers de tour Ne serrez pas plus car cela endommagerait le raccord V rifiez que les robinets d eau sont ouverts V rifiez qu il n y a aucune fuite au niveau du raccord en Y des robinets et des tuyaux Panneau arri re T Tuyau d eau Installation du s che linge _21 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 21 2012 06 26 J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO 12 17 14 Installation du s che linge
286. n de la conexi n del Control inteligente no finaliza 38_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 38 2012 06 26 12 16 37 Conectarse a la red mediante la aplicaci n Samsung Laundry 1 Mantenga presionados los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa durante 3 segundos 2 Si AP aparece en la pantalla presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Si la conexi n no se establece en 5 minutos aparece FAP en la pantalla SVIONSYFONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _39 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 39 2012 06 26 12 16 40 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias USO DE LA APLICACI N M VIL ANDROID Descarga de la aplicaci n del tel fono 1 Toque el tel fono para que aparezca el men de aplicaciones Luego busque el cono de Play Store y bralo a z SES acia E 5 50 014 Be a m 2 Una vez abierto Play Store realice una b squeda Games Editors Choice 3 Cuando aparezca el cuadro de b squeda escriba Samsung Smart Washer Lavadora inteligente Samsung iS LE ag elles N2 JER Staff Picks Games Staff Picks Games qwertyutopHiqwertyuiop asdfghjkt asdfghjkl tTzrxcvbnm Gait zxcvbnmea vy S oe afnot l a 40_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 40 2012 06 26 12 16 41 4 Una vez
287. name Connection Setup ia not saed in the LOO modat 60_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec3 60 2012 06 25 5 21 23 Once the connection is established touch the Start New Washer Wash tab The unit should display the Choose Cycle screen Once Choose Cycle screen is displayed touch the Washer is on Start tab Connected to Samsung Washer via War Now touch the Start button and activate the wash cycle You can monitor the wash cycle to check the Nursery Cycle Complete status of the cycle Once the cycle is 01 By 31 ae SpinOnty finished the phone will display Cycle Complete a SdIL SNOILONYLSNI 9NILYY3dO ZO Washing Est finish time Operating instructions tips _61 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 61 2012 06 25 5 21 23 Operating instructions tios REGISTERING YOUR DRYER 1 Access Samsung Smart appliance website http www samsungsmartappliance com 2 Enter your User ID and Password to log in If you don t have an account press Create a Samsung account and fill in the form to become a member 3 Select My page My page 4 Select Add device 5 Find the MAC number on your dryer and enter it into the device page On your dryer 1 Press and hold both the Temp and Start Pause buttons for 3 seconds 2 Turn the Cycle Selector until Ad is displayed on the disp
288. ncione con la opci n de calor purgar el conducto Si en el lapso de 5 minutos el gas no se enciende apague la secadora y espere 5 minutos Aseg rese de que el suministro de gas hacia su secadora est abierto Para confirmar que el gas est encendido controle que se sienta calor en el drenaje Instalaci n de la secadora _25 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 25 2012 06 26 vV40dVv93S V1 30 NOIOVIVLSNI LO 12 16 33 nstalaci n de la secadora LISTA DE VERIFICACI N FINAL DE LA INSTALACI N e La secadora est enchufada a un tomacorriente y est conectada a tierra correctamente e Los conductos de drenaje est n conectados y se ha colocado cinta a las uniones NO se us un conducto flexible de pl stico e Se us material de metal r gido o flexible con un recubrimiento de metal resistente para la ventilaci n e La secadora est nivelada y apoyada firmemente sobre el piso e Modelos a gas el gas est abierto y no hay p rdidas de gas e Encienda la secadora para confirmar que funciona calienta y se apaga SUGERENCIAS ACERCA DEL DRENAJE DE LA SECADORA A Un conducto flexible de pl stico o de un material que no sea el metal presenta un potencial riesgo de incendio ADVERTENCIA EANN Pared Conducto de drenaje 1 Aseg rese de que su secadora est instalada correctamente para que extraiga el aire f cilmente 2 Utilice un conducto de metal r gido de
289. nda y reducir los problemas del lavado S mbolos de advertencia para el arrugas Ciclo de lavado Instrucciones especiales Er Li Normal El Secar colgado tender St No lavar Planchado permanente Li Antiarrugas Control de M Colgar para que escurra gt o retorcer Prendas suaves delicadas Secar en posici n horizontal o usar blanqueador A IC Lavado a mano Secado con calor tet o secar en secadora re Sin vapor agregado a la Temperatura del agua ES Alta am plancha eeo Caliente Media z4 No planchar eo Tibia Baja Limpiar en seco e Fria O Cualquier calor O Limpiar en seco Blanqueador Sincalor aire XX No limpiar en seco al Cualquier blanqueador Temperaturas de secado con plancha Secar colgado tender cuando sea necesario o vapor S lo blanqueador sin cloro con protecci n para ropa de O color A Alto m Colgar para que escurra Blanqueador cuando sea necesario O Ciclo de secado en secadora Media Secar en posici n horizontal Normal CA Baia Planchado permanente Antiarrugas Control de arrugas lo a Prendas suaves delicadas Los s mbolos con punto representan las tel DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 71 mperaturas del agua del lavado apropiadas para diversas prendas El rango de emperatura para Caliente es de 105 125 F 41 52 C para Ti
290. nditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licen
291. ne line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail Ifthe program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c they could even be mouse clicks or
292. nfiguraci n de la lavadora Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _47 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 47 2012 06 26 12 16 44 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias 7 Al presionar el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa PS comenzar a parpadear Cuando Figura 8 comience a parpadear el tel fono autom ticamente empezar a conectarse 8 El nombre de la lavadora volver a aparecer en pantalla Debe presionar esta pesta a Figura 9 para visualizar PS da 9 Al tocar la pesta a del nombre de la lavadora se visualiza PS en la pantalla B Extra Hot Extra High Heavy eo High on Warm 8 Medium Normal Eco Warm Slow ev 8 Cold No Spin Light Temp Spin Soil Level Sm ight 1 cho 10 Despu s de visualizar AP presione los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Figura 11 Inicio Pausa simult neamente durante 3 segundos Ahora presione el bot n Signal Se al y mant ngalo presionado para que el cono de Wi Fi deje de parpadear Y Una vez establecida la conexi n Wi Fi comience en la figura 8 para volver a conectarse a la misma red AP inal mbrica 48 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 48 2012 06 26 12 16 44 11 Presione la pesta a del nombre de la lavadora para establecer conexi n con la Figura 12 lavadora o N z D gt zZ gt z o m ao a D e e 7 a ES 12 Ahora la lavadora est
293. nformations entre es fabricants de v tements articles domestiques ou import s Respectez ces symboles d entretien afin e d optimiser la dur e de vie de votre linge et d viter les probl mes de lavage z a Lavage Consignes sp ciales Symboles de nettoyage Li Normal 1 S chage en suspension 4 Ne pas laver Infroissable Anti i Li fosse ment Il S chage sans essorage gt Ne pas tordre Fe a Agent de blanchiment D licat S chage plat gt interdit Pas de s chage 4 Lavage main S chage tet machine F T Pas de vapeur ajout e 1 hd Temp rature de l eau ES lev e A Aufer airepassen eee Chaude Moyenne BA Pas de repassage ee Ti de O Basse Nettoyage sec autoris e Froide O Toutes temp ratures O ettoyage sec autoris Agent de blanchiment Pas de s chage XX ettoyage sec interdit Tout type d agent de lO blanchiment autoris si Temp rature fer ou vapeur O S chage en suspension n cessaire Non chlor non d colorant Elev m S ch O Agent de blanchiment si A ei d Un n cessaire Programme de s chage 4 machine A Moyenne S chage plat Normal cA Basse O Infroissable Anti froissement O D licat Les points repr sentent la temp rature appropri e de l eau de lavage Les niveaux de temp ratures sont Chaude 105 125 F 41 52 C Ti de 85 105 F 29 41 C et Froide 60 85 F 16 29 C La emp rature de l eau de lavage doit tre d a
294. nk other code with the library you must provide complete object files o the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you his license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free ibrary Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for cer
295. nnecesario de incendio descarga el ctrica o lesiones f sicas todo el cableado y la conexi n a tierra deben realizarse en conformidad con los c digos locales o en ausencia de ellos con el C digo El ctrico Nacional ANSI FPA Nro 70 su ltima revision para los EE UU o el C digo El ctrico Canadiense CSA C22 1 sus ltimas revisiones y os c digos y ordenanzas locales Es su responsabilidad proveer los servicios el ctricos adecuados para su secadora Todas las instalaciones de gas deber n realizarse en conformidad con el C digo Nacional para Combustibles ANSI Z2231 su ltima revisi n para los EE UU o con los C digos de Instalaci n CAN CGA B149 su ltima revisi n para Canad y os c digos y ordenanzas locales CONEXI N A TIERRA Esta secadora debe conectarse a tierra En caso de que el electrodom stico funcione mal o se descomponga la conexi n a tierra del producto reducir el riesgo de descarga el ctrica al ofrecer una v a de menos resistencia a la corriente el ctrica A Modelos a gas A Modelos el ctricos ADVERTENCIA Su secadora tiene un cable con un conductor de conexi n a tierra del equipo y un enchufe de conexi n a tierra El enchufe debe conectarse a un tomacorriente adecuado que est correctamente instalado y conectado a tierra en conformidad con todos los c digos y ordenanzas locales lo modifique el enchufe provisto con la secadora si no entra en el tomacorriente solicite a un electr
296. nnexe _81 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 81 2012 06 26 12 17 31 Annexe 6 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work hat uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states erms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though he source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law f such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
297. nplug the power plug from the wall socket Make sure the machine is grounded to prevent electric shock Call the service center for help JN Clio aa Note These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others Please follow them explicitly After reading this section keep it in a safe place for future reference SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS 4_ Safety instructions DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Secl1 4 2012 06 25 5 21 02 AXWARNING Risk of Fire Clothes dryer installation must be performed by a qualified installer e Install the clothes dryer according to the manufacturer s instructions and local codes e Do not install a clothes dryer with flexible plastic venting materials If flexible metal foil type duct is installed it must be of a specific type identified by the appliance manufacturer as suitable for use with clothes dryers Flexible venting materials are known to collapse be easily crushed and trap lint These conditions will obstruct clothes dryer airflow and increase the risk of fire e To reduce the risk of severe injury or death follow all installation instructions A TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION e Do not dry items that have been previously cleaned washed soaked or spotted with gasoline dry cleaning solvents or other flammable or explosive substances They emit vapors that could ignite or explode Any material that has been in contact with a cle
298. nstale ning n tipo de conducto flexible en paredes techos u otros espacios que queden ocultos Haga que el conducto de drenaje se mantenga lo m s recto y corto posible Asegure las uniones con cinta para conductos No utilice tornillos Los conductos flexibles de pl stico se pueden enroscar combar pinchar pueden reducir el flujo de aire prolongar el tiempo de secado y afectar el funcionamiento de la secadora Los sistemas de drenaje de mayor longitud que la recomendada pueden prolongar el tiempo de secado afectar el funcionamiento del equipo y acumular pelusa El conducto de drenaje debe finalizar en una tapa de drenaje con un regulador de tiro que gire hacia afuera para evitar el reflujo de aire y el ingreso de insectos o plantas Nunca utilice una tapa de drenaje con un regulador de tiro magn tico La tapa debe tener 12 pulgadas 30 5 cm de espacio libre como m nimo entre la parte inferior de la tapa y el suelo u otra obstrucci n La abertura de la tapa debe apuntar hacia abajo unca instale un filtro sobre la salida del drenaje Para evitar la acumulaci n de pelusa no permita que la secadora drene directamente en el hueco de una ventana No permita que drene debajo de la casa o de una galer a Si la red de conductos del drenaje debe pasar por un rea que no recibe calor se debe aislar el conducto y se lo debe colocar levemente en declive hacia la tapa de drenaje para reducir la condensaci n y la acumulaci n de pelusa nspeccione y limpi
299. nt Pi ces au tissu pais tels que les jeans les velours c tel s ou les v tements de travail Perm Press Repassage facile Chemises tissus synth tiques lainages tissus infroissables en coton tissus e infroissables S chage par Bedding PLUS Literie PLUS Objets volumineux tels que les couvertures les draps les couettes et les oreillers o capteur Delicates D licat Sous v tements chemisiers lingerie e Sanitize St rilisation Literie rideaux v tements d enfant o Eco Normal Eco normal Coton v tements de travail lin e a Pour lainages lavables en machine et s chables en s che linge uniquement iool sine Charge maximale 1 36 kg 3 lb O Air Fluff Air froid Mousse caoutchouc mati res plastiques S chage 7 Guara Quick Dry S chage rapide Petites charges Time Dry Temps de s chage Toute charge o Wrinkle Away Anti froissement Chemises pantalons chemisiers Cycles vapeur Refresh Rafraich Chemises pantalons couettes oreillers FONCTIONS OPTIONS i Commande Temp PROGRAMME e M me AS re lev BUS Sr s fai froissage diff r capteur lev e Moyenne faible Faible Tr s faible g Normal S chage normal o o o o o o o Heavy Duty Grand rendement S chage normal o o o o o o Perm Press Repassage facile S chage normal e o o Bedding PLUS Literie PLUS S chage normal o o o Delicates D licat S chage normal O o S chage tr s fort Epen ce Sanitize
300. nt les risques d incendie e Pour r duire les risques de blessure grave ou de d c s observez attentivement les consignes d installation A POUR R DUIRE LE RISQUE D INCENDIE OU D EXPLOSION e Ne faites s cher aucun article ayant t pr c demment en contact par nettoyage lavage ou trempage avec de l essence des solvants de nettoyage sec ou toute autre substance inflammable ou explosive En effet ceux ci diffusent des vapeurs pouvant s enflammer ou exploser Ne placez aucun article ayant t en contact avec un solvant ou des mati res solides ou liquides inflammables dans le s che linge tant que toutes les traces de ces produits n ont pas t limin es De nombreux produits inflammables sont utilis s dans l environnement domestique comme l ac tone l alcool d natur l essence le k rosene certains nettoyants m nagers sous forme liquide certains d tachants la t r benthine les cires et les produits d capants e Ne faites jamais s cher chaud les articles base de caoutchouc mousse galement appel mousse de latex ou de mat riaux dont la texture ressemble celle du caoutchouc En effet les mati res en caoutchouc mousse peuvent dans certaines circonstances provoquer un incendie par combustion spontan e A QUE FAIRE EN CAS D MANATION DE GAZ e Ne tentez pas d allumer un appareil lectrique e Ne mettez pas l appareil sous tension e Ne touchez aucun interrupteur lectrique e
301. nt uniquement en charge les Wi Fi 2 4 GHz e Les s che linge Samsung prennent en charge les normes IEEE 802 11 b g n et Wi Fi Direct IEEE802 11n est recommand e Si le routeur modem sans fil n est pas certifi Wi Fi il ne peut pas tre connect au s che linge Instructions et conseils d utilisation _37 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 37 2012 06 26 12 17 18 Instructonsetconselsc utlisation Connexion au r seau en utilisant le r glage WPS Votre s che linge Samsung utilise le protocole Wi Fi Protected Setup Push Button Configuration WPS PBC comme m thode principale de connexion un routeur ou un modem sans fil Si votre routeur ou modem est conforme au WPS et dispose d un bouton WPS vous pouvez connecter facilement le s che linge au routeur modem 1 Appuyez et maintenez simultan ment les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause durant 3 secondes u Coe ae sanpaue 2 Tournez le S lecteur de programme jusqu ce que a FN UP s affiche sur l cran puis appuyez sur le bouton pos t W Start Pause D marrer Pause i Terp Si la connexion n est pas tablie dans les 5 minutes FUP s affiche sur l cran 3 Maintenez le bouton WPS enfonc sur le routeur modem sans fil pendant 120 secondes pour lancer la fonction WPS Si la fonction WPS est activ e le routeur modem sans fil rassemble les informations n cessaires du s che linge et celui ci est autom
302. ntalla del tel fono para comenzar la Figura 7 configuraci n de la lavadora 7 Al presionar el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa PS comenzar a parpadear Cuando Figura 8 comience a parpadear el tel fono autom ticamente empezar a conectarse Searching Cancel 8 El nombre de la lavadora volver a aparecer en pantalla Debe presionar esta pesta a Figura 9 mo para visualizar PS dai 102302 58_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 58 2012 06 26 12 16 49 9 Al tocar la pesta a del nombre de la lavadora se visualiza PS en la pantalla Warm Normal 8 Eco Warn ev e Cold Light Temp Soil Level 10 Despu s de visualizar AP presione los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa simult neamente durante 3 segundos Ahora presione el bot n Signal Se al y mant ngalo presionado para que el cono de Wi Fi deje de parpadear Una vez establecida la conexi n Wi Fi comience en la figura 8 para volver a conectarse a la misma red AP inal mbrica SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO 11 Presione la pesta a del nombre de la lavadora para establecer conexi n con la Figura 12 lavadora ae 12 Ahora la lavadora esta conectada Toque la pesta a Start New Wash Iniciar nuevo Figura 13 lavado y podr controlar la lavadora desde el tel fono ver Washer is on nected to Samsung Wash
303. nual to take full advantage of your dryer s many benefits and features WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Please read this manual thoroughly to ensure that you know how to operate the extensive features and functions of your new appliance safely and efficiently Retain the manual in a safe place near the appliance for future reference Use this appliance only for its intended purpose as described in this instruction manual The Warnings and Important Safety Instructions in this manual do not cover all possible conditions and situations that may occur It is your responsibility to use common sense caution and care when installing maintaining or operating your dryer Always contact your manufacturer about problems or conditions you do not understand IMPORTANT SAFETY SYMBOLS AND PRECAUTIONS What the icons and signs in this user manual mean A WARNING Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in severe personal injury death and or property damage Follow the information in this manual o minimize the risk of fire or explosion or to prevent property damage personal injury or death Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids near his or any other appliance gt CAUTION Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in personal injury and or property damage Do NOT attempt Do NOT disassemble Do NOT touch Follow directions explicitly U
304. o que permanezca constantemente encendido INSTRUCCIONES DE INSTALACI N DE LA COMUNIDAD DE MASSACHUSETTS La instalaci n de la secadora deber estar a cargo de un plomero o un gasista matriculado Se deber instalar una v lvula de gas manual con una manija en forma de T en el conducto de suministro de gas de la secadora Si se utiliza un conector de gas flexible para instalar la secadora el conector debe tener una longitud m xima de 3 36 A Se pueden producir p rdidas de gas en su sistema que ocasionen una situaci n peligrosa weme Las p rdidas de gas pueden no ser detectadas nicamente por el olor e Los proveedores de gas recomiendan que compre e instale un detector de gas aprobado por UL Inst lelo y util celo de acuerdo con las instrucciones del fabricante 18_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 18 2012 06 26 12 16 32 REQUISITOS EL CTRICOS El diagrama del cableado se encuentra en la placa debajo del panel de control A ADVERTENCIA La conexi n inadecuada del conductor de conexi n a tierra del equipo puede dar como resultado un riesgo de descarga el ctrica Consulte a un electricista o t cnico calificado si le surgen dudas acerca de si la conexi n a tierra de su secadora es correcta No modifique el enchufe provisto con la secadora si no entra en el tomacorriente solicite a un electricista calificado que instale el tomacorriente adecuado Para evitar el riesgo i
305. oductos de la aplicaci n Lavadora inteligente Cuando hay una lavadora y una secadora instaladas pueden controlarse a trav s de un AP Que clase de AP punto de acceso debo usar Dado que la lavadora o secadora se controla a trav s del AP desde adentro o afuera de la casa recomendamos un AP de alto desempe o Utilice un AP con marca de certificaci n Wi Fi Dado que un AP con 2 o m s antenas ofrece un mejor desempe o le recomendamos que compre un AP inal mbrico con 2 o m s antenas C mo puedo verificar si el AP no funciona Conecte el tel fono inteligente al AP y verifique si puede conectarse a Internet Si puede conectarse a Internet el AP es normal Verifique si los LED del AP titilan Si todos los LED est n apagados indica que la alimentaci n est apagada Si el AP parece no funcionar adecuadamente solicite servicio post venta No tengo una PC Puedo usar las funciones de control interior y exterior Si puede accederse a Internet dentro de la casa la funci n est disponible Sin embargo debe iniciar sesi n en el sitio web de Samsung y registrar el producto Cu ntos usuarios pueden controlar una lavadora o secadora nicamente si la aplicaci n Lavadora inteligente est autenticada m ltiples usuarios pueden controlar la lavadora o secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec6 69 Troubleshooting _69 2012 06 26 ONILOOHS319NOHL 90 12 16 5
306. oit pas tre assembl l aide de vis ou autres types d attache p n trant l int rieur du conduit et pouvant entra ner l accumulation de peluches e Le diam tre du conduit d vacuation doit tre de 4 po 102 mm e La longueur totale du conduit en m tal flexible ne doit pas d passer 2 4 m 7 8 pieds Aux tats Unis e Utilisez uniquement des conduits flexibles de type aluminium tels que sp cifi s par le fabricant le cas ch ant et conformes la norme Outline for Clothes Dryer Transition Ducts sujet 2158A norme relative aux conduits d vacuation des s che linge Au Canada e Utilisez uniquement des conduits flexibles de type aluminium tels que sp cifi s par le fabricant le cas ch ant Hors des tats Unis et du Canada e R f rez vous aux r glementations locales L vacuation du s che linge doit se faire vers l ext rieur afin de r duire les risques E d incendie si l appareil est install dans une niche ou un placard N EMPLOYEZ JAMAIS UN CONDUIT FLEXIBLE EN PLASTIQUE OU NON M TALLIQUE E Si votre canalisation existante est en plastique non m tallique ou combustible la remplacer par une m tallique Employez uniquement un conduit d vacuation m tallique et non inflammable pour assurer le confinement de l air d vacuation de la chaleur et des peluches Installation du s che linge _17 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 17 2012 06 26 J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO 12 17
307. old the smartphone so that the front of the panel and the smartphone are parallel or nearly parallel Operating instructions tips _33 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 33 2012 06 25 5 21 07 Operating instructions tios RACK DRY Installing the drying rack 1 Open the dryer door 2 Position the drying rack in the tumbler placing the front lip of the drying rack on the top of the lint filter 3 Place the rear legs in the two recessed areas of the dryer s back wall and then push down the middle of the drying rack to fix in place 4 Place the items to be dried on the rack leaving space between them so air can circulate Close the dryer door 6 Press the Rack Dry button in the Time Dry cycle and then select the time according to the amount of moisture and the weight of the items The drying rack can be also used at Air Fluff cycle a Drying Rack SUGGESTED ITEMS SUGGESTED TEMP SETTINGS Washable sweaters block to shape and lay flat on rack Stuffed toys cotton or polyester fiberfilled Stuffed toys Extra Low Time Dry cycle Extra Low Time Dry cycle foam or rubber filled Air Fluff Foam rubber pillows Air Fluff Sneakers Air Fluff Drying foam rubber plastic or rubber on a heat setting may cause damage to the items and lead to a fire hazard 34_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 34 2012 06 25 5 21 08 CL
308. olkit stays under a dual license e both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit See below for the actual license texts Actually both licenses are BSD style Open Source licenses In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssi core openssl org OpenSSL License Copyright c 1998 2008 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact openssl core openssl org 5 Products derived from this software may not be called OpenSSL nor may OpenSSL appear in t
309. oma espuma o materiales semejantes a la goma con textura similar lantenga el rea alrededor de la salida del drenaje y las reas circundantes libres de pelusa polvo y suciedad personal t cnico calificado debe efectuar una limpieza peri dica del interior de la secadora y del conducto e drenaje em lo coloque elementos expuestos a aceites de cocina en la secadora Los elementos contaminados con aceites de cocina pueden contribuir a que se produzca una reacci n qu mica que ocasione que en la carga de ropa se prenda fuego Este electrodom stico debe conectarse a tierra Consulte Requisitos el ctricos y Conexi n a tierra en la secci n Instalaci n de la secadora Este electrodom stico debe conectarse a tierra correctamente Nunca enchufe el cable de alimentaci n a un recept culo que no est conectado a tierra correctamente ni guarde conformidad con los c digos locales y nacionales Consulte las instrucciones de instalaci n para conectar este electrodom stico a tierra Aseg rese de que los bolsillos no contengan objetos peque os s lidos y de forma irregular material extra o etc por ejemplo monedas cuchillos alfileres etc Tales objetos podr an da ar la secadora CONSERVE ESTAS INSTRUCCIONES 6_ Instrucciones de seguridad DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec11 6 2012 06 26 12 16 30 20 Se pueden producir p rdidas de gas en su sistema que generen una situaci n peligrosa 21 Las
310. on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option 80_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 80 2012 06 26 12 17 31 offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 3 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 1 The modified work must itself be a software library 2 You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 3 You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License 4 If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a libr
311. on un pa o suave y h medo No utilice sustancias abrasivas No roc e el panel directamente con limpiadores en aerosol El acabado del panel de control puede da arse a causa de algunos productos removedores de suciedad y manchas de tratamiento previo al lavado Aplique dichos productos lejos de la secadora y limpie el l quido derramado o el roc o inmediatamente TAMBOR Elimine todas las manchas ocasionadas por cray n tinta o tintura de la tela proveniente de art culos nuevos tales como toallas o jeans con un limpiador com n Posteriormente seque las toallas o prendas viejas para eliminar restos de manchas o soluci n de limpieza Una vez que se hayan seguido estos pasos es posible que las manchas a n sean visibles pero no se transferir n a las cargas subsiguientes TAMBOR DE ACERO INOXIDABLE Para limpiar el tambor de acero inoxidable use un pa o humedecido con un limpiador suave no abrasivo adecuado para superficies de acero inoxidable Elimine los residuos del limpiador y seque con un pa o limpio EXTERIOR DE LA SECADORA Limpie con un pa o suave y h medo No utilice sustancias abrasivas Proteja la superficie de objetos afilados No coloque objetos pesados ni afilados ni tampoco el paquete de detergente sobre la secadora Mant ngalos apartados sobre el pedestal o en una caja de almacenaje que puede adquirir por separado La cubierta superior de la secadora se podr a rayar o da ar Ya que toda la secadora tien
312. onal al en i the LED screen See figures 3 4 Operating instructions tips _53 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 53 2012 06 25 SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO 5 21 18 Operating instructions tios STEP 3 STEP 5 b bebe H 4 gt A v Power O Start Pause Figure 7 J Arvione Mode wr son ne E sounds Eg Briontness fed Wallpaper General CE 54_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 54 After the AP menu appears on the LED screen wait approximately 1 minute and press the Start Pause button Once the Start Pause button is pressed the AP displayed on the LED screen should start to blink It will take a minute or so for the Wi Fi module to get ready So if the you press the Start Pause and the AP doesn t blink try again after a moment See figure 5 Once the AP is blinking go to your mobile phone and press the Settings icon Once the settings menu appears press the Wi Fi icon See figures 5 7 You can see SMARTWASHER in the Wi Fi list Select the SMARTWASHER and input the password WASHER2012 You have to input as Capital After typing the password select the join button See figures 8 9 Once you are connected to the selected network go back to the applications screen on your mobile phone Once you are in the phones appl
313. ones sugerencias _45 2012 06 26 SVION3839NS SINOIDONELSNI 30 TWANVW Z0 12 16 42 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Certificaci n de dispositivos 1 La Certificaci n de dispositivos s lo debe realizarse con Figura 1 la configuraci n inicial Toque la pesta a Indoor Control Control del interior para buscar el nombre de la lavadora Cuando aparezca el nombre de la lavadora toque la pesta a Washer Indoor contral Outdoor Connection cerca tal mt ame or LED re 2 Verifique que el cono de Wi Fi no parpadee Presione los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa simult neamente durante 5 segundos En la pantalla se visualizar AP 3 Una vez que aparezca AP debe girar el dial en el sentido de las agujas del reloj hasta Figura 4 visualizar PS en la pantalla Cuando visualice PS presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Normal 46_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 46 2012 06 26 12 16 43 4 Despu s de tocar la pesta a del nombre de la lavadora debe tocar la pesta a de Figura 5 confirmaci n para continuar con la certificaci n 5 Despu s de tocar la pesta a de confirmaci n comenzar a preparar la certificaci n Figura 6 SVION3839NS SANOIOONYLSNI 30 IVANVIN Z0 6 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la pantalla del tel fono para comenzar la Figura 7 co
314. or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 2 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to
315. ora a temperatura c lida Extra Low Extrabaja ofrece la menor temperatura de secado con calor posible 30_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 30 2012 06 26 12 16 35 B Bot n de selecci n Tiempo Cuando usa los ciclos Manual Dry Secado manual puede ajustar el tiempo de secado presionando el bot n de Selecci n de tiempo Durante el ciclo Sensor Dry Secado con sensor el indicador luminico del tiempo se encuentra apagado porque el tiempo de secado exacto se determina seg n los niveles de humedad fluctuantes 5 Bot n de selecci n Se al Cuando el ciclo haya finalizado se escuchar una se al sonora Si seleccion la opci n Wrinkle Prevent Prevenci n de arrugas la se al sonora sonar en forma intermitente Ajuste el volumen de la se al sonora o ap guela presionando el bot n Signal Se al Presione el bot n repetidamente para desplazarse por las opciones Bot n Inicio retardado Cualquier ciclo puede retardarse hasta 24 horas en incrementos de una hora La hora en pantalla indica el tiempo en el cual comenzar el ciclo Consulte la secci n Inicio retardado en la p gina 32 Opci n de selecci n de ciclo Adjust Time Ajustar tiempo se puede agregar o restar tiempo a los tiempos configurados autom ticamente en los ciclos de Secado Manual ciclos Time Dry Secado con temporizador Quick Dry Secado r pido o Air Fluff Temp
316. org This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com LICENSE ISSUES The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license e both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit See below for the actual license texts Actually both licenses are BSD style Open Source licenses In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact openssi core openssl org OpenSSL License Copyright c 1998 2008 The OpenSSL Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit http www openssl org 4 The names OpenSSL Toolkit and OpenSSL Project must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For written permission please contact op
317. orized by SAMSUNG that damage this product or result in service problems incorrect electrical line voltage fluctuations and surges customer adjustments and failure to follow operating instructions maintenance and environmental instructions that are covered and prescribed in the instruction book product removal and reinstallation problems caused by pest infestations This limited warranty does not cover problems resulting from incorrect electric current voltage or supply light bulbs house fuses house wiring cost of a service call for instructions or fixing installation errors SAMSUNG does not warrant uninterrupted or error free operation of the product Warranty _89 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec8 89 2012 06 25 5 21 97 Warranty EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES ON THIS PRODUCT EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NO WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE GIVEN BY ANY PERSON FIRM OR CORPORATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT SHALL BE BINDING ON SAMSUNG SAMSUNG SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFITS FAILURE TO REALIZE SAVINGS OR OTHER BENEFITS OR ANY OTHER SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL THEORY ON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED AND EVEN IF SAMSUNG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF
318. ose Cycle Seleccionar ciclo Cuando visualice la pantalla Choose Cycle Seleccionar Normal ciclo toque la pesta a Start Inicio en el ngulo inferior izquierdo Heavy Duty Bedding PLUS Sanitize Stain Away Start New Dis Wash connect 50_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 50 2012 06 26 12 16 44 Ahora toque el bot n Start Inicio y active el ciclo de lavado Puede controlar el ciclo de lavado para verificar el estado del ciclo Quick Wash Spin Only Cuando el ciclo finalice en el tel fono se Si EA visualizar Cicle Complete Ciclo completo vasa 00 02 Spin Only Spin Only Pure Cycle SANO Est finish time Cooking amp Dining 1 41 0 SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW ZO Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _51 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 51 2012 06 26 12 16 45 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias USO DE LA APLICACI N M VIL IOS Descarga de la aplicaci n del tel fono 1 Busque el cono de App Store y bralo 2 Una vez abierto App Store realice una b squeda 3 Cuando aparezca el cuadro de b squeda escriba Samsung Smart Washer Lavadora inteligente Samsung gt BECUONC e jals ofe ollo lx fo AN 52_ Manual de instrucciones sugerencias DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 52 2012 06 26 12 16 45 4 Una vez finalizada la b squeda
319. ouc mousse ou des mat riaux dont la texture est similaire celle du caoutchouc vitez toute accumulation de peluches poussi res et salet s proximit de l orifice d vacuation L int rieur du s che linge et du conduit d vacuation doit tre nettoy r guli rement par un technicien de maintenance qualifi Ne faites pas s cher du linge ayant t en contact avec de l huile de cuisson Il risquerait de s enflammer Cet appareil doit tre mis la terre Reportez vous Normes lectriques et Mise la terre dans la section installation du s che linge Cet appareil doit tre correctement mis la terre Ne branchez jamais le cordon d alimentation sur une prise qui n est pas correctement reli e la terre et qui n est pas conforme aux r glementations locales et nationales en vigueur Consultez les consignes d installation pour relier cet appareil la terre V rifiez que les poches sont vides Les petits objets aux bords irr guliers pi ces de monnaie canifs pingles etc risquent en effet d endommager votre s che linge Des fuites de gaz dangereuses pourraient survenir dans votre syst me CONSERVEZ SOIGNEUSEMENT CES CONSIGNES 6_ Mesures de s curit DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Secl1 6 2012 06 26 12 17 12 21 Une fuite de gaz n est pas toujours d tectable l odeur 22 C est pourquoi les fournisseurs de gaz vous recommandent d acheter et d installer un d tecteur de
320. our d marrer la Figure 7 configuration du lave linge 7 Une fois que le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause a t actionn Figure 8 PS commence a clignoter Une fois qu il commence a clignoter le t l phone lance la connexion automatique Cancel 8 Le nom du lave linge s affiche encore une fois Vous devez appuyer Figure 9 sur cet onglet pour afficher PS a 102302 58_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 58 2012 06 26 12 17 28 9 Apr s avoir touch l onglet du nom du lave linge PS s affiche Warm Normal 8 Eco Warn ev e Cold Light Temp Soil Level 10 Une fois que AP est affich appuyez simultan ment sur les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause pendant 3 secondes Appuyez sur le bouton Signal et maintenez le enfonc pour que l ic ne Wi Fi s arr te de clignoter Une fois que la connexion Wi Fi est tablie commencez la figure 8 fl pour reconnecter au m me point d acc s sans fil r seau NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO 11 Appuyez sur l onglet du nom du lave linge pour connecter au lave aca linge es 12 Le lave linge est maintenant connect Touchez l onglet Start New Figure 13 Wash D marrer le nouveau lavage et vous pouvez contr ler le lave ver linge partir de votre t l phone 7 Washer is on nected to Samsung Washer via
321. ous pouvez facilement et rapidement changer le sens d ouverture du hublot e Socle avec tiroirs de rangement Un socle de 15 pouces env 40 cm permettant de sur lever le s che linge est disponible en option pour un chargement et un d chargement plus faciles Un tiroir de rangement pouvant contenir un baril de lessive de 100 oz est aussi int gr e Superposition N DE MOD LE SK 5A XAA Les lave linge et s che linge Samsung peuvent tre superpos s pour optimiser l espace utile Les pieds du s che linge doivent tre d mont s pour pouvoir empiler celui ci sur le lave linge Les kits de superposition sont en vente chez votre revendeur Samsung lt Support avec tiroirs de stockage gt lt Superposition gt e Ventilation 4 positions mod le lectrique uniquement DV455 Vous pouvez installer l vacuation d air dans l une des quatre 4 positions suivantes arri re c t gauche ou droit bas Fonctions _3 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec9 3 2012 06 26 12 17 12 Mesures de s curit F licitations pour l achat de votre nouveau s che linge Samsung Ce manuel contient de pr cieuses informations concemant l installation l utilisation et l entretien de votre appareil Prenez le temps de le lire pour tirer pleinement profit de tous les avantages et de toutes les fonctionnalit s de votre s che linge CE QUE VOUS DEVEZ CONNA TRE CONCERNANT LES INSTRUCTIONS DE SECURITE Veuillez
322. oved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that causes undesired operation For product available in the USA Canada market only channel 1 11 can be operated Selection of other channels is not possible FCC STATEMENT This equipment has been tested and found to comply within the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy ana if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment to an outlet on a different c
323. partage c bl sans fil ne sont pas correctement connect s le signal sonore du bouton non valide retentit et la configuration de connexion Smart Control n est pas termin e 38_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 38 2012 06 26 12 17 18 Connexion au r seau en utilisant l application Samsung Laundry 1 Appuyez et maintenez simultan ment les boutons Temp Temp rature et Start Pause D marrer Pause durant 3 secondes wa 2 Si AP s affiche sur l cran appuyez sur le bouton Start Pause D marrer Pause Y Si la connexion n est pas tablie dans les 5 minutes FAP s affiche sur l cran NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO 13 SNOLLONELSNI ZO Instructions et conseils d utilisation _39 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 39 2012 06 26 12 17 20 Instructonsetconselsc utlisation UTILISATION DE LAPPLICATION MOBILE ANDROID T l chargement de l application t l phonique 1 Touchez votre t l phone et affichez le menu des applications Puis recherchez et ouvrez l ic ne Play Store Lancer le magasin 2 Une fois que Play Store Lancer le magasin a t ouverte faites une recherche E EM acia ES 50 014 Be Games Editors Choice 3 Une fois que la bo te de recherche appara t saisissez Samsung Smart Washer Lave linge intelligent Samsung CI AIS Sox O14 Be Se ies Be Se SP Sa St
324. pplic ation la Washer mat ine in the AED ret Une fois que la liste des r seaux disponibles appara t s lectionnez le r seau utiliser et entrez le mot de passe si n cessaire Une fois que vous tes connect s au r seau s lectionn revenez sur l cran des applications de votre t l phone mobile Une fois que vous avez atteint l application des t l phones touchez l ic ne Samsung SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer Lave linge S che linge intelligent SAMSUNG ayant t t l charg au d but du processus Apr s avoir ouvert l application Samsung s lectionnez Front Load Chargement frontal puis Connection Setup Configuration de la connexion Instructions et conseils d utilisation _43 2012 06 26 NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO 12 17 22 NStructonsetconsalsdutiIIsation TAPE 9 Une fois que l application mobile est ouverte s lectionnez la touche Setting Start D part r glages Y EMH e voyant Wi Fi s allume et s teint en clignotant sur le t l phone plusieurs fois TAPE 10 Une fois que l unit d marre la connexion le t l phone charge la liste des points d acc s Lorsque la liste des points d acc s est charg e s lectionnez le r seau Select AP WASHER AP ureadym Le Assurez vous que l application et le smartphone sont connect s au m me ureadyintranet r seau point d acc s sans fil TAPE 11 Apr s avoir s lectionn
325. problemas en el servicio voltaje de la l nea el ctrica incorrecto fluctuaciones y sobretensi n ajustes del cliente e incumplimiento de lo establecido en el manual de instrucciones instrucciones de mantenimiento y ambientales que est n cubiertas y recomendadas en el manual de instrucciones traslado y reinstalaci n del producto problemas causados por plagas La presente garant a limitada no cubre problemas derivados de la corriente el voltaje o el suministro el ctrico incorrectos las bombillas de luz los fusibles de la casa el cableado de la casa el costo del servicio t cnico para recibir instrucciones o corregir errores en la instalaci n SAMSUNG no garantiza el funcionamiento ininterrumpido o sin errores del producto Garant a _87 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec8 87 2012 06 26 12 16 54 Garant a Excepto lo establecido en el presente no existen garant as sobre este producto ya sean expresas o t citas y samsung desconoce todas las garant as que incluyen aunque no en car cter taxativo cualquier garant a t cita de que el producto se encuentra en condiciones aptas para la venta de defraudaci n de derechos o de que el producto se adecua a los fines espec ficos para los cuales se adquiere Ning n aval o garant a otorgados por persona compa a o corporaci n alguna con respecto al presente producto revestir car cter vinculante para samsung Samsung no ser responsable por p rdida de ingresos o lucro cesan
326. purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 9 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 10 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing ve
327. r SAMSUNG will provide in home service during the warranty period at no charge subject to availability within the Canada In home service is not available in all areas AINVHHVM 20 To receive in home service product must be unobstructed and accessible to the service agent If service is not available SAMSUNG may elect to provide transportation of the product to and from an authorized service center SAMSUNG will repair replace or refund this product at our option and at no charge as stipulated herein with new or reconditioned parts or products if found to be defective during the limited warranty period specified above All replaced parts and products become the property of SAMSUNG and must be returned to SAMSUNG Replacement parts and products assume the remaining original warranty or ninety 90 days whichever is longer This limited warranty covers manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship encountered in normal noncommercial use of this product and shall not apply to the following damage that occurs in shipment delivery and installation applications and uses for which this product was not intended altered product or serial numbers cosmetic damage or exterior finish accidents abuse neglect fire water lightning or other acts of nature or God use of products equipment systems utilities services parts supplies accessories applications installations repairs external wiring or connectors not supplied or auth
328. r NO use la llama abierta para verificar si hay p rdidas de gas 24 Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 24 2012 06 26 12 16 33 Conexiones de sistemas de 3 CABLES eg Po Afloje o retire el tornillo central del bloque de terminales Conecte el cable neutro cable blanco o central del cable de alimentaci n a la terminal de tornillo central de color plateado del bloque de terminales Ajuste el tornillo Conecte los dem s cables a los tornillos externos del bloque de terminales Ajuste los tornillos Ajuste los tornillos con dispositivo de alivio de tensi n nserte la leng eta de la cubierta del bloque de terminales en la ranura del panel posterior de la secadora Asegure la cubierta con un tomillo de sujeci n Conector a tierra externo mE Cable a tierra neutro verde amarillo Tornillo central de color plateado del bloque de terminales Cable neutro cable blanco o central a D Protecci n contra los tirones con certificaci n UL de 3 4 1 9 cm Si realiza la conversi n del sistema el ctrico de 4 cables a 3 cables debe volver a conectar la cinta de conexi n a Suma tierra al soporte del bloque de terminales para conectar a tierra el armaz n de la secadora al conductor neutro Conexiones de sistemas de 4 CABLES 1 2 3 E PS 8 9 Retire el tornillo central del bloque de terminales Conecte el cable a tierra verde o sin c
329. r glementations et ordonnances locales en vigueur MISE LA TERRE Ce s che linge doit tre mis la terre En cas de panne ou de d faillance la mise la terre r duira le risque de surtension lectrique en fournissant un circuit de fuite au courant lectrique Mod les au gaz AVERTISSEMENT Votre s che linge est dot d un cordon quip d un conducteur de mise la terre et d une prise de terre La prise doit tre branch e sur une prise secteur appropri e correctement install e et mise la terre conform ment aux dispositions et aux r glementations en vigueur Ne modifiez pas la prise fournie avec le s che linge si celle ci ne correspond pas la prise secteur demandez un lectricien qualifi d installer une prise ad quate Ne reliez jamais un conducteur de terre une conduite de plomberie en plastique une conduite de gaz ou une conduite d eau chaude A Mod les lectriques AVERTISSEMENT Votre s che linge n cessite un cordon propos en option quip d un conducteur de mise la terre de l appareil et d une prise de terre vendu s par ment La prise doit tre branch e sur une prise secteur appropri e correctement install e et mise la terre conform ment aux dispositions et aux r glementations en vigueur Ne modifiez pas la prise fournie avec le s che linge si celle ci ne correspond pas la prise secteur demandez un lectricien qualifi d installer
330. r number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library
331. r Pause pendant 3 secondes Appuyez sur le bouton Signal et maintenez le enfonc pour que l ic ne Wi Fi s arr te de clignoter Y Une fois que la connexion Wi Fi est tablie commencez a la figure 8 pour reconnecter au m me point d acc s sans fil r seau 48_ Instructions et conseils d utilisation DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 48 2012 06 26 12 17 23 11 Appuyez sur l onglet du nom du lave linge pour connecter au lave linge 12 Le lave linge est maintenant connect Touchez l onglet Start New Wash D marrer le nouveau lavage et vous pouvez contr ler le lave M linge partir de votre t l phone a Washer is on Connected to Samsung Washer vis WiFi NOLLVSITILN G STISNOO LA SNOLLONELSNI ZO Start New Wash 13 La Certification du p riph rique est termin e et le lave linge est connect a votre smartphone Heavy Duty Bedding PLUS Sanitize Stain Away Instructions et conseils d utilisation _49 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 49 2012 06 26 12 17 24 NnStructionsetconsalsd utlIsation Utilisation de l application mobile TAPE 1 8 Extra High a Hot High am 8 Medium 8 Eco Warm Blow e Cold No Spin Temp Spin Crum tight L cd tock TAPE 2 Washer Indoor E Outdoc f E Connet fr Connectar Sat e und in th LED mesei TAPE 3 Washer Normal Washer Connected to p Washer via Wii Heavy Duty Bedding PLUS Sanitize Stain
332. r modifying the Program or works based on it 7 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 76_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 76 2012 06 26 12 17 31 8 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the sec
333. r the AP is displayed press the Temp amp Start Pause buttons simultaneously for 3 seconds Now press and hold the Signal button to stop the Wi Fi icon from blinking Once the Wi Fi connection is established begin at figure 8 to reconnect to the same network wireless AP SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO 11 Press the washer name tab to connect to the washer Figure 12 EL 12 The washer is now connected Touch the Start New Wash tab and you can now control the washer from your phone Washer is on Operating instructions tips _59 DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec3 59 2012 06 25 5 21 02 Operating instructions tios 13 The Device Certification is now completed and the washer is Figure 14275 connected to your Smartphone Using the mobile app a Check to make sure the Wi Fi icon is not blinking If the icon is blinking press and hold the Signal button until the icon E stops blinking Once the door lock icon is activated the unit E Extra Hot o MS is ready Now press the SAMSUNG Smart Washer Dryer so icon 8 Eco Warm Ww 8 Cold No Spin Temp Spin ram Light chi Lock After you touch the SAMSUNG Washer S Smart Washer Dryer icon the will FASSTEZ5AD 102398 search for the washer Once the Indoor ontrol Searching phone connects the washer the washer s name or MAC will Outro rol 3 appear Now touch the washer Conne WE Setup
334. r to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 16 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 17 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRI T ING WI L L ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH A
335. ra no puede conectarse a tierra al conductor neutro del bloque de terminales Rem tase a las siguientes instrucciones para las CONEXIONES DE SISTEMAS DE 3 Y 4 CABLES Retire la tapa del bloque de terminales Inserte el cable de alimentaci n con un dispositivo de alivio de tensi n con certificaci n UL a trav s del orificio provisto en el gabinete cerca del bloque de terminales Se debe utilizar un dispositivo de alivio de tensi n No afloje las tuercas ya instaladas en el bloque de terminales Aseg rese de que est n ajustadas Utilice un tomacorriente para huecos profundos de 3 8 1 cm 6 Revise la Requisitos en cuanto al gas secci n en la pagina 18 Retire la cubierta protectora de la rosca para tubos Aplique compuesto de uni n de tuber as o 1 1 2 vueltas aproximadamente de cinta de Teflon en todas las conexiones roscadas El compuesto de uni n de tuber as utilizado debe ser resistente a la acci n del gas licuado de petr leo Conecte el suministro de gas a la secadora Se requiere un accesorio adicional para conectar el extremo de la rosca hembra de 3 4 1 9 cm de un conector flexible al extremo de la rosca macho de 3 8 1 cm de la secadora Ajuste firmemente el accesorio de la tuber a de gas sobre las roscas Abra el suministro de gas Controle todas las conexiones de gas para detectar si presentan p rdidas usando una soluci n jabonosa Si aparecen burbujas ajuste las conexiones y vuelva a controla
336. ral Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to his License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 5 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code JOIGNAdV 90
337. ram is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail Ifthe program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or yo
338. rance of 3 7 6 cm at the top and bottom A slatted door with equivalent space clearances is acceptable Recessed area Side view closet or confined area Tin 2 5 cm 17in 43 2 cm Tin 27 in Lg 27in a 1 in 2in gt 341in pl lt q Sin 2 5 cm 68 6 cm 68 6 cm 2 5 cm 5 cm 86 5 cm 12 7 cm Installing your dryer _15 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 15 2012 06 25 5 21 04 Installing your dryer With optional pedestal base or stacking kit Required Dimensions for Installation Required Dimensions for Installation With Pedestal With Stacking Kit 51 2 in 130 cm to clear open door 39 in 99 cm p A i 6 in 53 6 in 136 2 cm 15 2 cm Yi A i Y e e gt gt 34 1 in 5 in 27 in 86 5 cm 12 7 cm 68 6 cm 3 in 2 5 in 77 2 in 7 6 cm re 196 2 cm 48 in 810 cm Closet or Door 9 Y LEs gt e 1in 27 in y 2 5 cm 68 6 cm 24in2 fa 155 cm 3 in Tin 34 1 in 5 9in 7 6 cm 2 5cm 86 5cm 15 cm Required spacing An external exhaust elbow requires additional space Y It is not recommended to stack DV457 on your washer it might be hard to control dryer LCD because of the viewing angle 16_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 16 2012 06 25 5 21 04
339. ras Samsung son compatibles nicamente con Wi Fi de 2 4Ghz Las secadoras Samsung son compatibles con IEEE 802 11 b g n y Wi Fi Directa se recomienda IEEE802 11n Si el m dem enrutador inal mbrico no cuenta con una certificaci n Wi Fi no puede conectarse a la secadora Manual de instrucciones sugerencias _37 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec3 37 2012 06 26 SVIONAHIONS SINOIDINELSNI 30 TWANYW Z0 12 16 37 Manual de instrucciones sugerencias Conectarse a la red utilizando el ajuste WPS 2 Esta secadora Samsung usa la Configuraci n protegida Wi Fi Configuraci n del bot n WPS PBC c mo m todo de conexi n principal a un m dem o enrutador inal mbrico Si el enrutador o el m dem son compatibles con WPS y tienen un bot n WPS es posible conectar f cilmente la lavadora al enrutador m dem 1 Mantenga presionados los botones Temp Temperatura y Start Pause Inicio Pausa durante 3 segundos 2 Gire el Selector de ciclos hasta que aparezca UP en la pantalla y presione el bot n Start Pause Inicio Pausa Si la conexi n no se establece en 5 minutos aparece FUP en la pantalla 3 Pulse y sostenga el bot n WPS del m dem enrutador inal mbrico durante 120 segundos para ejecutar la funci n WPS Si la funci n WPS se ejecuta el m dem enrutador inal mbrico busca autom ticamente la informaci n necesaria para la secadora y la conecta autom ticamente a Internet a trav s del m dem en
340. res to install a normal wired wireless sharer refer to the user manual of the corresponding wireless router modem e Samsung dryers only support Wi Fi 2 4Ghz e Samsung dryers support IEEE 802 11 b g n and Wi Fi Direct IEEE802 11n is recommended e If the wireless router modem is not Wi Fi certified it cannot be connected to the dryer Operating instructions tips _37 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 37 2012 06 25 5 21 09 Operating instructions tios Connecting to the network using the WPS setting Y 1 Your Samsung dryer uses Wi Fi Protected Setup Push Button Configuration WPS PBC as the primary method of connecting to a wireless router or modem If your router or modem is WPS compliant and has a WPS button you can easily connect your washer to your router modem Press and hold both the Temp and Start Pause buttons for 3 seconds 5 Turn the Cycle Selector until UP is displayed on the Se oe arras display panel and then press the Start Pause button D si wn Y If the connection is not established within 5 minutes Y FUP is displayed on the display panel Press and hold the WPS button on the wireless router modem within 120 seconds to run the WPS function If the WPS function runs the wireless router modem automatically fetches the necessary information from the dryer and the dryer is automatically connected to the Internet through the wired wireless router mod
341. rials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally 82_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 82 2012 06 26 12 17 32 distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 8 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things 1 Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above 2 Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 9 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or dis
342. ributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies he executable f distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled o copy the source along with the object code 5 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute he Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 6 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing o
343. rnit aucune garantie expresse ou implicite quant cet appareil y compris mais sans s y limiter les garanties implicites de qualit marchande de contrefa on ou d aptitude un usage particulier Aucune garantie qu elle soit donn e par un tiers une entreprise ou une personne morale ne pourra tre consid r e comme un engagement vis vis de Samsung Samsung ne sera aucunement responsable en cas de perte de b n fices de manque gagner d incapacit r aliser des conomies ou tout autre avantage financier ou d autres dommages sp ciaux accessoires ou indirects r sultant de l utilisation ou d une mauvaise utilisation de cet appareil ou d une incapacit utiliser cet appareil quelle que soit la base juridique invoqu e pour justifier l assertion et m me si Samsung a t avis de l ventualit de tels dommages Les indemnit s financi res exig es aupr s de Samsung ne pourront en aucun cas exc der le prix d achat du produit vendu par Samsung et l origine des dommages invoqu s Sans limitation aux dispositions susdites l acheteur assume tous les risques et toutes les responsabilit s en cas de perte de dommages ou de blessures ventuelles inflig s l acheteur et aux biens de celui ci et toute autre personne et aux biens de celle ci r sultant de l utilisation ou de la mauvaise utilisation de l appareil ou de l incapacit l utiliser Cette garantie limit e n est valable pour personne d autre que l acheteur
344. rs linger in the air ventilate the room completely before using the dryer 66_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec6 66 2012 06 25 5 21 25 PROBLEM SOLUTION Shuts off before load is dry Dryer load is too small Add more items or a few towels and restart the cycle Dryer load is too large Remove some items and restart the dryer Lint on clothes Make sure the lint filter is cleaned before every load With some loads that produce high amounts of lint it may be necessary to clean the filter during the cycle Some fabrics are lint producers for example a fuzzy white cotton towel and they should be dried separately from clothes that are lint trappers for example a pair of lack linen pants Divide larger loads into smaller loads for drying Check pockets thoroughly before washing and drying clothes Garments still wrinkled after Wrinkle Care Small loads of 1 to 4 items work best Load fewer garments Load similar type garments Odors remain in clothing after Refresh Fabrics containing strong odors should be washed in a normal cycle Water drips from nozzle when Steam Care starts This is steam condensation The dripping water will stop after a short time Sprayed water is not visible during Steam Care Sprayed water is difficult to see when the door is closed DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec6 67 Troubleshooting _67 2012 06 25 ONILLOOH
345. rsion number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 11 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 12 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSAR
346. rsonnel Si ce service n est pas disponible SAMSUNG peut choisir de prendre sa charge le transport aller retour du produit vers un centre de service agr La soci t SAMSUNG prendra en charge sa convenance la r paration le remplacement ou le remboursement du produit tel que stipul dans les pr sentes conditions et proc dera au remplacement ou au reconditionnement des pi ces ou des produits si ces derniers s av rent d fectueux dans la limite de la p riode de garantie mentionn e pr c demment Toutes les pi ces et tous les produits remplac s deviennent la propri t de SAMSUNG et doivent tre retourn s SAMSUNG La p riode de garantie qui s applique aux pi ces et produits remplac s est la p riode restante de la garantie initiale ou une p riode de quatre vingt dix 90 jours dans tous les cas la p riode la plus longue des deux p riodes susmentionn es s applique Cette garantie limit e couvre les vices de fabrication au niveau des pi ces et de la main d uvre survenant la suite d une utilisation normale et non commerciale de ce produit et ne s applique pas dans les cas suivants tout dommage survenant au cours de l exp dition de la livraison et de l installation toute utilisation de l appareil contraire au but auquel il tait destin tout num ro de produit ou de s rie effac tout dommage du rev tement ext rieur ou de l aspect du produit tout dommage caus par un accident une utilisat
347. rutador al mbrico inal mbrico Y e El modo como la funci n WPS ejecuta el m dem enrutador inal mbrico puede variar seg n el fabricante Consulte el manual del usuario del enrutador m dem para conocer m s detalles e Incluso una vez finalizada la configuraci n WPS puede demorar un poco hasta que la conexi n real se establezca y se asigne una direcci n IP mediante DHCP hasta 5 minutos e Tenga en cuenta que si utiliza un m dem enrutador inal mbrico que no cuenta con certificaci n WPS es posible que la secadora no se conecte mediante el Wi Fi o que un dispositivo conectado al m dem enrutador inal mbrico se desconecte e Tenga en cuenta en ciertos m dems enrutadores inal mbricos si mantiene presionado el bot n WPS durante un momento se puede restablece la configuraci n del enrutador m dem PRECAUCI N 4 Si la secadora y el m dem enrutador inal mbrico est n conectados correctamente el indicador titila en la pantalla durante 30 segundos 5 Mantenga presionado el bot n Se al act desact durante 3 segundos para finalizar la configuraci n de la conexi n del Control inteligente Cuando la configuraci n finaliza normalmente el indicador ES titila en la pantalla y emite un sonido Si mantiene presionado el bot n Se al act desact durante 3 segundos cuando el enrutador al mbrico inal mbrico de la secadora no est conectado correctamente se escucha el sonido de bot n no v lido y la configuraci
348. rvice PBA AES A Acommunication error between Gallccustomansenice the LCD PBA and the MAIN PBA dF Invalid door state for more than Call for service 256 milliseconds For any codes not listed above call 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 2012 06 25 532125 NETWORK SETUP Q amp A QUESTION ANSWER The washer or dryer is not found in the smartphone app e Check the power status of the access point AP e Check if the smartphone is connected with Wi Fi e Check if the Wi Fi function of the washer or dryer is turned on e To refresh the screen press Configure again e Ifthe AP is installed too far away from the washer or dryer the strength of the Wi Fi signal may be weak In this case move the AP closer to the washer or dryer The washer or dryer can t find the AP access point e Check the power status of the AP e Check if the Wi Fi function of the washer or dryer is turned on e To refresh the screen press Configure again e Ifthe AP is installed too far away from the washer or dryer the strength of the Wi Fi signal may be weak In this case move the AP closer to the washer or dryer Ensure that the number of the displayed antenna bars is at least 3 e Ifthe strength of the AP is low the washer or dryer may not find it Use a high performance AP if available There are more than one washer or dryer in the house Do have to install an AP for each of them e You can install only one AP
349. ry Dry e6omin w Air Fluff More Dry Medium 50min Mixed Refresh i My 1 8 Normal Dry B Med Low a dav Load i efresl Cycle H a Less Dry low 30min i Wrinkle Away Sal damp Dry Extra Low 20min Delay 1gnal T a Steam Cycles On off Dy Level Temp Time smart i T Smart i i i i 1 1 1 TE chidlok 1 1 T Coumi 1 Gas Smart Monitor 1 i i l 00 00 000 09 S lecteur de programme Pour choisir un cycle positionnez le s lecteur sur le programme de votre choix Le t moin lumineux s allume en regard du programme Les programmes Laine D licat St rilisation Literie PLUS Grand rendement Normal co normal et Repassage facile sont des cycles fonctionnant avec capteur de s chage La fonction D tecteur de s chage d tecte automatiquement l humidit du linge et teint le s che linge une fois le niveau de s cheresse tr s sec l g rement humide est atteint Eco Normal co normal Ce programme permet de r duire la consommation d nergie jusqu 15 par rapport un programme Normal Dry S chage normal Il ajuste la dur e de cycle et la temp rature pour augmenter le rendement Normal Ce programme permet de s cher le linge en coton les sous v tements et le linge de table Heavy Duty Grand rendement Ce programme permet de s cher temp rature lev e des tissus pais tels que les jeans le velours c tel ou les v
350. ryers are equipped with a burner vent for use with natural gas If you plan to use your dryer with LP liquid propane gas it must be converted for safe and proper performance by a qualified service technician A 1 2 1 27 cm gas supply line is recommended and must be reduced to connect to the 3 8 1 cm gas line on your dryer The National Fuel Gas Code requires that an accessible approved manual gas shut off valve be installed within 6 of your dryer Gas dryers installed in residential garages must be raised 18 inches 46 cm above the floor Additionally a 1 8 0 3 cm N P T National Pipe Thread plugged tapping accessible for test gauge connection must be installed immediately upstream of your dryer s gas supply connection Your dryer must be disconnected from the gas supply pipe system during any pressure testing of the system DO NOT reuse old flexible metal gas lines Flexible gas lines must be design certified by the American Gas Association CGA in Canada Y e Any pipe joint compound used must be resistant to the action of any liquefied petroleum gas e As a courtesy most local gas utilities will inspect a gas appliance installation GAS IGNITION Your dryer uses an automatic ignition system to ignite the burner There is no constant burning pilot COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Your dryer must be installed by a licensed plumber or gas fitter A T handle manual gas valve mu
351. s Lorsque la r sistance ou le conduit et nettoyez est lev e en raison d un le au besoin conduit trop long ou coud 2 Le voyant du capteur Lorsque le conduit est V rifiez le raccordement de ventilation Vent bloqu par les peluches de conduit et Sensor X clignote ou un corps tranger raccourcissez le et Lorsque la r sistance redressez le au besoin est tr s lev e en raison V rifiez le filtre peluches d un conduit beaucoup ou le conduit et nettoyez trop long ou exag r ment le d s que possible coud Dans l tat du NIVEAU 2 ce voyant clignote pendant 3 heures apr s la fin du cycle Si la fonction de pr vention du froissage est activ e ce message s affiche pendant 3 heures Si le bouton Marche Arr t est appuy ou le hublot ouvert l alimentation est imm diatement coup e Y Pour plus d informations sur l installation du conduit reportez vous a la consultez la section Conditions requises en mati re de conduits la page 13 e Bien que le s che linge soit disponible m me si le message de colmatage s affiche le temps de s chage peut tre prolong e Si le message du NIVEAU 1 s affiche lors de la premi re mise en marche du s che linge apr s l installation v rifiez le raccordement et nettoyez le conduit Si le messsage du NIVEAU 1 s affiche m me apr s avoir v rifi et nettoy le conduit ceci peut signifier la pr sence de restrictions dans le conduit dues la longueur l
352. s che linge est recommand Vous pouvez v rifier la puissance des signaux via cran de configuration du lave linge ou du s che linge ou d un smartphone La performance du r seau tant s rieusement affect e par une porte ou une paroi m tallique installez le lave linge ou le s che linge dans un lieu ouvert Si une porte est pr sente en face de l appareil install ouvrez la lorsque vous utilisez l appareil Ne placez pas d objet en acier ou en verre en face de l cran LCD situ en fa ade du lave linge car il bloquera le signal radio Notez que le signal radio peut tre affaibli ou interf rer et la communication avec le smartphone peut chouer lorsqu un four micro ondes est utilis dans l habitation Installez le lave linge ou le s che linge de sorte que la fa ade de appareil soit orient e vers l AP si possible Comment puis je connecter le lave linge ou le s che linge un smartphone de mani re stable Lorsque la puissance du signal qui est affich e sur l cran LCD du ave linge ou du s che linge est faible la commande peut chouer Pour un fonctionnement stable la mesure de la puissance du signal doit tre comme suit e Au minimum trois barres d antenne doivent tre affich es sur l cran LCD du lave linge ou du s che linge e Au minimum trois barres d antenne doivent tre affich es pour la connexion Wi Fi sur le smartphone e Lorsque la puissance des signaux est mesur e avec une appli
353. s le bas N installez jamais de filtre sur la sortie d vacuation Installation du s che linge _13 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd 13 2012 06 26 J9NI1 3H93S NG NOILVTIVLSNI LO 12 17 13 Installation du s che linge e Pour viter les d p ts de peluches n installez pas directement l vacuation du s che linge dans une fen tre L vacuation ne doit pas se faire sous une maison ou un porche e Sile conduit d vacuation doit traverser une zone non chauff e le conduit doit tre isol et l g rement inclin vers le bas en direction de la hotte pour r duire la condensation et l accumulation de peluches e Inspectez et nettoyez l int rieur du syst me d vacuation au moins une fois par an D branchez le cordon d alimentation avant de proc der au nettoyage e V rifiez fr quemment que le registre de la hotte s ouvre et se ferme sans probl me e Effectuez un contr le une fois par mois et un nettoyage au moins une fois par an Remarque Si les v tements ne s chent pas v rifiez que les conduits ne sont pas obstru s e L vacuation du s che linge ne doit pas se faire dans un mur le plafond un vide sanitaire ou un espace cach d un b timent un conduit d vacuation de gaz o tout autre conduit ou chemin e standard car les peluches expuls es par le s che linge peuvent pr senter un risque d incendie S CHE LINGE LECTRIQUE ET GAZ Type de bouche d vacuation Recommand mutil
354. s or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs If your program is a subroutine library you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library If this is what you want to do use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License 78_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 78 2012 06 26 12 17 31 GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed AXANNV 90 This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU Genera
355. s suelen hundirse aplastarse f cilmente y atrapar pelusa Estas condiciones obstruir n el flujo de aire de la secadora de ropa y aumentar n el riesgo de incendio e Para reducir el riesgo de lesiones graves o muerte siga todas las instrucciones de instalaci n A PARA DISMINUIR EL RIESGO DE INCENDIO O EXPLOSI N e No seque prendas que hayan sido previamente limpiadas lavadas remojadas o salpicadas con gasolina solventes de limpieza en seco u otras sustancias inflamables o explosivas Emiten vapores que se pueden prender fuego o explotar No debe colocarse en la secadora ning n material que haya estado en contacto con un solvente de limpieza o l quidos o s lidos inflamables hasta que se haya eliminado todo vestigio de tales l quidos o s lidos inflamables y sus vapores Existen muchos art culos altamente inflamables en los hogares tales como acetona alcohol desnaturalizado gasolina kerosene algunos limpiadores l quidos de uso dom stico algunos quitamanchas aguarr s ceras y removedores de cera e No seque art culos que contengan goma espuma puede estar catalogada como espuma de l tex o materiales semejantes a la goma y con textura similar en la opci n de secado con calor Los materiales de goma espuma que reciben calor pueden en ciertas circunstancias provocar incendios por combusti n espont nea A QU HACER SI PERCIBE OLOR A GAS e Nointente encender ning n electrodom stico e No encienda este electrodo
356. s that refer to his License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 5 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code XIGNAddV 90 Appendix _81 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 81 2012 06 25 5 21 26 Appendix 6 A program that cont
357. se Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written XIGNAddV 90 Appendix _75 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 75 2012 06 25 5 21 26 Appendix entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 4 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in o
358. see cannot impose that choice AXANNV 90 Annexe _83 DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 83 2012 06 26 12 17 32 Annexe This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 13 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 14 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 15 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Li
359. sh on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 3 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 1 You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 2 You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License 3 If the modified program normally reads command s interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this Licen
360. ssues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and
361. st be installed in the gas supply line to your dryer If a flexible gas connector is used to install your dryer the connector may not be longer than 3 36 e Gas leaks may occur in your system creating a dangerous situation wane 2 Gas leaks may not be detected by smell alone e Gas suppliers recommend that you purchase and install a UL approved gas detector e Install and use it in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions 18_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 18 2012 06 25 5 21 04 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS The wiring diagram is located on the plate below the control panel WARNING The improper connection of the equipment grounding conductor can result in a risk of electric shock Check with a qualified electrician or serviceman if you are in doubt as to whether your dryer is properly grounded Do not modify the plug provided with your dryer if it doesn t fit the outlet have a proper outlet installed by a qualified electrician To prevent unnecessary risk of fire electrical shock or personal injury all wiring and grounding must be done in accordance with local codes or in the absence of local codes with the National Electrical Code ANSI NFPA No 70 Latest Revision for the U S or the Canadian Electrical Code CSA C22 1 Latest Revisions and local codes and ordinances It is your responsibility to provide adequate electrical services for your dryer All gas installations must be done in
362. t normal que le s che linge mette un bourdonnement du fait de la grande vitesse de d placement de l air travers le tambour du s che linge et le syst me d vacuation 66_ Troubleshooting DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec6 66 2012 06 26 12 17 30 PROBL ME SOLUTION Ne s che pas le linge uniform ment Les coutures les poches et les autres zones paisses peuvent ne pas s cher compl tement alors que le reste du linge a atteint le niveau de s chage s lectionn Ceci est tout fait normal S lectionnez le programme Very Dry Tr s sec au besoin Si vous faites s cher un article pais avec une charge l g re par exemple une serviette de toilette avec des draps il est possible que l article le plus lourd ne soit pas compl tement sec quand le reste du linge atteindra le niveau de s chage s lectionn Triez les articles l gers d un c t pais de l autre pour obtenir des r sultats de s chage homog nes D gage une odeur Les odeurs m nag res peinture vernis d tachant etc peuvent entrer dans le s che linge via l air ambiant Cette situation est normale puisque le s che linge aspire l air de la pi ce le chauffe introduit dans le tambour puis l jecte l ext rieur Lorsque ces odeurs persistent dans l air a rez longuement la pi ce avant d utiliser le s che linge S arr te avant que le linge ne soit sec I n y a pas assez de linge dans le
363. tain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into nonfree programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the Ap ndice _79 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 79 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Ap ndice user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser
364. tart to connect 8 The washer name will be displayed once again You need to press this Figure 9 tab to display the PS oR 7825AD1001CF 9 After you touch the washer name tab PS will be displayed Extra High High Medium 1B Eco Warm Slow 8 Cold No Spin Light Temp Spin Soil Level Cm ight oido 10 After the AP is displayed press the Temp 8 Start Pause buttons Figure 11 simultaneously for 3 seconds Now press and hold the Signal button to stop the Wi Fi icon from blinking Y Once the Wi Fi connection is established begin at figure 8 to reconnect to the same network wireless AP 48_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 48 2012 06 25 5 21 17 11 Press the washer name tab to connect to the washer 12 The washer is now connected Touch the Start New Wash tab and you can now control the washer from your phone Washer Washer is on Connected to Samsung Washer vis WiFi SdIL SNOILONYLSNI ONI1VHIdO ZO Start New Wash 13 The Device Certification is now completed and the washer is connected to your Smartphone Heavy Duty Bedding PLUS Sanitize Stain Away Operating instructions tips _49 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 49 2012 06 25 5 21 17 Operating instructions tios Using the mobile app Extra High Hot High am Medium Eco Wam Blow 8 Cold 8 No Spin Temp Spin r
365. te imposibilidad de generar ahorros u obtener otros beneficios o cualquier da o derivado de circunstancias especiales da o imprevisto o derivado causado por el uso uso incorrecto o incapacidad para usar el presente producto independientemente de la teor a legal en que se funde el reclamo y aun cuando se le haya notificado a samsung de la posibilidad de tales da os Ning n resarcimiento de ninguna ndole contra samsung superar el precio de compra del producto vendido por samsung y causante del presunto da o Sin limitar lo precedente el comprador asume todo el riesgo y la responsabilidad por p rdida da o o lesi n al comprador y a los bienes del comprador y a terceros y a sus bienes derivados del uso uso incorrecto o incapacidad para usar el presente producto La presente garant a limitada no se extender a ninguna persona distinta del comprador original del presente producto es intransferible y establece su exclusiva reparaci n Algunos Estados no permiten limitaciones en cuanto al plazo de una garant a impl cita o la exclusi n o limitaci n de da os imprevistos o derivados por lo tanto las limitaciones o exclusiones antedichas pueden no aplicarse en su caso Esta garant a le otorga derechos espec ficos y adem s puede tener otros derechos que var an seg n el Estado en el que se encuentre Para recibir un servicio t cnico de garant a comun quese con SAMSUNG a Samsung Electronics America Inc 85 Challenger Road
366. tements de travail Perm Press Repassage facile Ce programme permet le s chage automatique des tissus infroissables en coton synth tique et lainage Bedding PLUS Literie PLUS Ce programme permet de s cher des objets volumineux comme les couvertures les draps et les couettes Delicates D licat Ce programme est con u pour le s chage basse temp rature des articles fragiles Wool Laine Pour les lainages lavables en machine et s chables en s che linge uniquement Charge inf rieure 3 livres Le programme Laine de ce s che linge a t approuv par Woolmark pour les lainages Total Easy Care WOOLMARK M0913 DV455E et M1007 DV455G APPAREL CARE Sanitize St rilisation Ce programme haute temp rature permet de st riliser votre linge au c ur du tissu lors du cycle de s chage Ce programme est id al pour nettoyer literie et rideaux Time Dry Temps de s chage Ce programme permet de s lectionner la dur e souhait e en minutes Tournez la molette de s lection du programme sur Time Dry Temps de s chage puis appuyez sur la fl che vers le haut Adjust Time R glage du temps pour d finir la dur e de s chage Appuyez plusieurs fois sur la fl che pour faire d filer les temps DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec3 29 Instructions et conseils d utilisation _29 2012 06 26 NOLLVSITILN G SIASNOO L3 SNOLLONELSNI ZO 12 17 16 Instructonsetconselsc utllisation Q
367. ten as this may damage the coupling 7 Attach the angled end of long hoses to the fill valve at the bottom of the dryer rear frame Screw on the coupling by hand until it is seated on the fill valve connector 8 Using pliers tighten the coupling with an additional two thirds turn Do not overtighten as this may damage the coupling 9 Attach the washer hose to the other side of the Y connector Screw on the hose coupling until it is tight Using pliers tighten the coupling with an additional two thirds turn Do not overtighten You can damage the coupling 10 Check that the water faucets are on 11 Check for leaks around the Y connector faucets and hoses Water Hose 22_ Installing your dryer DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd 22 2012 06 25 5 21 05 REPLACEMENT PARTS AND ACCESSORIES If your dryer requires replacement parts or accessories contact the dealer where you purchased your dryer or the SAMSUNG customer care center at 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 INSTALLATION For the proper installation we recommend that you hire a qualified installer To install 1 Move your dryer to an appropriate location for the installation Consider installing the dryer and washer side by side to allow access to the gas electrical and exhaust connections Place two of the carton cushion tops on the floor Tip your dryer on its side so it lies across both cushion tops 2 Set your dryer back in an
368. tended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 9 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 10 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version
369. th or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 10 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 11 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 12 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent i
370. that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions 2 Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interfacecompatible with the version that the work was made with 3 Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution 4 If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place 5 Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the mate
371. the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 1 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 2 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of
372. the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 76_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 76 2012 06 25 5 21 26 8 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the
373. the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you This warranty gives you specific rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state To obtain warranty service please contact SAMSUNG at Samsung Electronics America Inc 85 Challenger Road Ridgefield Park NJ 07660 1 800 SAMSUNG 726 7864 www samsung com Visits by a Service Engineer to explain functions maintenance or installation is not covered by warranty Please contact your Samsung call agent for help with any of these issues 88_ Warranty DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec8 88 2012 06 25 5 21 27 Warranty CANADA SAMSUNG DRYER LIMITED WARRANTY TO ORIGINAL PURCHASER This SAMSUNG brand product as supplied and distributed by SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CANADA INC SAMSUNG and delivered new in the original carton to the original consumer purchaser is warranted by SAMSUNG against manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship for a limited warranty period of One 1 year part and labor This limited warranty begins on the original date of purchase and is valid only on products purchased and used in the Canada To receive warranty service the purchaser must contact SAMSUNG for problem determination and service procedures Warranty service can only be performed by a SAMSUNG authorized service center The original dated bill of sale must be presented upon request as proof of purchase to SAMSUNG or SAMSUNG s authorized service cente
374. the dryer is running Turning On and Off To turn on or turn off the Drum Light press both the Dry Level and Temp buttons simultaneously You can turn the Drum Light on and off while your dryer is running and when it is stopped If you do not turn the Drum Light off 5 minutes after turning it on the Drum Light is automatically turned off 32_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 32 2012 06 25 5 21 07 My cycle Lets you select save and then activate a customized cycle that includes Dry Level Temp Time option etc at a later time To use My Cycle follow these steps 1 Push the My Cycle button The My Cycle indicator lights 2 Select the cycle you want to include using the Cycle Selector Dial 3 Select and set the options Dry Level Temp Time etc Each cycle has certain default options that are automatically set To see these default options go to page 37 4 Push the Start Pause button The cycle starts 5 As the dryer moves through the cycle it memorizes the cycle and the options 6 To run this cycle again at a later time press the My Cycle button The dryer automatically selects the saved cycle and options You can change the My Cycle settings by repeating the process above The dryer will use these settings the next time you choose My Cycle SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVEIdO ZO Smart Care This function enables you to check the status of the dryer using a smartphone
375. this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option 80_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02_EN_20120625 indd Sec7 80 2012 06 25 5 21 26 offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 3 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions 1 The modified work must itself be a software library 2 You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 3 You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License 4 If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore
376. tion is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 9 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 10 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
377. tions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 7 Asan exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things 1 Accompany the work wi th the complet e corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source
378. to your phone you are now ready to set up the washer Wi Fi control STEP 1 Press amp Hold 2sec for Extra Functions Power Extra High 8 High oa 8 Medium B Heavy 8 Normal 8 Low DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 41 Start Pause Power O Start Pause Figure 2 Pre Wash Extra Rinse Extended Spin Signal Onoff You need to first press the power button to activate the your machine You can DSP activate the machine to any a wash cycle See figures 1 2 Steam After you activate the machine press the Temp amp Start Pause buttons simultaneously for 5 seconds After 5 seconds the AP menu appears on the LED screen See figures 3 4 Start Pause Temp Spin Soil Level Com Operating instructions tips _41 2012 06 25 SdIL SNOILONYLSNI DNIIVE IDO ZO 5 21 14 Operating instructions tios After the AP menu appears on the LED screen wait approximately 1 minute and press the Start Pause button Once the Start Pause button is pressed the AP displayed on the LED screen should Frs start to blink It will take a minute or so for the Wi Fi module to get ready So if H the you press the Start Pause and the AP doesn t blink try again after a moment See figure 5 Figure 7 DER TS Once the AP is blinking go to your mobile phone and press the Settings icon Once the settings menu appears press the wireless and network se
379. tons or items labeled Tumble Dry Medium Med Low For lower heat than Medium to dry synthetic or washable knit fabrics Low For heat sensitive items labeled Tumble Dry Low or Tumble Dry Warm Extra Low Provides the lowest heated dry temperature possible Time Selection Button When using Manual Dry cycles you can adjust the drying time by pressing the Time selection button During the Sensor Dry cycle the time light indicator is off because exact drying times are determined by fluctuating humidity levels 30_ Operating instructions tips DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 30 2012 06 25 5 21 07 5 Signal Selection Button When the cycle is complete a chime will sound f you selected the Wrinkle Prevent option the chime will sound intermittently Adjust the volume of the chime or turn it off by pressing the Signal button Press the button repeatedly to scroll through the choices Delay Start Button Any cycle can be delayed for up to 24 hours in one hour increments Displayed hour indicates the time at which the cycle will be started Refer to he Delay Start section on page 32 Select Cycle Option Adjust Time Time can be added or subtracted from the automatically set imes in the Manual Dry cycles Time Dry Quick Dry or Air Fluff cycles and Wrinkle Away cycle To add or subtract time from the cycle press the Adjust Time arrow pad up or down until the desired time
380. tribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 10 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 11 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 12 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues co
381. tribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 7 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things 1 Accompany the work wi th the complet e corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified
382. tribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written JOIGNAdV 90 Ap ndice _75 DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd Sec7 75 2012 06 26 12 16 53 Ap ndice entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this L
383. twork wireless AP After selecting the network you need to enter your password Once you enter your password select Connect The unit start setting up the network This process delivers the connection information of the AP that is connected to the mobile phone to the product 2012 06 25 5321215 STEP 12 Extra Hot Extra High Hea Hot e High en Wam Medium Normal Eco Warm low ev e Cold 8 No Spin e Light Temp Spin Soil Level Cosik ainda STEP 13 Power O Start Pause Start Pause Start Pause ev Light Soil Level DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec3 45 When the network is setup the unit will display Transfer complete After the transfer is completed select Confirm The unit will then display oAP The phone is now connected to the machine through the network Start Pause Start Pause Start Pause After the phone is connected to the machine press the Temp amp Start Pause buttons simultaneously for 5 seconds After 5 seconds the original wash cycle will be displayed on the LED screen After the wash cycle has been displayed wait approximately 1 minute You Will then see the Wi Fi icon start to blink Once the Wi Fi icon is displayed press and hold the Signal for 3 seconds The Wi Fi icon will stop blinking The machine is now ready to run the device certification Operating instructions tips _45 2012 06 25
384. u moins 16 C pour activer les agents nettoyants et obtenir un avage efficace Annexe _71 DV455 02836F 02_CFR_20120626 indd Sec7 71 2012 06 26 12 17 31 Annexe PROTECTION DE LENVIRONNEMENT Cet appareil a t fabriqu a partir de mat riaux recyclables Si vous d cidez de le jeter veuillez respecter les normes locales en mati re d vacuation des d chets Coupez le cordon d alimentation de fa on ce que l appareil ne puisse pas tre raccord une source lectrique Enlevez le hublot pour que des animaux et des jeunes enfants ne se retrouvent pas pi g s l int rieur de l appareil D CLARATION DE CONFORMIT Cet appareil est conforme la norme UL2158 CARACT RISTIQUES TECHNIQUES TYPE S CHE LINGE CHARGEMENT FRONTAL DIMENSIONS A Hauteur 99 0 cm 39 B Largeur 68 6 cm 27 cae hublot ouvert 131 2 cm 51 65 D Profondeur 82 0 cm 32 28 POIDS 57 Kg 127 8 Ib PUISSANCE DE CHAUFFE 5 300 W lec 22 000 BTU h Gaz 72_ Annexe DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Sec7 72 2012 06 26 12 17 31 TABLEAU DES PROGRAMMES e r glage usine o s lectionnable PROGRAMME ARTICLES RECOMMAND S QUANTIT MAXIMALE Normal Coton v tements de travail lin charges mixtes o Heavy Duty Grand rendeme
385. ubierta del cable de alimentaci n al tornillo conductor a tierra externo Conecte el cable neutro cable blanco o central del cable de alimentaci n y el cable a tierra del electrodom stico verde con franjas amarillas debajo del tornillo central del bloque de terminales Conecte los dem s cables a los tornillos externos del bloque de terminales Ajuste los tornillos Ajuste los tornillos con dispositivo de alivio de tensi n nserte la leng eta de la cubierta del bloque de terminales en la ranura del panel posterior de la secadora Asegure la cubierta con un tomillo de sujeci n 1 Conector a tierra externo 2 Cable verde o de cobre desnudo del cable de alimentaci n 3 Dispositivo de alivio de tensi n con certificaci n UL de 3 4 pulgadas 1 9 cm 4 Tornillo central de color plateado del bloque de terminales 5 Cable a tierra verde amarillo 6 Cable neutro cable blanco o central Con un nivelador controle la secadora y haga los ajustes necesarios a las patas niveladoras En ese momento aseg rese de que todas las conexiones de gas en los modelos a gas y las conexiones el ctricas y del drenaje est n completas Enchufe la secadora y controle el funcionamiento utilizando la lista de verificaci n que igura m s abajo S LO MODELOS A GAS Es posible que al principio el quemador no se encienda debido a la presencia de aire en el conducto de gas Permitir que la secadora fu
386. ues par la FCC pour l exposition aux irradiations dans le cadre d un environnement d acc s libre Cet appareil doit tre install et utilis avec une distance minimale de 20 cm entre le radiateur et votre corps Ce dispositif et son ses antenne s ne doivent pas tre coimplant s ni utilis s proximit d une autre antenne ou metteur CONSERVEZ SOIGNEUSEMENT CES CONSIGNES 8_ Mesures de s curit DV455 02836F 02 CFR 20120626 indd Secl1 8 2012 06 26 12 17 12 2 Notification IC Le terme IC pr c dant le num ro d homologation radio signifie uniquement que les sp cifications techniques d Industry Canada ont t atteintes Le fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes 1 cet appareil ne doit pas causer d interf rences et 2 cet appareil doit accepter toute autre interf rence re ue y compris les interf rences pouvant entra ner un fonctionnement non d sir Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme ICES 003 canadienne Pour le produit disponible sur le march des USA du Canada seuls les canaux 1 11 peuvent tre utilis s La s lection des autres canaux est impossible D CLARATION IC SUR L EXPOSITION AUX RADIATIONS Cet appareil est conforme aux limitations pr vues par la norme IC RSS 102 pour l exposition aux irradiations dans le cadre d un environnement d acc s libre Cet appareil doit tre install et utilis avec une distance minimale de 20 cm entre le r
387. uick Dry S chage rapide Ce programme permet d effectuer un cycle de s chage de 30 minutes Air Fluff Air froid Ce programme refroidit le linge a la temp rature de la pi ce Refresh Rafraich Ce programme anti froissage et d sodorisant est con u pour un quatre articles secs Il injecte une faible quantit de vapeur dans le tambour du s che linge quelques minutes apr s le d but du cycle de s chage chaud Wrinkle Away Anti froissement Le programme Anti froissement permet de d froisser le linge rest dans une armoire etc Il offre un d froissage gr ce un traitement la vapeur optimal Vous pouvez changer la dur e de s chage Temps minimum 20 minutes Pour de meilleurs r sultats ne chargez pas plus de 3 articles Une surcharge du s che linge peut entra ner une baisse des performances 2 Affichage DEL La fen tre d affichage montre la dur e estim e restante du programme une fois que vous avez appuy sur le bouton D marrer Pause La dur e estim e restante peut varier au fur et mesure de la progression du programme Le voyant Drying s chage s allume et reste allum jusqu la fin du programme Lorsque le s che linge entre en phase de refroidissement le voyant de refroidissement s allume Lorsque le s che linge est en mode Wrinkle Prevent Pr vention des faux plis le voyant correspondant s allume Lorsque le programme est termin la mention End Fin s affiche l
388. ur school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs If your program is a subroutine library you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library If this is what you want to do use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License 78_ Appendix DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 78 2012 06 25 5 21 26 GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 XIGNAddV 90 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the softw
389. using this appliance 2 Do not dry articles that have been previously cleaned in washed in soaked in or spotted with gasoline dry cleaning solvents or other flammable or explosive substances because they give off vapors that could ignite or explode 3 Do not use the dryer to dry clothes which have traces of any flammable substance such as vegetable oil cooking oil machine oil flammable chemicals thinner etc or anything containing wax or chemicals such as mops and cleaning cloths Flammable substances may cause the fabric to catch fire by itself 4 Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable vapors and liquids near this or any other appliance 5 Do not allow children or pets to play on in or in front of the appliance Close supervision is necessary when the appliance is used near children and pets 6 Before the appliance is removed from service or discarded remove the door to the drying compartment to prevent children or animals from becoming trapped inside 7 Do not reach into the appliance when the drum is moving 8 Do not install or store this appliance where it will be exposed to the weather 9 Do not tamper with the controls 10 Do not repair or replace any part of the appliance or attempt any servicing unless specifically recommended in the user maintenance instructions or published in the user repair instructions that you understand and have the skills to carry out 11 Do not use fabric softeners or pro
390. ut even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details JOIGNAdV 90 You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the library if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library Frob a library for tweaking knobs written by James Random Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1990 Ty Coon President of Vice That s all there is to it BSD LICENSE flex the fast lexical analyser Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 The Flex Project Copyright c 1990 1997 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved LibNet License Copyright c 1998 2001 Mike D Schiffman lt mike infonexus com gt PPP Debian Copyright c 1989 Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above
391. varse en el gabinete de la secadora con un dispositivo de alivio de tensi n con certificaci n UL adecuado e La conexi n a tierra a trav s del conductor neutro est prohibida para 1 instalaciones nuevas con circuito derivado 2 casas rodantes 3 veh culos de recreo y 4 reas en las que los c digos locales prohiban la conexi n a tierra a trav s de un conductor neutro Use un enchufe de 4 pines para el tomacorriente de 4 ranuras tipo NEMA 14 30R Modelos el ctricos S lo Canad e Se requiere un servicio el ctrico aprobado de CA de 120 240 voltios 60 Hz equipado con un fusible o disyuntor de 30 A a ambos lados del conducto Todos los modelos canadienses se env an con el cable de alimentaci n adjunto El cable de alimentaci n debe conectarse a un tomacorriente de 30 A En Canad no est permitido convertir una secadora a 208 voltios 20_ Instalaci n de la secadora DV455 02836F 02 MES 20120626 indd 20 2012 06 26 12 16 32 CONEXI N DE LA MANGUERA DE ENTRADA M todo 1 La secadora debe conectarse a la llave de agua fr a mediante las nuevas mangueras de entrada No utilice mangueras viejas 1 Si el espacio lo permite conecte el extremo hembra de bronce del conector en forma de Y a la llave de agua fr a 2 Cierre la llave de agua fr a 3 Conecte el extremo recto de la manguera larga al conector en forma de Y 4 Ajuste la uni n con dos tercios de giro adicionales util
392. vel Nivel de secado Se iluminar una luz en el indicador junto al nivel de secado deseado Presione el bot n repetidamente para desplazarse por las opciones Las cargas m s grandes o m s voluminosas posiblemente requieran la opci n Very Dry Muy seco o More Dry M s seco para que el secado sea completo La opci n Less Dry Menos seco es la m s adecuada para telas livianas o para que quede algo de humedad en las prendas al final del ciclo La opci n Damp Dry Centrifugado parcial fue concebida para secar las prendas parcialmente Util cela para las prendas que deban secarse en posici n horizontal o colgarse G Bot n de selecci n Temp Para seleccionar la temperatura correcta para la carga presione el bot n Temp Temperatura Se iluminar una luz del indicador junto a la temperatura deseada Presione el bot n repetidamente para desplazarse por las opciones High Alta para los algodones resistentes o aquellos con el r tulo Tumble Dry Secar en secadora Medium Mediana para telas que requieren planchado permanente telas sint ticas algodones livianos u otras prendas con el r tulo Tumble Dry Medium Secar en secadora a temperatura media Medium Low Mediana baja para secar telas sint ticas o de tejido lavable a una temperatura inferior a la mediana Low Baja para prendas sensibles al calor con el r tulo Tumble Dry Low Secar en secadora a temperatura baja o Tumble Dry Warm Secar en secad
393. vel High Medium Medium Low Extra Prevent Start Low Low Normal Normal dry e o o o o o o Heavy Duty Normal dry e o o o o o o Perm Press Normal dry e o o o o Bedding PLUS Normal dry e o o Delicates Normal dry e o o Sensor Dry Verd Sanitize ry aly e o o No change Normal dry e Eso Neme No change DV455G a E 9 Normal dry Wool No change e o o Air Fluff 7 o o o Manual Dry Quick Dry e o o o Time Dry e o o o o o o o Wrinkle Awa E e o o o Steam Cycles 2 Refresh e o o LZ is only Gas mode Load Size Recommendations Large load Fill the drum to about full Do not add items over this level as they need to tumble freely Medium load Fill the drum to about Y full Small load Fill the drum with 3 5 items not more than 1 4 full 7 For best results follow the load size recommendations for each drying cycle Appendix _73 DV455 02836F 02 EN 20120625 indd Sec7 73 2012 06 25 5 21 26 Appendix OPEN SOURCE ANNOUNCEMENT The software included in this product contains copyrighted software that is licensed under the GPL LGPL You may obtain the complete Corresponding Source code from us for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product by sending email to oss request samsung com If you want to obtain the complete Corresponding Source code in the physical medium such as CD ROM the cost of physically performing source distribution may be charged This offer is valid to anyone in receipt o
394. versi n para lograr un funcionamiento adecuado y seguro tarea que deber estar a cargo de un t cnico calificado Se recomienda usar un conducto de suministro de gas de Y gt 1 27 cm y debe reducirse para la conexi n con el conducto de gas de 3 8 1 cm de su secadora El C digo Nacional para Gas y Combustibles exige que se instale una v lvula manual de cierre del gas aprobada y de f cil acceso dentro de las 6 de distancia de la secadora Las secadoras a gas instaladas en garajes residenciales deben estar elevadas a 18 pulgadas 46 cm del piso Adem s inmediatamente contra la corriente de la conexi n del suministro de gas de la secadora se debe instalar una conexi n roscada macho N P T Rosca nacional para tubos de 1 8 0 3 cm accesible para la conexi n del medidor de prueba Su secadora debe estar desconectada del sistema de suministro de gas durante las pruebas de presi n del sistema NO vuelva a utilizar el viejo conducto de gas en metal flexible El dise o del conducto de gas flexible debe estar certificado por la Asociaci n Americana del Gas CGA en Canad Y e Todo compuesto de uni n de tuber as utilizado debe ser resistente a la acci n del gas licuado de petr leo A modo de cortes a la mayor a de las empresas locales de gas inspeccionar n la instalaci n del artefacto a gas ENCENDIDO DEL GAS la secadora utiliza un sistema de encendido autom tico para encender el quemador No existe un pilot
395. version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 11 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 12 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY A
396. yer is factory ready for the rear exhaust option To exhaust out the bottom right or the left use the accessory exhaust kit Instructions are included with the kit Make sure the room in which the dryer is located has enough fresh air The dryer must be located where there are no air flow obstructions For gas dryers adequate clearance must be maintained as noted on the data plate to ensure adequate air for combustion and the proper dryer operation The dryer must not be installed or stored in an area where it will be exposed to water and or weather The dryer area must be kept clear of combustible materials gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids A dryer produces combustible lint The area around the dryer should be kept lint free ALCOVE OR CLOSET INSTALLATIONS The dryer must be exhausted to the outside to reduce the risk of fire when installed in an alcove or closet YSAYC NOA ONITIVLSNI LO WARNING e No other fuel burning appliance should be installed in the same closet as the dryer e WARNING To reduce the risk of fire this dryer must be exhausted to the outside Refer to the Exhausting section on page 17 Minimum clearances between the dryer and adjacent walls or other surfaces Sides 1in 25mm Rear 5 in 127 mm Top 17 in 432 mm Front 2in 51 mm e The front of the closet must have two unobstructed air openings for a combined minimum total area of 72 in 465 cm with a minimum clea

Samsung DV455 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents